A Cable Management System To Untangle Your Life

Transcription

CableOrganizer.com
CABLEORGANIZER.COM eliminate the clutter... (866) 222-0030
From the little things like cable clips and heat shrink tubing, to the big problem-solvers like raised
flooring systems and telecommunications racks, we'll help you get a handle on the wires and cords
that get in your way (or your customers' way). We also sell specialized tools and testers to make your
job easier.
We know you're eager to dive into the catalog, so we won't keep you much longer. We'd just like to
share a few things that we do differently from other companies... things that make doing business
with us not only easier and faster, but a real pleasure:
• Actual human beings, not machines, answer the phones and they pick up by the second ring!
• Live customer care is available 24/7.
• We double check every single order. If there's a problem of any sort, we contact you and
work out a "Plan B" to avoid wasted time.
• We keep our prices competitive because we want you to keep coming back to
CableOrganizer.com.
• We offer special, bulk pricing for large orders.
• We do custom products and custom sizes, selling many products by the foot so you don't
have to buy the whole roll.
• Most orders are shipped within two business days.
• We go above and beyond the call of duty to make sure your order is filled correctly and gets
to you quickly.
CableOrganizer.com
Thank you for requesting the new Cable Organizer catalog showcasing our full product line. Inside
these pages you'll find everything you need to manage and beautify the wires, cables, and cords that
are cluttering up your working environment. We offer hundreds of clever products that are useful for
many different applications: automotive, marine, aerospace, office, utilities, datacom/telecom, home
theatre, and more.
As you can see, customer service is every bit as important to us as the quality of the products we sell.
So please feel free to contact us and experience our Cable Organizer customer care for yourself. Call
toll free: 1-866-222-0030.
We hope you enjoy our products AND our people. Now dig into the catalog!
Sincerely,
Management and Staff,
CableOrganizer.com
PS:
Did you know we also take Internet orders 24 hours a day?
Visit our website at http://cableorganizer.com
5610 NW 12th Ave, Suite 214. Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309 • Toll Free: (866) 222-0030 • Email: sales@cableorganizer.com
Cable Protection
Nobody in the World Needs This Many Cable
Organizers and Cord Covers…
… But Everybody Needs at Least a Few of Them!
A Cable Management System To Untangle Your Life
Is there a cable jungle in your life that needs a good cable management system? Cable jungles crop up everywhere, growing
under the hoods of cars or aircraft, behind your computer or home entertainment unit, connected to audio/visual equipment at
school, or snaking across the floor at industrial sites and convention halls. Fortunately, we know how to deal with this nuisance.
Welcome to CableOrganizer.com, where we stock cable management system solutions for home and work.
Make your area safer while protecting your cables and wires at the same time. Our durable heat shrink tubing, split wire loom,
cable tray, and other cable protection systems and organizers come in so many styles, sizes and colors. Well, it actually makes
shopping fun. And you'll enjoy almost-instant gratification with our secure online ordering and speedy shipping.
Organize And Protect With Our Cable Protection Systems
Each product in our cable management system comes with the definitive purpose of protection and organization. Heat shrink
tubing, for instance, provides an economical and easy way to insulate and identify cables for a wide variety of applications. Have
some eyesores you'd rather hide? The cable tray allows you to route cable and hide ugly wires with ease. The best part about
cable trays is that all our cable tray parts are made of strong, durable and lightweight PVC that will match perfectly with your walls
and ceilings. The split wire loom is another of our bestsellers. A split wire loom allows you to wrap and systematize tangled cables
and wires with ease. There are many solutions to the problem of tangled wires. Our cable management system can help you!
The Benefits to You:
Hundreds of cord organizer products to choose from, all in one place
Easy, secure shopping online or by toll-free phone
Fast shipping within two business days
100% money back satisfaction guarantee **See appendix for details
Customer service that’s fast and friendly
Table of Contents:
Cable Protectors....................................................................5-16
Network Connectivity......................................................101-113
Expandable Braided Sleeving ............................................17-34
KVM Switches ........................................................................114
Corrugated Wire Loom ......................................................35-39
Racks/ Enclosures ..........................................................115-132
Heat Shrink Tubing..............................................................40-46
Power/Data Distribution..................................................133-150
Raceways, Wire Duct, Cable Tray & Conduit ..................47-62
Cable Ties and Wraps ....................................................151-164
Cable Hose/ Carriers ..........................................................63-64
Cable Clips, Clamping & Grommets..............................165-167
Home Theater Systems ......................................................65-74
Cable Labels, Label Printers ..........................................168-170
Raised Floor..............................................................................75
Heat Guns, Torches, Hot Air Tools, Hot Knives ..........171-172
Test Equipment....................................................................76-81
Ordering Information/ Return Policy ....................................173
Hand Tools, Tool Boxes & Pelican Cases ........................82-96
3M Fire Protection ............................................................97-100
4
High Capacity
Available in 3 and 5 channel configurations and heavier than the Bumble Bee™, the distinctive
Yellow Jacket® is easy to set up and tear down and provides high performance cord protection
for cables and hoses. The "dog-bone" safety connectors are engineered to release before
breaking under load or during disassembly.
Features:
Rounded dividers protect cables from snags or tears
Hinged lid for easy loading
Diamondplate texture increases traction
Zero outgassing
Resistant to oils & solvents
Non conductive
Engineered "dog-bone" safety connector that will release before breaking under load or during disassembly
5 Channel
PART #
YJ5-125
DESCRIPTION
5-Channel Protector
YJ5EB-125
End Caps(pair)
YJ5T-125-L
YJ5T-125-R
Left Turn
Right Turn
YJ5X-125
Four Way Cross (X)
3 Channel
PART #
YJ3-225
YJ3EB-225
YJ3T-225-L
YJ3T-225-R
YJ3-225W
DESCRIPTION
3-Channel Protector
End Caps(pair)
Left Turn
Right Turn
Wide 3-Channel Cable Protector
HEAVY DUTY CORD PROTECTOR LINEBACKER® HD-5
Cord Protector Features:
SPECIFICATION DATA
5-bar tread surface to provide maximum traction
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Polyurethane (UV stabilized)
Carrying handle recessed on underside of protector Operating Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-40 F to 120 F (-40 C to 48 C)
Hinge Pin Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Reinforced fiberglass
20,150 lbs load capacity/tire
Safety Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Per ANSI. Z535.3-1991
Modular 36" lengths for easy sizing
Safety symbols molded into lid
Made of non-conductive, polyurethane (per ANSI Z535.3-1991)
Stay-open lid that makes placing and removing cables and hose lines easy
Patented heavy duty "T" connector interlocks modular sections
o
CP5XHD5-YO
CPEC-HD5
CPHD5X125R
CPHD5X125L
DESCRIPTION
5 Channel Protector
End Caps (Male-Female Pair)
45° Right Turn
45° Left Turn
Heavy Duty 3 Channel
PART #
CPHD3X225
CPHDEC3X225
CPHD3X225R
CPHD3X225L
o
o
PART #
o
LOAD CAPACITY
Channels
Max Load Per Tire 70oF (21oC)
5 ...........................20,150 lbs. (9,140 kg)
4 ...........................20,150 lbs. (9,140 kg)
3 ...........................14,210 lbs. (6,446 kg)
2 ...........................10,880 lbs. (4,935 kg)
PART #
CP4XHD5
CPHDEC4X125
CPHD4X125R
CPHD4X125L
DESCRIPTION
4 Channel Protector
45° Right Turn
45° Left Turn
High Capacity
The Linebacker® Heavy Duty 2,3,4 and 5 Channel and cord protector system is the perfect solution
for temporary events such as fairs, festivals, conventions, construction projects and any other
event where you could have cords and hoses that must cross trafficked areas. These cable
protectors seem expensive, but when you consider that they can sustain up to 40,300 pound load
capacity per axle, you begin to realize that they are a real bargain.
Cable Protection -
YELLOW JACKET® CABLE PROTECTOR
DESCRIPTION
3 Channel Protector
45° Right Turn
45° Left Turn
PART #
CPHD2X325
DESCRIPTION
2 Channel Protector
5
High Capacity
HEAVY DUTY CABLE GUARD®
One of the things that make these Cable Guards® unique is their button down lids. Made
of UV resistant, high quality Polyurethane, with an operating temperature of -60°F to
+150°F.
3-Channel Cable Guard
PART #
CP5X5140-BO
CP-5200-BO
DESCRIPTION
Black w/Orange Lid 36”
Cable Guard 5 Channel (2”)
PART #
DESCRIPTION
CP-3125-BO
CP-3200-BO
1.25” Cord Cover
2” Cord Cover
PART #
DESCRIPTION
PART #
CP-2125-BO
CP-2200-BO
1.25” Cord Cover
2” Cord Cover
CP-1100-BO
CP-1200-BO
CP-1300-BO
DESCRIPTION
1” Cord Cover
2” Cord Cover
3” Cord Cover
For more information, please check our web site or call toll free (866) 222-0030
YELLOW JACKET® with Hiperthane®
Hiperthane® is engineered and processed to even higher specifications than standard polyurethane.
Designed to the same rugged specifications as Yellow Jackets®, cable protectors with Hiperthane® can
withstand heavier traffic flows, higher abrasion, and more impact, for longer periods of time.
Features
20,150 lbs Max. Load per axle
Tensile strength of 6,000+ psi
PART #
CPYJ1-300H
CPYJ1-500H
CPYJ3-225H
CPYJ3-225WH
CPYJ4-125H
CPYJ5-125H
DESCRIPTION
3” Hiperthane 1-Channel
5” Hiperthane 1-Channel
3-Channel Hiperthane
Wide 3-Channel Hiperthane
BUMBLE BEE™ CABLE PROTECTOR
The Bumble Bee™ is designed for low-volume vehicular and foot traffic and works well in indoor
environments. The Linbacker HD5, GP-5, or Yellow Jacket are better suited for industrial heavy use
conditions where set up and tear down occur more frequently.
Features:
Made of standard polyurethane
Rounded dividers protect cables from snags or tears
T-connectors are compatible with other cable Protector brands
Hinged lid for easy loading
Diamondplate texture increases traction
Components to fit any protection need
PART #
Easy set up and take-down
CP-BB5-125
CP-BB5-125-BK
Compact design for quick storage
Zero outgassing
DESCRIPTION
Bumble Bee Cable Cover
Black Bumble Bee Cable Cover
For more information, please check our web site or call toll free at (866) 222-0030
6
High Capacity
The Linebacker GP-5 five channel cable and cord protector system is compatible with
the Hubbell TredTrak Systems, and can sustain 10,500 lbs/tire per load. It is available
with an Orange Lid and Yellow Ramps, an Orange Lid and Black Ramps, or a Black Lid
with Black Ramps.
PART #
DESCRIPTION
CP5XGP5
CPEC-GP5
General Purpose 5 Channel Cord Protector 36”
Orange 5-Channel End Caps (Pair)
DROPOVER™ CABLE PROTECTOR
To protect pipes mounted to the ground, or other temporary, medium-duty protection needs, the
Bumble Bee™ Dropover™ is made of standard polyurethane and can protect any pipe, hose
or cable from above. Simply place the Dropover over the area you want to protect.
DropoverTM Cable Protector
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
COLORS
CPPBBDO
Dropover Cable Protector
20”
Black, Yellow, Custom
Bumble BeeTM & DropoverTM specifications
MAXIMUM LOAD PER AXEL
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
MATERIAL
HINGE-PIN MATERIAL
10,500 lbs at 70° F
-40° to + 120°F
Polyurethane
Reinforced
Per ANSI
4763 kg at 21° C
-40° to 49°C
(UV Stabilized)
Fiberglass
Z535-3-1991
Specially designed to protect fiber optic cables, FOXTM offers the resilience, load-bearing and
hardness of a polyurethane cable protector for single cables or hoses.
Features:
Modular
Quick and easy setup
Resistant to oils and solvents
Low profile
Small footprint
Lightweight
Zero outgassing
Non conductive
PART #
DIAMETER
TOTAL HEIGHT
TOTAL WIDTH
CPFOX-087
0.87" (2.2 cm)
1.25" (3.2 cm)
8" (20.3 cm)
49" (1.25 m)
CPFOX-125
1.25" (3.2 cm)
1.5" (3.8 cm)
11" (27.9 cm)
34" (86.4 cm)
CPFOX-200
2" (5.1 cm)
2.25" (5.7 cm)
14" (35.6 cm)
34" (86.4 cm)
CPFOX-300
3" (7.6 cm)
3.25" (8.3 cm)
20" (50.8 cm)
40" (1.0 m)
High Capacity
FOX SINGLE - SLOT CABLE PROTECTION
TM
MARKINGS
Cable Protection -
MEDIUM DUTY LINEBACKER® GP-5 CORD PROTECTOR
TOTAL LENGTH
7
High Capacity
LINEBACKER® GP-1 HOSE/CABLE PROTECTOR
The Linebacker® GP-1 single channel system protects valuable electrical cables and hose lines from vehicle and
foot traffic. Accommodates cable and hose lines up to 1.25”. Ideal for temporary re-routing of single cables
and hose lines including fragile fiber optic cables.
Features:
Diamond tread traction surface
Safety warning symbols molded into ramp surface
Heavy duty T-connector interlocks modular sections
Carrying handle recessed on underside of protector
Comes in 36" lengths for convenient sizing
11,700 lbs max. load per tire
-40°F to 120°F operating temperature
Polyurethane material (UV stabilized)
Linebacker® GP-1
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
CHANNEL WIDTH
CP1XGP1-OT
1-Channel Protector - Open Top
36" (914.4 mm)
11.5" (292.1 mm)
1.6" (40.6 mm)
1.25" (31.8 mm)
CP1XGP1-DO
1-Channel Protector - Drop Over
36" (914.4 mm)
11.5" (292.1 mm)
1.6" (40.6 mm)
1.25" (31.8 mm)
Specify Color After Model Number: OR = Orange • BK = Black
GUARD DOG® DROP OVER
The Guard Dog® Drop Over Protectors have 3 channels to accommodate your cables. Your pipes, hoses,
conduit, or cables are all protected from above traffic. Simply place the Guard Dog over the area that
needs to be protected and use the interlocking “dog bone” connectors to combine lengths. This
drop over system is ideal for creating a safe crossing over cables and hoses for vehicles and
pedestrians.
Features
Load Capacity:
- 10,500 lbs. (4,763 kg) per tire
- 21,000 lbs. (9,526 kg) per axle
Protects cables, pipes, or hoses up to 1.56”
Safety symbols molded into protector
Heavy duty “dog bone” connectors
Interconnects with Guard Dog 5 Channel Protector
Ideal for creating a safe crossing over cables and hoses
Light weight
Easy to store in small places
PART #
A LENGTH
CPGD3-DO
18” (457.2mm)
B WIDTH
C HEIGHT
19.75” (503.6mm) 1.87” (47.6mm)
D CHANNEL WIDTH E CHANNEL HEIGHT
D: 1.65” (42.1mm)
1.56” (39.8mm)
WEIGHT
COLORS
9.7 lbs (4.41kg)
Black, Orange
8
High Capacity
The Cross-Link Protector Bridge allows you to utilize the space between your heavy duty and general
purpose four and five channel cord protectors. This small addition provides you with a continuous
crossing surface for pedestrians and vehicles alike. Along with supreme cord protection, you are given
two additional 1-1/2" cable channels for you cords. Installation of these cable protectors is not only
painless and effortless, but can be performed without the use of tools. This easily attached protector
does not hinder accessibility to your cables. Easy access allows you to perform cable maintenance in
a breeze. Now you can combine one or multiple parallel protectors for various uses. The Cross-Link
Protector Bridges can be used with Linebacker General Purpose, Linebacker Heavy Duty, and Guard
Dog 5 Channel Cord Protectors as well as the Cross-Link ADA Compliant Ramps.
PART #
PROTECTOR BRIDGE FOR
COLORS
CPCL2X150-5GD
Guard Dog GD5X125
CPCL2X150-5GP
Linebacker CP5X125-GP
CPCL2X150-4/5 Linebacker CP5X125 & CP4X125
Black, Orange
Orange
Orange
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
CHANNEL WIDTHCHANNEL HEIGHT WEIGHT
36” (914.4mm) 13” (330.2mm) 1.875” (47.6mm) 1.5” (38.1mm)
YELLOW JACKET® ADVANCED MODULAR SYSTEM (AMS)
PART #
DESCRIPTION # CHANNELS CHANNEL CHANNEL
HEIGHT
WIDTH
CPYJ5-125-ASAH-DS
Assembled
CPYJ5-125-ACAH-DS
Center
CPYJ5-125-RMAH-DB Male End Ramp
CPYJ5-125-RFAH-DB Female End Ramp
CPYJ5-125-ESAD-DB Yellow Jacket Booties
(set of four)
CPYJ5-125-EFFH-DB Female/Female Boot
CPYJ5-125-EFMH-DB Female/Male Boot
CPYJ5-125-EMFH-DB Male/Female Boot
CPYJ5-125-EMMH-DB Male/Male Boot
LENGTH
A
WIDTH
B
HEIGHT
C
WEIGHT
5
5
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.10”
1.10”
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.25”
1.25”
n/a
n/a
n/a
36”
36”
36”
36”
n/a
22.50”
12”
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.90”
1.90”
1.90”
1.90”
1.90”
28 lbs
16 lbs
6 lbs
6 lbs
3 lbs
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.90”
1.90”
1.90”
1.90”
0.80 lbs
0.80 lbs
0.80 lbs
0.80 lbs
High Capacity
Yellow Jacket® AMS is an advanced modular system that is designed to change and grow with your cable
management needs. This modular system allows you to protect anywhere from 5 to 50 additional cables or
hoses. Center sections can be added or removed to suit your changing needs. Each change expands or
condenses the space needed for your cables. Space is efficiently used with the Yellow Jacket AMS
protectors. The straight edges provided by the center sections allow you to use less space for parallel
cable runs. The sides will fit flush against a wall or interlock with another AMS section. This
eliminates the spaces between the cord protectors that are usually created by other cord covers.
The interlocking feature of each section can also be used to create a flat stable surface. Multiple ramps may
be combined to create ADA compatible ramps. The arched construction and
tough Durathane (trademark) polyurethane make the Yellow Jacket AMS
strong enough to bear just about any load. This compatible ramp makes for
ideal access with forklifts or small vehicles.
1.5” (38.1mm) 19lbs (18.6kg)
Cable Protection -
CROSS-LINK PROTECTOR BRIDGE
9
High Capacity
YELLOW JACKET® WASP™ AMS
The WASP™ AMS™ is an innovative ramp system that allows expansion for extra wide ramps. The highly stable
system locks together using Hipersnap™ and eliminates the necessity for side rails. The slip resistant surface
provides efficient traction for multiple applications. The 4.8 degree ramp can be easily accessed using carts, dollies,
and wheelchairs. The WASP AMS system is strong and durable enough to handle constant forklift traffic. This ADA
Compatible product meets all ADA guidelines and displays the ADA wheelchair symbol. The avenues of approach,
slip resistance, non conductivity, and ramp angle meet all ADA specifications for ramps. Tapered side ramps on the
WASP AMS provide access that is “barrier free”, assisting with the avenues of approach. These wheelchair ramps
are a breeze to assemble as they snap into place quickly and easily. The Center sections open on hinges for top
loading and access to cables. Several WASP AMS systems can be combined to form a wider ramp and still provide a
stable connection.
Features
4.8 Degree Ramp
ADA Compliant (with wheelchair symbol displayed)
Easily assembled
Compatible with Yellow Jacket Classic and Yellow Jacket AMS
Strong, durable material
PART #
DESCRIPTION
WPS-125-AMS-ASSY-KIT1
WASPII AMS ADA System Kit 1
-- YJAMS Center Section
-- 2 WASP ADA Ramps
-- 4 ZERO Taper Ramps
-- 2 Interconnects
INCLUDES
-- 2 WASP ADA Ramps
-- 4 ZERO Taper Ramps
-- 2 WASP ADA Ramps
YELLOW JACKET® WASP™ ADA COMPLIANT WHEELCHAIR RAMP
WASP™ (Walkway Access for Special Purposes) is a polyurethane product with high loadbearing, abrasion resistant, and tolerant to most solvents. It is cost-efficient and lightweight
enough to use in fairs, sporting events, public buildings and hospitals. Because WASP™ exceeds
ADA guidelines for slip resistance it is also recommended as a crossing point for heavy carts with
small wheels such as food and beverage carts. The WASP™ works over the 4 & 5-channel heavy
duty Yellow Jacket® (see pages 5-6).
The color is internationally recognized blue used in most ADA signage and featuring contrasting
white wheelchair accessible icon.
Features:
Low profile, lies flat for easy storage
Polyurethane material (UV stabilized)
1 piece design simplifies assembly and take-down
High load-bearing capacity
2.5" side rails and textured surface to prevent slippage
Zero outgassing
Slip resistant surface exceeds ADA requirements for coefficient of slip
Compatible with all 4 and 5 channel, 1.25 in. cable protectors
currently in use
Resistant to oil and solvents
Non-conductive surface
WASP™
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
CPYJ-WASP
WASP™ ADA compliant Ramp
60" (1.5 m)
40" (1.0 m)
2" (5.1 cm)
10
High Capacity
LineBacker® HD-5-ADA
For Heavy Duty 4 and 5 Channel
Cable Protectors
The gentle slope and slip resistant ADA compliant ramps work in conjunction with the
HD-5 (see page 5) to provide a safe crossing point for wheelchairs, carts and vehicles
with small wheels such as strollers
Features:
Diamond tread traction surface
ADA compliant symbols molded into each ramp surface
Quick attachment to one or multiple cable connectors
Add ramps and rails whenever requirements specify
Does not prevent accessibility to cables and cords
1 person installation - no tools required
Comes in 36" lengths for convenient sizing
Lightweight
11,500 lbs max. load per tire
Zero outgassing
Resistant to oils & solvents
Linebacker® HD-5
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
WIDTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
CPADARP- (1GP, 4/5, 5GP, GD5)
(Pair -- 2 Ramps, 4 Connectors)
MODEL
ADA Ramps for (CP1X125-GP, CP4X/5X,
CP5X125-GP, GD5)
Blue, Black
36"
(914.4 mm)
21.25"
(539.8 mm)
2.31"
(57.2 mm)
CPADARL- (1GP, 4/5, 5GP, GD5)
ADA Rail for (CP1X125-GP, CP4X/5X,
CP5X125-GP, GD5)
Yellow, Orange
1.5"
(38.1 mm)
54"
(1371.6 mm)
2"
(50.8 mm)
SPECIFICATION DATA
LOAD CAPACITY
Capacity
Ramps
ADA Compliant Symbols
Molded into Each Ramp
Max Load Per Tire 70oF (21oC)
10,500 lbs. (4,763 kg)
- High Capacity
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Polyurethane (UV stabilized)
Operating Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-40oF to 120oF (-40oC to 48oC)
CROSS-GUARD™ RAIL BARRIERS
The Cross Guard Rail Barriers are a great way to identify ADA compliant crossings. This high profile
barrier stands 36” tall and avoids any hazard of tripping associated with shorter barriers. The high profile
also provides a sturdy handrail when crossing over cord protectors. Each barrier has the ADA “wheel
chair” symbol molded into it and heavy-duty “T” connectors for additional safety.
Features
High profile prevents tripping hazard associated with short barriers
Provides handrail assistance
ADA symbols molded into each barrier
Bright color makes it easy to identify ADA compliant crossing
Great for concerts, sport arenas, Olympic stadiums
PART #
DESCRIPTION
CPADARB-4-5 ADA Rail Barrier for Linebacker CP5X125/CP4X125
CPADARB-5GD
ADA Rail Barrier for Linebacker DCP5X125-GP
CPADARB-5GP
ADA Rail Barrier for Guard Dog GD5X125
Cable Protection
LINEBACKER® HD-5-ADA ACCESS RAMPS AND RAILS
COLOR
A WIDTH
B LENGTH
C HEIGHT
WEIGHT
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
18” (459MM)
18” (459mm)
18” (459mm)
56” (1428MM)
56” (1428mm)
56” (1428mm)
36” (918mm)
36” (918mm)
36” (918mm)
64 lbs (29kg)
64 lbs (29kg)
64 lbs (29kg)
11
High Capacity
MODULAR HOSE BRIDGE SYSTEM
Modular Hose Bridge Systems provide protection for valuable hose lines while ensuring a method of
safe passage for vehicles. They replace wooden and metal fabricated ramps.
High density, all weather urethane construction protects hose lines from damage by physical pressure,
and reduces hose maintenance and replacement costs.
Features & Benefits
Polyurethane construction: abrasion, impact and weather resistant
High load bearing capacity
Multiple tunnel choices: accommodate fully charged hose lines of various diameters up to 6 inches
Diamond plate tread surface increases traction
High visibility yellow
Modular interlocking design: lightweight; easy to transport, setup, breakdown and store
Built-in handles: allow for handling with ease; double as attachment points for mounting brackets
Modular Hose Bridge Systems
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
BRIDGE LENGTH
BRIDGE WIDTH
BRIDGE HEIGHT
TUNNEL DIAMETER
RAMP LENGTH
WEIGHT
UHB-MHBS-2025
Bridge for up to 3 in. Lines
35"
16"
4.25"
3.25"
15"
32 lbs
UHB-MHBS-3035
Bridge for up to 3.5 in. Lines
39"
16"
5.31"
4.31"
16"
40 lbs
UHB-MHBS-4045
44"
16"
6.5"
5.5"
18"
50 lbs
UHB-MHBS-5060
52"
16"
8"
7"
22.38"
92 lbs
Each modular hose bridge system consist of 1 tunnel and 2 ramps.
UTILITY CROSSOVER PADS
Utility Crossover Systems provide protection for valuable cables and hoses, while
insuring a method of safe passage for vehicle traffic. These lightweight and portable
crossovers are manufactured from durable polyurethane and are ideal during maintenance
operations or in emergency situations.
Available color: Yellow
Utility Crossover Pads
Features:
Polyurethane construction
Convenient carrying handles
Two tunnel sizes available
Lightweight & portable
MODEL
A-LENGTH
B-WIDTH
C-HEIGHT
D-TUNNEL SIZE
WEIGHT IN LBS
CO-UTILITY-PAD-3
18"
30"
5"
3"
35 lbs.
CO-UTILITY-PAD-4.5
18"
30"
6"
4.5"
35 lbs.
Features Load Capacity up to 4,000 lbs. Per Tire.
CAUTION
Crossover Pads are for rubber tired vehicles only and not for equipment with metal tracks.
CROSSOVER
TM
Engineered to stand up to regular impact by 350-ton trucks in the mining industry, CrossoverTM are custom-built, single-piece cable
protectors made of high-performance Hiperthane®. Heavy-duty CrossoverTM protects electrical cables from the weight of heavy
equipment and prevents downtime from severed cables. For ease in towing, heavy-duty steel chains are connected to each
end.
Features:
Non-conductive
Non-Sparking
Self-extinguishing
Multiple layers of Hiperthane®, expanded metal, composite graphite
1/2 in. Proof-coil chain
Zero outgassing
For more information or sizes, please contact us toll free at: 866-222-0030
12
Medium / Low Capacity
These light duty dropovers (ED 1050) are perfect to supply temporary housing for cords and cables in
offices with computer, phone and light electrical cables, schools, computer labs, warehouses, malls,
retail stores, etc ...where there is pedestrian traffic. Sturdier than Wiremold cord covers and
expandable like our heavy duty cable protectors, they offer great versatility. Because they interlock
with one another, you can add as many or as little as you need. Made of quality polyurethane, they
are very durable and an indispensable companion to any smooth floor surface. The ED 1010 is a
medium duty dropover. It supplies temporary housing for cords and cables in plants, malls, retail
stores, parking lots, fairs and expos etc ...where there is light vehicle traffic.
CableGuard ED 1050
Features:
Made of Polyurethane
Operating temperature: -60°F to +150°F
Max. load per tire: 2,500 lbs (1,132 tons) for the ED 1050
7,500 lbs (3,400 tons) for the ED 1010
Rebound: 100%/ 2140 BTR
Elasticity: 500%
Outgassing: None
Oil and solvent resistant
UV resistant
Mildew resistant
Interlocking for minimum movement
Diamondplate raised texture for
maximum traction
Easy setup and take-down
Ultra compact design for quick storage
MODEL
CHANNEL WIDTH
CHANNEL HEIGHT
LENGTH
WIDTH
COLOR
CPCG-D-1050
1.5"
.5"
36"
5.25"
DARK GRAY, RED
CPCG-D-1010
4"
1"
36"
10.75”
BLACK, RED
CPCG-D-8200
7.75”
2”
36”
19.75”
RED
CableGuard ED 8200
CableGuard ED 1010
RUBBER DUCTS
Rubber Ducts
Part #
Height
Width
Channel Length Weight
CP-D-1-10
.4375"
2.75"
.25"x.5"
10'
4 lbs
CP-D-1-12
.4375"
2.75"
.25"x.5"
12'
5 lbs
CP-D-2-5
.75"
3.25"
.5"x.75"
5'
3 lbs
CP-D-2-10
.75"
3.25"
.5"x.75"
10'
6 lbs
CP-D-3-12
.4375"
2.75" .25"x.75"
12'
5 lbs
CP-D-22-5
1"
3"
.75"x1"
5'
3.5 lbs
CP-D-22-10
1"
3"
.75"x1"
10'
7 lbs
CP-D-100-5
1"
4.25" .75"x.75"
5'
4.5 lbs
CP-D-100-10
1"
4.25" .75"x.75"
10'
9 lbs
1 .125" 5.5" .75"x.875"
5'
10 lbs
CP-D-200-5
CP-D-200-10 1.125"
5.5" .75"x.875"
10'
20 lbs
CP-D-300-1
5.5"
5'
13 lbs
5'
14 lbs
5'
17.5 lbs
1.375"
CP-D-300-1.25 1.625"
CP-D-300-1.5 1.875"
1" diam.
5.5" 1-1/4" diam.
6"
1 1/2" diam.
Features:
Reduces tripping hazards behind your desk or in walkways
Protects and organizes portable cords and cables
Non-metallic flexible rubber construction
Multiple sizes for various cable diameters
System for Lightweight Vehicles,
Carts and Pedestrian Traffic in Public,
Commercial and Industrial Applications
Cable Protection - Medium & Low Capacity
CABLEGUARD® DROPOVERS
13
MEGADUCT CORD & HOSE COVER AND BUMPER
The MegaDuct cord and hose cover is built to protect large power cords, cables, or hoses from heavy foot
traffic or carts. Made of flexible PVC material in bright yellow or black. The inside center cord or hose channel
is a full 1.25” high to hold large cords, cables, or hoses. To assist the installation of larger cords and plugs, the
bottom of the center channel may be removed.
PART #
DESCRIPTION
COLORS
MD-3
MegaDuct 3 Ft Length
Black, Yellow
MD-5
MegaDuct 5 Ft Length
Black, Yellow
POWER EXTENSIONS FOR CONFERENCE ROOMS
Lay-Flat extensions combine the durable FlexiductTM with options for power, phone and fax extensions.
Designed of durable fire and moisture resistant PVC materials our products have withstood years of
heavy foot traffic. Comes in several lengths, colors and configurations of electrical, phone and fax
extension options.
Colors Available: Beige, Black, Brown, Gray, and Safety Yellow. Surge suppression available.
Features:
Transverse protection (hot-neutral)
Suppressor indicator light
Peak suppression level: 400V.
Maximum surge dissipation: 120 joules
Clamping time: less than 5 nanoseconds
Thermal fused
PART#
UL 1449 listed
Power Extensions
CC-(4,6,8,10,12)EF3
DESCRIPTION
TOTAL HEIGHT
TOTAL WIDTH
CHANNEL H X W
LENGTHS
4', 6’, 8’, 10’ or 12’ Power Extension
0.41"
2.47"
0.25" x 0.44"
4', 6’, 8’, 10’, 12’
duplex receptacles
TECDUCT LAY-FLAT EXTENSIONS
TM
Extension kits allow routing of data, telecom, fiber, coaxial or sound wiring across aisles and other foot
traffic areas. Outlet box with depth of 1.5" combined with our #1, 5/16" duct lets you put jacks where you
need them. Designed of durable fire and moisture resistant PVC materials, our products have withstood
years of heavy foot traffic.
PART #
LENGTH
COLORS
CC-TD8
8’
Black, Beige, Brown, Gray, Yellow
14
The Floor Cord Cover Kit is the ideal way to keep from tripping on loose cables and cords running
across a walkway or behind your desk. The 'rounded' surface helps when moving carts over wires.
Cover, hide and protect cords and cables while keeping floors clear and safe. An open slit on the
bottom of the rubber strip easily opens up for cord insertion. Cuts to any length with scissors or a
utility knife. The kit comes with double-sided tape used to secure them in place onto any smooth
surface.
Features:
Open slit on the bottom for easy cord insertion
Cuts to any length with a scissors or utility knife
Double-sided tape included
Low 'profile': total height is only ½"
Small design: total width is only 2 ½"
Insert cords up to 3/8” diameter
Center channel measures 3/4” wide x 3/8” high
Floor Cord Cover Kit
PART#
TOTAL HEIGHT
TOTAL WIDTH
CHANNEL H X W
MAX. CORD DIAM.
WEIGHT
LENGTH
COLOR
CC-7314-6
5"
2..5"
.375"x.75"
.375"
3 lbs
6'
Black and Gray
CC-7316-15
.5"
2.5"
.375"x.75"
.375"
8 lbs
15'
Black and Gray
CORD PROTECTORS
The 1400 Series flexible wire cover system
Wiremold is the ideal way to keep from tripping on
loose cables and cords running across a walkway
or behind your desk. Covers, hides and protects
cords and cables while keeping floors clear and
safe. It lays flat and stays flat. Easy to install. Fits
over cords up to 7/16 in. in diameter.
MODEL
These flexible wire and cord covers by Wiremold provide
great cable protection. They are available in 5', 10' and 50'
lengths and in Beige, Black, Brown, and Gray. We also
have high-visibility yellow available in 50 foot lengths.
Cable Protectors are very easy to install. There is an open
slit on the bottom of the rubber strip that easily opens up
for cord insertion.
LENGTH
TOTAL H x W
Beige
Black
Gray
Safety
Yellow
CHANNEL H x W
COLORS
CC1400-5
5'
5/8” x 3”
1/2” x 3/4”
Black, Beige, Gray
CC1400-10
10'
5/8” x 3”
1/2” x 3/4”
Black, Beige, Gray
CC1400-50
50'
5/8” x 3”
1/2” x 3/4”
Black, Beige, Gray, Safety Yellow
CC1600-5
5’
15/16” x 3-11/16”
3/4” x 1”
Black, Beige, Gray
CC1600-10
10’
15/16” x 3-11/16”
3/4” x 1”
Black, Beige, Gray
CC1600-25
25’
15/16” x 3-11/16”
3/4” x 1”
CC1200-5
5’
2.5” x 7/16”
3/8” x 3/8”
Black, Beige, Gray
CC1200-10
10’
2.5” x 7/16”
3/8” x 3/8”
Black, Beige, Gray
CC1200-50
50’
2.5” x 7/16”
3/8” x 3/8”
Flexiduct Cord Protector
PART #
TOTAL HEIGHT
TOTAL WIDTH
CHANNEL H X W
LENGTHS
CC-(020XFS, 042XF, 025XFS, 021XFS)
.75"
3"
.375"x.75"
5', 6’, 15’, 25’
CC-(220XFS, 043XF, 225XFS, 221XFS)
1.10"
3.25"
.75"x1.21"
5', 6’, 15’, 25’
Transparent Cord Protector
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
COLOR
CC-5TR
Cord Protector
5 ft
Transparent
CC-10TR
Cord Protector
10 ft
Transparent
CC-25TR
Cord Protector
25 ft
Transparent
Cable Protection - Medium & Low Capacity
FLOOR CORD COVER KIT FOR OFFICE SPACE
15
NOTRAX® INDUSTRIAL FLOOR MATS
NOTRAX® Pebble Step Sof-Tred™ BETTER NOTRAX® Diamond Sof-Tred™ with Dyna-Shield® BETTER For Dry Area
The PEBBLE STEP SOF-TRED is a pebble-embossed PVC sponge compound mat with a protective Dyna-shield top
layer. This mat offers excellent traction due to the non-directional pebble top surface. The closed cell polyvinylchloride
sponge construction helps relieve leg and back fatigue. The beveled and sealed sides minimize tripping hazards and
resist moisture.
NOTRAX® Ergo Mat™ BEST NOTRAX® CushionTrax® BEST For Dry Area
The ERGO MAT mat is designed to provide added traction through corrugated top surface patterns and textures. Made
of durable rubber compounds, these mats can be used in areas where welding takes place. This one-half inch thick mat
with a rubber top surface and a dense closed cell foam base enhances ergonomic benefit and worker comfort. The
sloped, beveled, and sealed sides minimize tripping hazards and resist moisture. The CUSHION TRAX is designed for
comfort and worker support in the harshest dry environments. The diamond deck plate vinyl top surface provides nondirectional traction (recommended for DRY environments). The 9/16 inch thick, vinyl top surface and dense closed cell
foam base enhances ergonomic benefit and worker comfort.
NOTRAX® Saddle Trax™ SUPERIOR NOTRAX® Ergo Mat™ Grande SUPERIOR For Dry Area
The Saddle Trax offers superior Anti-Fatigue matting in dry areas. The one inch thick, strong, heavy mat with a vinyl
surface and a dense sponge base enhances ergonomic benefit and worker comfort. The Diamond Deck top
enhances traction. The beveled sides minimize tripping hazards and resist moisture.
The ERGO MAT GRANDE mat is designed to provide added traction through corrugated top surface patterns and
textures. Made of durable rubber compounds, these mats can be used in areas where welding takes place. The one
inch thick, strong, heavy mat with a rubber top surface and a dense closed cell foam base enhances ergonomic
benefit and worker comfort.
NOTRAX® Cushion-Lok™ SUPERIOR NOTRAX® Safety Stance® SUPERIOR For Wet/ Dry Area
The Cushion-Lok floor mat is designed for the heaviest industrial duty. Made of solid PVC vinyl, the Cushion-Lok™ is
highly resistant to industrial chemicals, and will withstand heavy loads and abusive conditions. The raised diamond
porthole system facilitates drainage and improves traction while the reinforced wall pattern bottom surface provides
fatigue relief. The Grip-Step top abrasive coating provides additional traction.
The Safety Stance mat is ideal for tough, harsh environments. The heavy duty "wet-area" large circular hole
design facilitates drainage of industrial chemicals, oils and debris.
For sizes and more choices, please visit our web site or call toll free: (866) 222-0030
16
General Purpose
PET is used for an infinite variety of general purpose
applications. Due to its expandable nature, PET's
unique braided construction enables quick and easy
installation over large connectors. Possible
applications include wires, harnesses, cables, hoses,
springs, rods, and chains. it is readily used in the
automotive, computer, industrial, scuba, electronics,
wire harness, A/V industries and the army.
PET melt temperature is 446°F and is offered in 16
vivid colors. PET can be part of a color coding system
for easy identification.
Temperature range:
-103°F to 257°F - 40°C to 125°C
PET - PER FT
Features:
PolyEthylene Terephthalate (PET)
Good chemical resistance
Monofilament size: .010"
UV light resistant
High tensile strength
Cut and abrasion resistant
Professional look on finished project
Retains properties in high and low
temperature environments
Will not degrade in a variety of fluids and solvents
Moisture resistant, prevents rot and fungus (MIL-E-5272)
Conforms to FMVSS 302-Automotive Test
PET - BULK & MINISPOOLS SIZES
PART NUMBER
SIZE RANGE
BULK
MINI
MIN
DIAMETER
BS0125
1/8"
3/32"
MAX
DIAMETER
SIZE RANGE
PART NUMBER
BULK
MINI
1/4"
SP0125
MS0125
MS025
MINI
SPOOL
MAX
DIAMETER
BULK
SPOOL
3/32"
1/4"
1000 ft
225 ft
1/4"
7/16"
1000 ft
200 ft
MIN
DIAMETER
BS025
1/4"
1/8"
7/16"
SP025
BS0375
3/8"
3/16"
5/8"
SP0375
MS0375
3/16"
5/8"
500 ft
125 ft
BS050
1/2"
1/4"
3/4"
SP050
MS050
1/4"
3/4"
500 ft
100 ft
BS075
3/4"
1/2"
1 1/4"
SP075
MS075
1/2"
1 1/4"
250 ft
75 ft
MS125
3/4"
1 3/4"
250 ft
50 ft
SP125
1-1/4"
3/4"
1 3/4"
SP125
BS175
1-3/4"
1 1/4"
2 3/4"
SP150
MS150
1"
2 1/2"
200 ft
40 ft
SP175
MS1751
1 1/4"
2 3/4"
200 ft
30 ft
SP200
MS200
1 1/2"
3 1/2"
200 ft
50 ft
SP250
MS250
1 3/4"
4 1/2"
250 ft
50 ft
SP300
MS300
2 1/2"
4 3/4"
100 ft
50 ft
For Complete Technical Specifications go to the end of the Braided Sleeving Section
F6 BRAIDED WRAP-AROUND SLEEVING
F6 Braided Wrap-Around Sleeving
Features:
Easy, Cost & Labor Effective Installation
More Flexible Than Split Convoluted
or Spiral Wrap
Cuts easily with hot knife or scissor
Cut & abrasion resistant
25% Edge Overlap
Chemical inert
Halogen free
UV resistant
Cost effective wrap around solution
Retains shape & rigidity throughout operating temperature range
(-40°C to 125°C)
Melt Temp 230°C
Available in Black only
Temperature range: -75°C to 125°C
Fire Resistant by Foot
SIZE
PART #
1/2"
BSF6-050-FT
0.03 lbs
3/4"
BSF6-075-FT
0.04 lbs
WEIGHT/ FT
Fire Resistant by Spool
SIZE
PART #
1/2"
BSF6-050-50FT
1.28 lbs
50'
1/2"
BSF6-050-100FT
2.56 lbs
100'
3/4"
BSF6-075-50FT
1.78 lbs
50'
3/4"
BSF6-075-100FT
3.56 lbs
100'
Expandable Braided Sleeving
PET BRAIDED SLEEVING
WEIGHT/ FT
17
General Purpose
NON-FRAY EXPANDABLE BRAIDED SLEEVING
PET NF expandable braided sleevings are innovative fray resistant coverings for wires, cables, and hose assemblies.
Available in standard & FR grades. PET NF grade braided sleeving is readily used in the automotive, A/V, industrial,
marine, military, racing, wire and cable, and computer industries. Standard PET NF color is black. Standard PET NFFR colors are black with a white crisscross tracer, and white with a black crisscross tracer.
Features:
Available in standard and FR (Flame Retardant) grades
(FR grade is special order - Minimums may apply)
Monofilament size: .008"
FR version meets UL VW-1
Max. continuous operating temp.: 257°F (125°C)
Fray resistant construction can be cut with a hot knife or
scissors for a clean finished end
2-1 expansion ratio
Uses no chemical coatings to provide fray resistance
Non-Fray Expandable Braided Sleeving - NF
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
BULK
MINI
PART NUMBER
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
Temperature range:
- 103°F to 257°F -75°C to 125°C
High abrasion protection
Very full coverage
Easy use and installation in the shop or on the field
Light weight, tough flexible covering
UV light resistant, chemical resistant, moisture resistance
Conforms to ASTM and MIL standards
Non-Fray Flame Retardant NF-FR
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
LBS/100’’
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
MINI
BULK
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
MINI
SPOOL
BULK
SPOOL
WEIGHT
LBS/100’
1/8"
1/8"
1/4"
1000 ft 100 ft
SPCC0125
BSCC0125
.396
1/8"
1/8"
1/4"
1000 ft
100 ft
SP0125CCFR MS0125CCFR
.396
1/4"
5/32"
7/16"
1000 ft 100 ft
SPCC025
BSCC025
.464
1/4"
5/32"
7/16"
1000 ft
100 ft
SP025CCFR
MS025CCFR
.464
3/8"
3/16"
5/8"
500 ft
100 ft
SPCC0375
BSCC0375
.744
3/8"
3/16"
5/8"
500 ft
100 ft
SP0375CCFR MS0375CCFR
.744
1/2"
1/4"
3/4"
500 ft
100 ft
SPCC050
BSCC050
.822
1/2"
1/4"
3/4"
500 ft
100 ft
SP050CCFR
.822
3/4"
5/8"
1"
250 ft
75 ft
SPCC075
BSCC075
1.113
3/4"
5/8"
1"
250 ft
75 ft
SP075CCFR
MS075CCFR
1.113
1"
3/4"
1 3/16"
250 ft
50 ft
SPCC100
MS100CC
1.236
1"
3/4"
1 3/16"
250 ft
50 ft
SP100CCFR
MS100CCFR
1.236
1 1/4"
1"
1 1/2"
250 ft
50 ft
SPCC125
BSCC125
1.555
1 1/4"
1"
1 1/2"
250 ft
50 ft
SP125CCFR
MS125CCFR
1.555
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2"
200 ft
50 ft
SPCC150
MS150CC
1.850
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2"
200 ft
50 ft
SP150CCFR
MS150CCFR
1.850
MS050CCFR
BENTLEY-HARRIS EXPANDO® PT PLUS
Expando® PT Plus is a braided polyester (PET) sleeving designed for applications up to 125ºC.
A general purpose industrial/commercial product, Expando PT Plus balances the properties of
mechanical and thermal stability with economy. Expando PT Plus protective oversleeve has many
applications in the aeronautical, marine, electronic and general manufacturing industries. The
ability of Expando PT Plus to retain flexibility at low temperatures makes it ideal for exposed
applications in weather stations, navigation beacons, radar antennas, airborne and
Bentley-Harris Expando® PT Plus
space systems. Available in clear color.
PART #
Features:
Rated to 125ºC
Low temperature flexibility to -70ºC
UL Recognized Component. CSA File #LR52852
Eliminates the need for hot-knife cutting
Does not trap heat or humidity
Self-fitting over many shapes and sizes
Self-extinguishing when used to encase typical non-flammable wires or cables
Fray resistant
NOMINAL SIZE
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
MAXIMUM
DIAMETER
FEET PER
SPOOL
BSBHPTP-0125
1/8"
3/32"
1/4"
2,000
BSBHPTP-025
1/4"
1/8"
5/8"
1,000
BSBHPTP-0375
3/8"
3/16"
3/4"
500
BSBHPTP-050
1/2"
1/4"
7/8"
500
BSBHPTP-075
3/4"
1/2"
1-3/8"
500
BSBHPTP-125
1-1/4"
3/4”
1-3/4”
250
BSBHPTP-175
1-3/4"
1-1/4”
2-3/4”
250
BSBHPTP-200
2"
1-1/2”
3-1/2”
250
BSBHPTP-250
2-1/2"
1-3/4”
4-1/2”
250
18
General Purpose
PET Wrap is lightweight, flexible braided sleeving that enables easy on and off
installation and provides instant and convenient access for harness break-outs and
rework of specific sections of cable, wire and hose assemblies. The open weave,
hook and loop design conform to a variety of bundle diameters and irregular
shapes. Available in black, beige and flame retardant grade (black w/ white tracer).
Temperature range:
-103°F to 257°F -75°C to 125°C
Features:
Available in PET and FR (Flame Retardant) grades
(FR grade is special order-Minimums may apply)
Monofilament size: 0.010"
Continuous operating temp.: -103°F to 257°F (-75°C to 125°C)
Melt temp: 446°F/ 230°C
Retains properties in extreme high and low temperatures
2-1 expansion ratio
NOMINAL
SIZE
High abrasion resistance
Light weight, premium flexible covering
UV light resistant
Moisture resistant
Hook and loop fastener: High cycle life and shear strength
Hook and loop is 100% Nylon
PET Wrap Flame Retardant (FR)
PET Wrap
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
SIZE ID
PART NUMBER
BULK
BULK
50 FT
BULK
100 FT
PER FT
NOMINAL
SIZE
-
SIZE RANGE
PART NUMBER
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
BULK
BULK
100 FT
1/2"
.50"
1/4"
100 ft
SPFWFR050-100BK
3/4"
.75"
5/8"
100 ft
SPFWFR075-100BK
-
PER FT
-
1/2"
.50"
1/4"
50/ 100 ft
SP050-50FW
SP050FW-100FT
3/4"
.75"
5/8"
50/ 100 ft
SP075-50FW
SP075FW-100FT BSFW075-BK
1 1/4"
1.25"
5/8"
50/ 100 ft
SP125-50FW
SP125FW-100FT
BSFW125
1 1/4"
1.25"
5/8"
100 ft
SPFWFR125-100BK
BSFWFR125
2"
2.00"
5/8"
50/ 100 ft
SP200-50FW
SP200FW-100FT
BSFW200
2"
2.00"
5/8"
100 ft
SPFWFR200-100BK
BSFWFR200
WOVEN WRAP-AROUND
Self-wrapping Woven Wrap-Around allows for quick and easy application and removal of the product for assembly
and maintenance. Ideal for cables and lines that are already in place and hard to remove such as engine compartments
or multi cable strings under your desk. Not only does the Woven Wrap-Around protect wires from spilled liquids and
sharp edges, but it also gives your application an organized look without disturbing connectors or fittings.
Woven Wrap-Around is a woven blend of polyester monofilaments and multifilaments. This product is rated to 125°C.
Woven Wrap-Around has many applications in the aeronautical, marine, electronic, furniture accessory and general
manufacturing industries.
Woven Wrap-Around
NOMINAL SIZE
PART#
EXPANSION RATIO
WEIGHT/100FT
COLOR
5/16"
RDT0312
5/16" - 3/8"
1.5 lbs
Black
1/2"
RDT050
1/4" - 5/8"
1.7 lbs
Black
3/4"
RDT075
1/2" - 1-1/4"
2.2 lbs
Black
1"
RDT100
3/4" - 1-3/4"
2.7 lbs
Black
INSTALLATION TOOL
RDTOOL
N/A
2oz
Red
PET WRAP BRAIDED SLEEVING
For Performance Data, please see our website
19
Heavy Duty
HEAVY WALL HEAVY DUTY SLEEVING
Heavy Wall (HW) grade is commonly used in industrial and outdoor applications where extreme abrasion protection
is critical. HW is braided from 0.015" polyester monofilament with a continuous operating temperature range of 103oF to 257oF. Standard colors are black and clear.
Features:
PolyEthylene Terephthalate - polyester yarn
Retains properties in extreme high and low temperature environments
Very high resistance to abrasion and cuts
UV light resistant
Easy to install, light weight, and flexible
The melt temperature is 446oF
Temperature range:
-103°F to 257°F (125°C)
Conforms to ASTM and MIL standards
Moisture resistant, prevents rot and fungus (MIL-E-5272)
Dries quickly and does not trap moisture
Resistant to degradation in gasoline and hydraulic fluids
Heavy Wall (HW)
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL SIZE
MAX
MIN
DIAMETER DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
BULK
MINI
PART NUMBER
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
DESCRIPTION
COLORS
WEIGHT
LBS/100’
3/8"
3/16"
3/4"
500 ft
100 ft
BSHW0375 MSHW0375
Black or Clear
.82
5/8"
5/16"
1"
250 ft
75 ft
BSHW0675 MSHW0625
Black or Clear
1.1
1.6
1"
1/2"
1 1/2"
250 ft
50 ft
BSHW100
MSHW100
Black or Clear
1 1/2"
3/4"
2"
250 ft
50 ft
BSHW150
MSHW150
Black or Clear
2.5
2"
1 1/2"
3"
200 ft
50 ft
BSHW200
MSHW200
Black or Clear
3.4
3"
2"
4"
100 ft
50 ft
BSHW300
MSHW300
Black or Clear
4.2
4"
2 1/2"
1 1/2"
100 ft
50 ft
BSHW400
MSHW400
Black or Clear
6.5
KEVLAR® (KV) HIGH ABRASION SLEEVING
Temperature range:
-170oC to 160oC
-340oF to 320oF
Kevlar®
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
BULK
MINI
PART NUMBER
BULK
SPOOL
DESCRIPTION
MINI
COLORS SPOOL WEIGHT LBS/100’
1/4"
1/8"
5/16"
500 ft
50 ft
SP025-KV MSKV025
1
.3
1/2"
1/4"
5/8"
250 ft
50 ft
SP050-KV MSKV050
1
.96
3/4"
1/2"
7/8"
250 ft
50 ft
SP075-KV MSKV075
1
1.44
1"
3/4"
1 1/4"
200 ft
25 ft
SP100-KV MSKV100
1
1.92
1 1/4"
1.0"
1 5/8"
125 ft
25 ft
SP125-KV MSKV125
1
2.40
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2.0"
500 ft
25 ft
1
2.90
-
-
Kevlar® (KV) is a soft, flexible sleeving used to bundle and/or protect wires,
hoses and wire harnesses from extreme environmental conditions. Kevlar® is
braided from aramid fibers and has a unique combination of durability, pliability
and high-tensile strength.
Features:
Has excellent thermal stability permitting long-term use at temperatures
up to 160°C/ 320°F without significant strength loss.
Does not melt or support combustion. Short-term exposures (several
minutes) as high as to 300°C/ 572°F can be tolerated. Kevlar® sleeving
offers strength and durability yet is relatively light in weight.
Used mostly in the fiber optic and electromechanical cable industries
where high temperatures, durability and cut through resistance are
required of the protective sleeving. Cut with Kevlar® Scissors.
Kevlar® standard color is yellow.
Kevlar® is registered trademark of the Dupont Company
20
Heavy Duty
Non-Skid Slip Resistant Braided Sleeving is a unique combination of our standard PET material braided
together with matching threads of high-friction polymer.
NS is engineered primarily for wire and cable management in smooth floor, high traffic environments such as
photo and broadcast studios where someone might inadvertently step on a cable snake and slip.
As long as there's no excessive pressure on the cables protected with NS, the entire snake glides quietly and
effortlessly along the floor. When local pressure is applied, such as when someone steps on the cable, the highfriction material comes in contact with the floor and reduces the possibility of the cable sliding out from underfoot.
Non-Skid Slip Resistant
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
COLORS
WEIGHT LBS/100’
1/4"
1-1/4"
250 ft
75 ft
BSNS075
MSNS075
Black, Neon Yellow
1
1-1/2"
1"
2-1/2"
250 ft
40 ft
BSNS150
MSNS150
Black, Neon Yellow
2.2
2"
1-1/2"
3-1/2"
250 ft
50 ft
BSNS200
MSNS200
Black, Neon Yellow
3
NOMINAL
SIZE
3/4"
DURAFLEX®
DuraFlex® is our solution to the challenge of constant, repetitive and extreme
abrasion. The flexible sleeve is tightly woven from military grade Nylon/cotton
hybrid yarns and is impregnated with Kevlar® polymers to increase abrasion and
flame resistance. DuraFlex® provides up to 50 times greater abrasion and heat
resistance than untreated Nylon sleeves.
Temperature range:
-40°F to 500°F
DuraFlex® is extremely flexible and easy to install over single or multiple hoses.
In the event of a high-pressure hose blowout, DuraFlex® helps prevent high
pressure fluid from becoming a danger to equipment operators and other
personnel.
DuraFlex® has been tested for and received the U.S. Department of Labor's
Mine Safety Health Administration (MSHA) flame test approval.
DuraFlex®
PART #
Features:
MSHA Approved
Cuts easily with scissor
Cost effective
Operating Temp. -40°F to 500°F
Standard colors: Black, Blue, Orange, Red,
Safety Green, Safety Orange, Tan, Yellow
NOMINAL
SIZE
WALL
THICKNESS
BULK
SIZE
WEIGHT
PER SPOOL
BSDF175
1-3/4"
.05"
100'
11.3 lbs
BSDF200
2"
.05"
100'
13.3 lbs
BSDF250
2-1/2"
.05"
100'
16 lbs
BSDF300
3"
.05"
100'
23 lbs
BSDF350
3-1/2"
.05"
50'
12 lbs
BSDF400
4"
.05"
50'
15 lbs
BSDF525
5-1/4"
.05"
50'
23 lbs
NON-SKID SLIP RESISTANT EXPANDABLE BRAIDED SLEEVING
21
Heavy Duty
DURA WRAP
Is the answer to organizing and controlling wires, cables and hoses that are subjected to constant and
extreme use. The flexible sleeve is made from tightly woven ballistic Nylon® with an aggressive, industrial
strength hook and loop closure. DURA WRAP is used on wires to keep them together, on hoses and
cables to prevent abrasion damage or on chains to keep them from ruining expensive finished surfaces.
Features:
Tightly Woven Ballistic Nylon Construction
Heavy Duty, Oversize Hook & Loop Closure
Repels Liquids
Resists and Prevents Damage From UV, Abrasion,
Gasoline, Engine Chemicals and Salt Water
Deflects High Pressure Hose Ruptures
METAL EXPANDABLE BRAIDED SLEEVING
Whether you have rodents, cats, dogs, or other animals biting at your wires or a need for
EMI/RFI shielding, our metal braided sleeving could be the answer for you. Braided from tin
(Sn) coated copper (Cu), it is both flexible and strong, with superior EMI protection. EMI/RFI is
commonly referred to as electrical noise. Tinned copper braid is an ideal shielding material for
short-run cables. It can provide added shielding in retrofit applications, and is much more flexible
and much less susceptible to cracking than foil solutions.
Features:
Provides electrostatic and electromagnetic shielding
Attenuates electrical field interference
Provides enhanced abrasion and cut-through resistance
when compared to thermoplastic braided sleeving
Provides added shielding from radio frequency interference
(RFI) in 0.5 MHz to 1.7 MHz range
Contains EMI sources
Meets QQ-B-575B
Braided from 36AWG tin coated copper wire
85-90% coverage at nominal ID
Tubular Braided Sleeving
Flat Metal Expandable Braided Sleeving
APPROX.
AWG EQUIV
FT/ SPOOL
16/32
19
1000
24/120
14
500
24/144
13
500
BSMET025-250FT-TBR
24/168
12
250
250
NOMINAL
SIZE
PART #
2.5 lbs
1/16"
BSMET0063-1000FT-TBR
6.5 lbs
11/64"
BSMET0172-500FT-TBR
10.5 lbs
3/16"
BSMET0188-500FT-TBR
19lbs
1/4"
NOMINAL
SIZE
PART #
CARRIERS/
ENDS
APPROX.
AWG EQUIV
WEIGHT
PER 500'
1/32"
BSMET-0031-500FT
16/16
24
1/8"
BSMET-0125-500FT
24/72
18
3/16"
BSMET-0188-500FT
24/120
15
CARRIERS/
ENDS
1/4"
BSMET-025-500FT
24/168
14
3/8"
BSMET-0375-500FT
48/288
12
20 lbs
3/8"
BSMET0375-250FT-TBR
24/192
11
1/2"
BSMET-050-500FT
48/384
10
26.5 lbs
1/2"
BSMET050-250FT-TBR
48/336
9
250
5/8"
BSMET-062-500FT
48/384
10
29.5 lbs
9/16"
BSMET0563-200FT-TBR
48/384
8
200
3/4"
BSMET-075-500FT
48/864
7
33.5 lbs
3/4"
BSMET075-100FT-TBR
48/864
7
100
1"
BSMET-100-500FT
48/864
7
70 lbs
1"
BSMET100-100FT-TBR
48/864
7
100
1.5"
BSMET150-50FT-TBR
50
22
Heavy Duty
Features:
Made or virtually indestructible 304 Stainless Steel
Melt Temperature: 2650° F (1450°C)
Very high abrasion resistance
Braided from 0.010" diameter monofilament
Provides superior abrasion, chemical and UV resistance
Won't rust or discolor
Won't discolor or rust
Easy to install, fits right over hoses
Cut with shears
Stainless Steel Braided Sleeving
NOMINAL
SIZE
PART #
BSMETSS-050FT
1/2"
BSMETSS-0625FT
5/8"
BSMETSS-075FT
3/4"
BSMETSS-100FT
1"
BSMETSS-125FT
1-1/4"
BSMETSS-175FT
1-3/4"
BENTLEY-HARRIS EXPANDO® FR PLUS
Expando® FR Plus is a braided, flame-retardant polyester (PET) sleeving designed for applications up to 125ºC. This product is UL
recognized as a VW-1 component, and has F.A.R. Part 25 approval. A general purpose industrial/commercial product, Expando FR Plus
balances the properties of mechanical and thermal stability with economy.
Features:
Rated to 125ºC
VW-1
F.A.R. Part 25
UL Recognized Component. CSA File #LR52852
Rot-free
Fray Resistant
Bentley-Harris Expando® FR Plus
PART #
NOMINAL SIZE
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
MAXIMUM
DIAMETER
FEET PER
SPOOL
BSBHFRP-0125
1/8"
3/32"
1/4"
2,000
BSBHFRP-025
1/4"
1/8"
7/16"
1,000
BSBHFRP-0375
3/8"
1/4"
1/2"
500
BSBHFRP-050
1/2"
1/4"
3/4"
500
BSBHFRP-075
3/4"
1/2"
1-1/4"
500
BSBHFRP-125
1-1/4"
3/4"
1-3/4"
250
BSBHFRP-175
1-3/4"
1-1/4"
2-1/4"
200
BSBHFRP-200
2”
1-1/2”
3-1/2”
250
FLAME RETARDANT®
Features:
UV resistant. High abrasion resistance
FR Polyethylene Terephthalate
0.010" Monofilament size
3-1 expansion ratio
Aircraft hose protection
Lightweight and flexible
Compliant with European Union's Restrictions on the
use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive
Meets Mil-202, FAR 25, FMVSS 302
UL rated VW-1 and FR-1
Conforms to FMVSS 302 - Automotive Burn Test
Expands up to 150%
Will not degrade in a variety of fluids and solvents
Temp Range -75°C to 125°C
Melt Temp 250°C
Flame Retardant
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
PART NUMBER
FEET PER SPOOL
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
PER
FOOT
1/8"
3/32"
1/4"
1000 ft
225 ft
SPFRS0125 MSFR0125 BSFR0125
1/4"
1/8"
7/16"
1000 ft
200 ft
SPFRS025
3/8"
3/16"
5/8"
500 ft
125 ft
SPFRS0375 MSFR0375
1/2"
1/4"
3/4"
500 ft
100 ft
SPFRS050
MSFR050
BSFR050
3/4"
1/2"
1 1/4"
250 ft
75 ft
SPFRS075
MSFR075
BSFR075
1 1/4"
3/4"
1 3/4"
250 ft
50 ft
SPFRS125
MSFR125
BSFR125
MSFR025
BSFR025
-
1 1/2"
1"
2 1/2"
200 ft
40 ft
SPFRS150
MSFR150
-
1 3/4"
1 1/4"
2 3/4"
200 ft
30 ft
SPFRS175
MSFR175
-
2"
1 1/2"
3 1/2"
200 ft
50 ft
SPFRS200
MSFR200
-
2 1/2"
1 3/4"
4 1/2"
200 ft
50 ft
SPFRS250
MSFR250
-
3"
2 1/2"
4 3/4"
100 ft
50 ft
SPFRS300
MSFR300
-
STAINLESS STEEL BRAIDED SLEEVING
23
Advanced Engineering
F6 FLAME RETARDANT
Flame spread is a vital safety consideration in applications as diverse as homebuilt aircraft wiring and safely managing sound & lighting cables at clubs,
concerts and theaters. To accommodate these issues, and to provide unequaled flexibility and access, we have developed this unique sleeving product.
Self-extinguishing F6F fully complies with UL standard VW-1. The addition of a flame inhibitor to our triaxially braided F6 split sleeving provides the perfect
solution to a wide range of cable management needs.
F6 Flame Retardant
Features:
Wraparound Without Fasteners
Temp Range -75°C to 125°C
Melt Temp 230°C
25 % Edge Overlap
Organic Flame Retardant
Resists Chemicals & Solvents
Cut & Abrasion Resistant
Available in Black only
SIZE ID
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
NOMINAL
SIZE
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
1/8"
400 ft
100 ft
BSF6FR-0125-400FT
BSF6FR-0125-100FT
1/4"
200 ft
100 ft
BSF6FR-025-200FT
BSF6FR-025-100FT
1/2"
150 ft
75 ft
BSF6FR-050-150FT
BSF6FR-050-75FT
3/4"
100 ft
50 ft
BSF6FR-075-100FT
BSF6FR-075-50FT
This product is non-expandable.
Please measure your application
diameter accordingly
MINI
SPOOL
1”
100 ft
50 ft
BSF6FR-100-100FT
BSF6FR-100-50FT
1 1/2"
75 ft
25 ft
BSF6FR-150-75FT
BSF6FR-150-25FT
2"
50 ft
25 ft
BSF6FR-200-50FT
BSF6FR-200-25FT
FLAME RETARDANT WOVEN WRAP-AROUND
Woven Wrap-Around is a woven blend of PPS and Nomex. This blend in a flat weave construction gives Woven
Wrap-Around a rugged yet smooth texture and appearance. This product is rated to 200ºC. Woven Wrap-Around
has many applications in the aeronautical, marine, rail and industries
Features:
Woven Blend of PPS and Nomex
Rated to 200ºC
FAR Part 25
Halogen-free
Self-wrapping design
Easy to apply and remove
Tough fabric texture
Intended for rail and air transportation applications
Woven Wrap-Around
NOMINAL SIZE
PART#
EXPANSION RATIO
WEIGHT/ SPOOL
COLOR
FT/ SPOOL
5/16"
RDTNX0313
3/16" - 3/8"
6 lbs
Green
328'
1/2'
RDTNX050
1/4" - 5/8"
4 lbs
Green
164'
3/4"
RDTNX075
1/2" - 1"
3 lbs
Green
82'
1"
RDTNX100
3/4" - 1-1/4"
3 lbs
Green
82'
1 1/2"
RDTNX150
1-1/4" - 1-3/4"
3.5 lbs
Green
82'
RYTON (RY) CHEMICAL RESISTANT EXPANDABLE BRAIDED SLEEVING
Ryton (RY) expandable sleeving is used in high temperature, flame resistant wire
harness and cable assembles. RY is an extremely light weight, high temperature
resistant and cost effective sleeving for aerospace, military, communication
satellite applications.
RY is braided from 0.008" flame resistant PPS monofilament. Standard colors
are black and natural.
Features:
PPS - Polyphenylene Sulphide high temperature thermoplastic monofilament
Melt temp: 285°C/ 545°F
Temperature range: -70°C to 200°C (-94°F to 392°F)
Flame retardant VW-1, long term thermally stable
Oxygen index: 46%
24
Temperature range:
-94°F to 392°F
Ryton
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
DESCRIPTION
MINI
1/8"
3/32"
1/4"
1000 ft
225 ft
BSRY0125
MSRY0125
2
.21
1/4"
1/8"
3/8"
1000 ft
200 ft
BSRY025
MSRY025
2
.36
1/2"
1/4"
3/4"
500 ft
100 ft
BSRY050
MSRY050
2
.59
3/4"
1/2"
1 1/4"
250 ft
75 ft
BSRY075
MSRY075
2
.75
1 1/4"
3/4"
1 3/4"
250 ft
50 ft
BSRY125
MSRY125
2
1.3
1 3/4"
1 1/4"
2 1/2"
200 ft
50 ft
BSRY175
MSRY175
2
1.6
Advanced Engineering
Teflon® (TF) expandable sleeving is ideal in applications where flame, chemical
and very high temperature resistance are significant considerations. The high
temperature properties of TF make it the ideal choice for aerospace, military, hightech plenum applications where thermal stability and low outgassing are critical.
TF is braided from 0.16" flame resistant PFA monofilament.
Available in clear color
Temperature range:
-94°F to 550°F
Features:
Teflon® (PFA) Perfluoroalkoxy Polymer, CAS No. 26655-00-5
Fluorinated Ethylene Perfluoroalkyl - Vinyl Ether Copolymer
Excellent chemical resistance. Ideal in corrosive environments
Chemically inert , thermally stable
Cuts easily with Hot Knife
Low outgassing
High UV resistance
Oxygen index: 95%
Operating Temp. -94°F to 550°F (260°C)
Melt Temperature: 310°C/ 590°F
Retains properties in very extreme high and low temperatures
Easy to install, flexible
Teflon®
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
DESCRIPTION
MINI
1/8"
3/32"
1/4"
1000 ft
225 ft
TF1N
CM155
1
.5
1/4"
3/16"
3/8"
1000 ft
200 ft
TF2N
CM156
1
.6
3/8"
1/4"
3/4"
500 ft
125 ft
TF2.5N
CM157
1
2.2
1/2"
3/8"
7/8"
500 ft
100 ft
TF3N
CM1158
1
2.6
3/4"
5/8"
1 1/4"
250 ft
75 ft
TF4N
CM159
1
2.9
1 1/4"
1 1/8"
1 1/2"
200 ft
50 ft
TF6N
CM160
1
4.8
HALAR® (HR) EXPANDABLE SLEEVING
Halar® (HR) expandable sleeving is commonly used where flammability, high temperature
endurance and low outgassing are concerns. Also referred to as self-extinguishing, Halar® is
used in plenum rated applications. Halar® is used in aerospace and vital military applications for
its high temperature, flame retardant properties and excellent chemical resistance.
HR is braided from 0.011" Halar® (E-CTFE) fluoropolymer monofilaments that are self
extinguishing with a flame resistant rating of VW-1. Standard colors are black with a single white
tracer, and white with a single black tracer.
Temperature range:
-103°F to 320°F
Halar® is registered trademark of Ausimont
Features:
Halar® (E-CTFE) Ethylene-Chlorotrifluoroethylene
copolymer monofilament
Continuous operating temperature: 150oC
Chemically inert, thermally stable
Good electrical properties
High chemical, gas and moisture resistance
Abrasion and cut resistant
Low out-gassing, Halar® is a UL registered
component for plenum systems
Oxygen index: 64%
Halar® (HR)
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN
MAX
DIAMETER DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
1/8"
3/32"
1/4"
1000 ft
225 ft
BSHAL0125
MSHAL0125
1/4"
1/8"
7/16"
1000 ft
200 ft
BSHAL025
MSHAL025
3/8"
3/16"
5/8"
500 ft
125 ft
BSHAL0375
MSHAL0375
1/2"
1/4"
3/4"
500 ft
100 ft
BSHAL050
MSHAL050
3/4"
1/2"
1 1/4"
250 ft
75 ft
BSHAL075
MSHAL075
1 1/4"
3/4"
1 3/4"
250 ft
50 ft
BSHAL125
MSHAL125
1 3/4"
1 1/4"
2 3/4"
200 ft
30 ft
BSHAL175
MSHAL175
2"
1 1/2"
3 1/2"
200 ft
50 ft
BSHAL200
MSHAL200
TEFLON® (TF) EXPANDABLE BRAIDED SLEEVING
25
Extreme Temperature
SPARK PLUG BOOT INSULATOR
Temperatures up to 1,200°F and will protect
continuously at 500°F
Spark Plug Boot Insulators are the ideal solution for
protecting spark plugs, boots and cable ends from extreme
engine heat. SPBI’s are tightly woven from durable
fiberglass. The woven fiberglass fabric is formed into a
double-layered sleeve that is easily installed and removed.
Insultherm Spark Plug Boot Insulators
PART #
SIZE
DIAMETER
SIZE
LENGTH
PACKAGE
BOX
SPB190-4
3/4"
7.5"
4/pk
SPB190-6
3/4"
7.5"
6/pk
SPB190-8
3/4"
7.5"
8/pk
FIBERGLASS BRAIDED SLEEVING
Fiberglass (FG) is used in high temperature, low voltage (up to 300V) applications such as toasters, coffee makers,
and other small heating appliances. Its flexibility and expendability allows for use over irregular shapes. It is also used
in wire harness assemblies as well as for thermal protection of insulated wires against damage from external heat
sources. It is also an ideal choice for sleeving applications where varnishing or vacuum pressure impregnation is used.
Features:
Resists solvents and engine fluids
1-1.25 expansion ratio
Cuts easily with scissors
Contains no asbestos
Operating Temp. -94°F - 1,202°F
Standard colors are black or aluminum
Temperature range:
-94°F to 1200°F
We also offer :
Heavy Wall fiberglass (FG) sleeving is composed of a tightly braided, highly flexible, continuous filament E glass which has been heat-treated to remove
starches and oils, and to "set" the braid. As opposed to our other line of fiberglass braided sleeving, the heavy wall fiberglass braided sleeving has a wall
thickness that is twice that of our fiberglass sleeving. FG maintains about half of its strength at temperatures up to 750°C.
Acrylic Fiberglass (ACR) sleeving is composed of modified acrylic resin that has been continuously coated over premium electrical grade braided fiberglass
sleeving. This material possesses excellent flexibility and cut through resistance to mechanical abrasion and is fully compatible with all magnet and wire coatings
as well as insulating varnishes such as polyesters, epoxies, phenolics, and Formvar. Acrylic coated fiberglass tubing is rated class 155° C thermally and is an
approved component in UL insulating systems.
Silicone Rubber Extruded Fiberglass Sleeving is the combination of silicone rubber extruded onto braided fiberglass sleeving. It is recommended for the
insulation of leads and connections in electrical and electronic components (transformers, coils, relays, solenoids etc.) where temperature extremes from –70°C
through 200°C are encountered. Silicone rubber coated glass sleeving is the only flexible insulating material appropriate for continuous service in ambient
temperatures from -70°C through +200°C.
Flame Retardant Silicone Rubber Extruded Fiberglass Sleeving is the combination of silicone rubber extruded onto braided fiberglass sleeving. It is
recommended for the insulation of leads and connections in electrical and electronic components (transformers, coils, relays, solenoids etc.) where temperature
extremes from -70°C through 200°C are encountered. Silicone rubber coated glass sleeving is the only flexible insulating material appropriate for continuous
service in ambient temperatures from -70°C through +200°C
For more information or choices, please visit our website or contact us at: 866-222-0030
26
Extreme Temperature
Fire Sleeving is the choice of professionals in racing, mining and other
industries where heat protection from constant temperatures approaching
500° F is mandatory.
This high temperature fiberglass sleeve is jacketed with a silicone coating
resistant to oils, solvents, and dirt.
Fire Sleeving will prevent your hot applications from causing damage to
equipment and protect wires, cables and hoses from damage due to extreme
temperatures. Resistant to hydraulic fluids, lubricating oils and fuels, it
insulates against energy loss in piping and hosing and protects employees
from burns.
Features:
Protects cables, wires, and hoses to 500° F continuously
Available in 2 types: Aerospace Grade (braided), Industrial Grade (knit)
Cuts easily with scissors
Easy to install
UL 94
Will withstand Molten Splash
at 2200° F
Standard color is Red.
For other colors please call.
Fire Resistant
SIZE
FT PER
SPOOL
1/4"
50'
BSFA025-50FT-RD
BSFI025-50FT-RD
3/8"
50'
BSFA0375-50FT-RD
BSFI0375-50FT-RD
1/2"
50'
BSFA050-50FT-RD
BSFI050-50FT-RD
5/8"
50'
BSFA0625-50FT-RD
BSFI0625-50FT-RD
3/4"
50'
BSFA075-50FT-RD
BSFI075-50FT-RD
7/8"
50'
BSFA0875-50FT-RD
BSFI0875-50FT-RD
AEROSPACE FIRE
PART #
1"
50'
BSFA100-50FT-RD
BSFI100-50FT-RD
1 1/4"
50'
BSFA125-50FT-RD
BSFI125-50FT-RD
1 1/2"
50'
BSFA150-50FT-RD
BSFI150-50FT-RD
1 3/4"
50'
BSFA175-50FT-RD
BSFI175-50FT-RD
2"
20'
BSFA200-20FT-RD
BSFI200-20FT-RD
3"
10'
BSFA300-10FT-RD
BSFI300-10FT-RD
4"
10'
BSFA400-10FT-RD
4 1/2"
10'
BSFI450-10FT-RD
5"
10'
BSFI500-10FT-RD
NOMEX® FIREPROOF BRAIDED SLEEVING
Woven Nomex® clothing and protective gear has been used for years by race car drivers, municipal fire departments
and oil rig personnel to provide that extra level of comfort and protection from the dangers that come with working in
and around intense flame and heat. Our NX Nomex® sleeving will do the same for your wires, hoses and cables. NX
will protect your application in temperatures up to 700 F. It is unaffected by short term exposure to most acids, bases,
solvents and common engineering chemicals. Despite the soft touch and smooth appearance associated with woven
aramid fibers, NX is incredibly strong, with a tensile strength of 90,000 psi. The densely braided sleeving provides full
coverage and protection on even the most exposed applications. NX sleeving cuts easily with regular scissors and the
smooth surface eases installation even over long wire runs. The construction allows slight expansion to accommodate
irregular surfaces and tight turns.
Available sizes are: 3/8”, 1/2” and 5/8”. Bulk size is 100’.
Additional sizes are available by special order.
Features:
Soft, Pliable & Strong
Cut & Abrasion Resistant
Protects to 700ºF
Halogen and Asbestos Free
Resists Gasoline and Engine Chemicals
INDUSTRIAL FIRE
PART #
BSFI400-10FT-RD
FIRE RESISTANT
Nomex® is a registered trademark of the DuPont Corporation.
27
Extreme Temperature
THERMASHIELD
Thermashield products will protect delicate components up to 1,200° without delaminating, turning
brittle or suffering adhesive failure.
ThermaShield Tube
THERMASHIELD TUBE
ThermaShield creates a buffer between your wires, hoses
and cables and the high temperature environments they
perform in.
ThermaShield is engineered by laminating an aluminum heat
shield to a layer of strong fiberglass insulation. This system
provides superior protection from radiant heat by reflecting it
away from sensitive electronics, wiring and hoses.
ThermaShield is available in tube, wrap around and full
adhesive backed products to provide the right solution for
virtually any installation requirements.
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
1/2"
250'
100'
BSTSN050
MSTSN050
5/8"
250'
100'
BSTSN0625
MSTSN0625
3/4"
250'
100'
BSTSN0625
MSTSN075
1"
250'
100'
BSTSN075
MSTSN100
1 1/4"
250'
100'
BSTSN100
MSTSN125
1 1/2"
250'
100'
BSTSN125
MSTSN150
1 3/4"
100'
50'
BSTSN175
MSTSN175
2"
100'
50'
BSTSN200
MSTSN200
PART #
MINI
BULK
ThermaShield Wrap
THERMASHIELD WRAP
When component disassembly isn’t an option, ThermaShield
Wrap is the solution. Designed to fit securely around existing
assemblies and hard to reach components, the flat material is
joined along the edge with a strip of permanent, high
temperature adhesive. The aggressive bonding agent will
securely adhere along the width of the material, affording
maximum protection and allowing a snug fit around oddshaped connectors and terminations.
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
PART #
MINI
BULK
1" (3.75" flat)
200'
100'
BSTSW100
MSTSW100
1 1/4" (4.5" flat)
200'
100'
BSTSW125
MSTSW125
1 1/2" (5.25" flat)
200'
100'
BSTSW150
MSTSW150
ThermaShield Flat
THERMASHIELD FLAT
Protect surfaces exposed to extreme heat with ThermaShield
Flat. An aluminum laminated fiberglass sheet with a full
coating of permanent, high temperature adhesive, this unique
product applies directly to any surface. Ideal solution for
protecting delicate electronic component boxes mounted
close to engines or other heat sources. When applied, the
aluminum laminate efficiently reflects heat away and the
insulting fiberglass backing protects the fragile contents form
thermal damage and failure.
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
BULK
MINI
1"
200'
100'
BSTSA100
MSTSA100
2"
200'
100'
BSTSA200
MSTSA200
3"
200'
100'
BSTSA300
MSTSA300
4"
200'
100'
BSTSA400
MSTSA400
5"
200'
100'
BSTSA500
MSTSA500
PART #
28
Specialty Sleeving
Temperature range:
-103°F to 257°F
Chrome (CH) is so much more than just a hot looking wire and hose covering.
Engineered by braiding heavy gauge 5 mil metallized polyester film (Mylar®) in
combination with our clear polyethylene terepthalate (PET), we've produced a
tough, durable and attractive solution for a wide range of applications, especially
cosmetic ones. Even though it is very similar to our Mylar® product, it is heavier
and has a much better abrasion resistance. The metallized Mylar® component is
conductive, allowing Chrome to be used in shielding applications, as well as
applications where the temperature exceeds 400°F. This strong and attractive
product is both practical in electronic applications and decorative on the wires and
hoses of high end show cars and motorcycles.
Chrome
Features:
UV resistant
2-1 expansion ratio
Easy to install, light weight, and flexible
PART#
SIZE
MIN.
DIAMETER
MAX.
DIAMETER
EXPANSION
RATIO
ABRASION
RESISTANCE
SPOOL SIZE
BS025CHR
1/4"
3/16"
1/2"
1-2
Good
125'
BS0375CHR
3/8"
1/4"
5/8"
1-2
Good
100'
BS050CHR
1/2"
3/8"
3/4"
1-2
Good
80'
Chrome XC provides better abrasion resistance than our Mylar product, and twice the reflective coverage as our chrome product.
Chrome XC
SIZE ID
PART NUMBER
FEET PER SPOOL
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
PER
FOOT
BULK
MINI
5/16"
250'
100'
SPCHX-0313 MSCHX-0313
BSCHX-0313
silver
1/2"
250'
80'
SPCHX-050
MSCHX-050
BSCHX-050
silver
3/4"
200'
40'
SPCHX-075
MSCHX-075
BSCHX-075
silver
1 1/4"
100'
30'
SPCHX-125
MSCHX-125
BSCHX-125
silver
1 1/2"
100'
25'
SPCHX-150
MSCHX-150
BSCHX-150
silver
NOMINAL
SIZE
COLOR
MYLAR® (MY)
Mylar® (MY) PET is commonly referred to as "multi-purpose".
PET is used for an infinite variety of applications. Due to its
expandable nature(3-1), PET's unique braided construction
enables quick and easy installation over large connectors.
Metallic Mylar® is thinly slit and braided with clear PET fibers. It
is an innovative solution for adding a mirror finish to any
sleevable product.
Mylar® is braided from .010" monofilament made from
PolyEthylene Terephthalate, with a continuous operating
temperature of -103°F to 257°F. Its melt temperature is
446°F and is offered in 2 dramatic colors: Gold and Silver.
Temperature range:
-103° F to 257° F
Mylar®
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
1/4"
1/8"
7/16"
1000 ft
200 ft
PT2
CM105
2
.17
1/2"
1/4"
1.0"
500 ft
100 ft
PT3
CM106
2
.35
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
CHROME® (CH) HOSE COVERING SOLUTION
MINI
29
Specialty Sleeving
REFLEX® (RF) REFLECTIVE SAFETY BRAIDED
Reflex® (RF) reflective expandable cable covering reflects light back to its
source. Excellent reflective properties in low and minimal light situations.
Temperature range:
-22°F to 257°F
Use on any cables, wires, hoses and any sleevable surface to enhance
visibility. Excellent safety enhancements for bicycles, motorcycles and other
moving vehicles; anywhere visibility and safety are imperative.
Features:
Resists UV, salt, chlorine, and auto fluids
Reflects 360 degrees up to 675'
Chemically inert
Municipal service and emergency response organizations use RF on
hoses and wires to increase visibility and safety under emergency
conditions.
Bike shops can offer a profitable value added safety solution by
installing RF on bike brake and gear cables.
Reflex®
SIZE ID
SIZE RANGE
NOMINAL
SIZE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
BULK
MINI
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
1/4"
3/16"
3/8"
1000 ft
100 ft
BSRF025 MSRF025
2
.33
1/2"
1/4"
1.0"
500 ft
100 ft
BSRF050 MSRF050
2
.52
3/4"
3/8"
1 3/8"
250 ft
75 ft
BSRF075 MSRF075
2
.63
Many service stations use RF on their consumer air and water lines to
provide protection and visibility under poor lighting conditions,
increasing identification, hose life and impulse usage on "pay for air"
systems.
Installing RF on scuba hoses increases diver visibility at night or under
adverse lighting conditions.
BENTLY HARRIS® ROUNDIT® EMI SLEEVING
Bentley Harris Roundit 2000 EMI combines the self wrapping and protection properties of original Roundit 2000 with EMI
shielding and protection. This self-wrapping feature allows for easy, quick bundling of wire and cables that may need
protection from EMI. EMI, or Electromagnetic Interference, is conducted energy that adversely affects circuit performance.
The tinned copper drain wire is woven as an integral part of EMI protection. To protect against this interference and ensure
proper performance or electronic equipment Roundit 2000 EMI can be used. The material, made from weaving polyester and
metallized nylon yarns, creates a product that offers high level of shielding protection while keeping the wrap lightweight and
flexible. This durable, abrasion resistant, woven fabric of Roundit 2000 EMI provides reliable and long-term protection to
cables that can’t be provided with foils or films.
Bentley Harris Roundit 2000NX EMI is a self-wrapping sleeving that was created for mechanical and EMI protection. This
feature allows for quick easy installation and removal of cabling and wires. The outer layer, with it’s supreme abrasion
resistance, is made of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) and Nomex. The inner layer, composed of nickel-plated copper,
provides protection against the conducted energy given off by electronic devices that adversely affects circuit performance.
This energy is commonly referred to as EMI or electromagnetic interference. This layer also provides additional protection
from external factors, as it makes cutting through your enclosed wires very difficult to accomplish.
Roundit® 2000NX EMI is also available with an internal PTFE tape layer to protect fragile cabling and wire harnesses to be
from the inner nickel-plated copper layer.
Roundit® 2000NX EMI
Roundit® 2000 EMI
Features:
EMI/RFI Protection
Self-wrapping
Lightweight construction
Operating temperature up to 125° C
SIZE ID
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
3/16"
600 ft
RDTEMI0188
1/4"
164 ft
RDTNXEMI025
5/16"
400 ft
RDTEMI0312
7/16"
164 ft
RDTNXEMI04375
1/2"
275 ft
RDTEMI050
11/16"
82 ft
RDTNXEMI06875
82 ft
RDTNXEMI0875
SIZE ID
3/4”
300 ft
RDTEMI075
7/8”
1”
250 ft
RDTEMI100
1-3/16”
82 ft
RDTNXEMI11875
1-1/2”
82 ft
RDTNXEMI150
For more information, see our website or call us toll free at (866) 222-0030.
30
Specialty Sleeving
Expando 686DM is a protective oversleeve designed for mechanical protection in temperature
extremes and hostile environmental conditions. Rated to 200ºC, Expando 686DM is a UL
Recognized Component and meets VW-1 and F.A.R. part 25 flammability requirements.
Featuring a dual monofilament construction, Expando 686DM blends larger PEEK
(polyetheretherketone) guard strands with PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) support strands.
Low levels of flammability, toxicity, smoke generation and hard vacuum offgassing.
Because of its high use temperature, Expando 686DM resists damage from high
temperature air guns used with heatshrinkable elements such as strain reliefs,
terminations and identification sleeves.
Used in the aerospace industries for its outstanding properties in extreme environments.
Aircraft, space, military, marine, and hostile-environment applications.
Features:
Rated to 200ºC
VW-1 sizes over 1/8”
F.A.R. Part 25
Halogen-free
UL Recognized Component for sizes over 1/8”
CSA File #LR52852
Low toxicity, smoke generation and offgassing
Rot-free
Bentley-Harris Expando® 686DM
PART #
NOMINAL SIZE
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
MAXIMUM
DIAMETER
FEET PER
SPOOL
BSBH686-0125
1/8"
3/32"
1/4"
2,000
BSBH686-025
1/4"
1/8"
5/8"
1,000
BSBH686-0375
3/8"
3/16"
3/4"
500
BSBH686-050
1/2"
1/4"
7/8"
500
BSBH686-075
3/4"
1/2"
1-3/8"
500
BSBH686-125
1-1/4"
5/8"
1-3/4"
2
BSBH686-175
1-3/4"
3/4"
2-1/4"
200
BSBH686-200
2"
1-1/2"
2-1/4"
250
BSBH686-250
2-1/2"
1-7/8"
3"
250
GORILLA BRAIDED HEAVY DUTY SLEEVING
Is our most abrasion resistant product that protects from both dragging abrasion and vibrations.
The strength and stiffness of the sleeving comes from the thick heavy duty flat filaments used to
compose the braid. Gorilla braided sleeving has been tested against competitor high abrasion
resistant sleevings that use a variety of materials to produce this heavy abrasion resistant effect.
Features:
Flat Filament Technology
Heavy Plastic Protection
Smooth Feel and Reduced Drag
High chemical resistance
UV resistant
Conforms to MIL-E-5272 rot and fungus standard
Made in USA
Gorilla Braided Heavy Duty Sleeving
SIZE ID
NOMINAL SIZE
SIZE RANGE
MAX
MIN
DIAMETER DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
BULK
MINI
PART NUMBER
MINI
SPOOL
BULK
SPOOL
1/2"
3/8"
5/8"
500 ft
100 ft
BSGS050
MSGS050
3/4"
5/8"
1"
250 ft
50 ft
BSGS075
MSGS075
1-1/4"
1"
1 1/2"
250 ft
50 ft
BSGS125
MSGS125
1-3/4"
1-1/2"
2"
100 ft
25 ft
BSGS175
MSGS175
BENTLEY-HARRIS EXPANDO® 686DM
31
Specialty Sleeving
NYLON MULTIFILAMENT (NM)
Multifilament Nylon (NM) is reminiscent of the old fashioned loom used on
early automobile and motorcycle wire harnesses. NM grade is commonly
employed in the military to protect hoses and wires from physical wear.
NM meets military specification: MIL-I-47203(MI) and MIL-S-47053(MI).
In spite of its rugged specifications, NM offers complete coverage and
abrasion resistance for assemblies exposed to excessive wear.
Multifilament Nylon (NM) is braided from nylon fibers. Standard color is black.
Temperature range:
-49°F to 248°F
Nylon Multifilament
SIZE ID
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
MINI
SPOOL
COLORS
WEIGHT
LBS/100’
1/8"
1000 ft
225 ft
NY1
CM173
1
1.1
3/16"
1000 ft
200 ft
NY1.5
CM174
1
5.6
1/4"
500 ft
200 ft
NY2
CM175
1
8.9
5/16"
500 ft
125 ft
NY2.25
CM1176
1
9.9
3/8"
500 ft
125 ft
NY2.5
CM177
1
10.9
1/2"
250 ft
100 ft
NY3
CM178
1
21.3
5/8"
250 ft
75 ft
NY3.5
CM179
1
18.5
3/4"
250 ft
75 ft
NY4
CM180
1
31.5
7/8"
200 ft
50 ft
NY4.5
CM181
1
43.5
NOMINAL SIZE
Features:
Fabric-like nylon fibers
Melt temp: 250°C/482°F
Excellent abrasion resistance
Retains properties in high and low temperatures
Easy to install
Tough flexible covering
FEET PER SPOOL
1"
200 ft
50 ft
NY5
CM182
1
51.5
1 1/4"
125 ft
50 ft
NY6
CM183
1
55.0
1 1/2"
100 ft
50 ft
NY7
CM184
1
64.6
2"
100 ft
50 ft
NY9
CM185
1
90.1
2 1/2"
100 ft
50 ft
NY11
CALL
1
103.2
3"
100 ft
50 ft
NY13
CALL
1
110.0
NYLON (NY) EXPANDABLE BRAIDED SLEEVING
Temperature range: -49°F to 302°F
Nylon (NY) is commonly used in the automotive industry to protect hoses and wires from
excessive war. Vibration and movement can tear automotive hoses to pieces, but Nylon can
increase hose life up to 300%. This lengthened life span is recognized in terms of reduced
maintenance; a professional, attractive and durable appearance and greater customer satisfaction.
With the protection that Nylon provides, it pays for itself throughout the life of your product.
Nylon (NY) is braided from .012 in. Nylon 6-6 polyamide monofilament. NY offers a full coverage,
high abrasion resistant sleeving for assemblies exposed to excessive wear.
Standard color is black.
Nylon
Features:
Nylon 6-6 polyamide monofilament
Monofilament size: .012 in.
Melt temp: 256°C/ 493°F
Excellent abrasion resistance
Retains properties in high and low temperatures
Easy to install, tough flexible covering
SIZE ID
NOMINAL
SIZE
SIZE RANGE
MIN - MAX
DIAMETER
FEET PER SPOOL
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
BULK
MINI
BULK
SPOOL
COLORS
MINI
SPOOL WEIGHT LBS/100’
1/8"
3/32"
1/4"
1000 ft
225 ft
NYL 1
CM167
1
1/4"
1/8"
3/8"
1000 ft
200 ft
NYL 2
CM168
1
.22
.31
1/2"
3/8"
3/4"
500 ft
75 ft
NYL 3
CM169
1
1.03
3/4"
1/2"
1 1/4"
250 ft
50 ft
NYL 4
CM170
1
1.47
1"
5/8"
1 3/8"
250 ft
50 ft
NYL 5
CM171
1
1.60
1 1/4"
3/4".
1 1/2"
250 ft
50 ft
NYL 6
CM172
1
1.78
32
Chemical Resistances
GRADES
Aromatic Aliphatic Chlorinated
Weak
Bases
Salts
Strong
Bases
De-lce Strong
Acid
Fluid
Salt Hydarulic Lube
Oil
Fluid
Water
UV
Esters
Strong
Petroleum Fungus
Oxidants Keytones Light
PET Standard
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
Heavy Wall
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
1
Flame Retardant
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
1
Halar®
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
NF
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
NF-FR
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
1
PET Wrap
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
1
FR PET Wrap
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
1
Teflon®
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ryton®
1
Nylon
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
5
5
3
2
Multifilament Nylon
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
5
5
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
2
Fiberglass
1
Reflex1
Mylar1
Kevlar1
Test Method
Standard
2
2
1= No Effect
2= Little Effect
3= Affected
2
2
4 = More Affected
5 = Severely Affected
O-S1926
MIL-H5606
2
MIL-L- MIL-A7808 8243
ASTM
G-21*
INDUSTRY USES FOR VARIOUS GRADES
GRADES
PET Standard
Automotive
Aviation
*
Heavy Wall
Wire
& Cable Industrial Robotics
A/V
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Flame Retardant
*
*
*
Halar®
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
NF
*
NF-FR
PET Wrap
*
*
*
Military Racing Computers
Marine
*
FR PET Wrap
*
*
Teflon®
*
*
Ryton®
*
Nylon
*
*
Multifilament Nylon
*
*
Fiberglass
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Outgassing
Oxygen
Specific
Index Gravity g/cc
Hologen
Free
med
21
1.38
y
med
21
1.38
y
*
med
31
1.38
y
*
*
low
64
1.68
y
*
*
*
med
21
1.38
y
*
*
*
med
31
1.38
y
*
*
*
med
23
1.38
y
*
*
*
*
med
31
1.38
y
*
*
*
v.low
95
2.10
y
*
*
low
40
1.37
y
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
high
22
1.14
y
*
*
*
*
high
22
1.14
y
*
*
*
*
na
y
Reflex1
Mylar1
Kevlar1
*
*
Test Method
Standard
1
29
ASTM
D-2863
Customer must test for application suitability
1.44
y
CHEMICAL RESISTANCES
ASTM
D-792
*MIL-1-7444, MIL-STD 810 / #508, MIL-E-5272, MIL-1-631
33
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flammability VW-1
GRADES
Temperatures
Monofilament
Diameter
FLAMMABILITY
Center
Preferred
Cutting
Method
# Of Colors
Wall
Thickness
Expansion
Minimum
Continuous
Operating Temp.
Maximum
Continuous
Operating Temp.
Melt Temp.
PET Standard
.010
Hot Knife
16
.025
1-3
-75
-103
125
257
230
446
Heavy Wall
.015
Hot Knife
2
.038
1-3
-75
-103
125
257
230
446
Flame Retardant
.010
VW-1, FR-1
Hot Knife
2
.025
1-3
-75
-103
125
257
250
482
Halar®
.011
VW-1, FR-1
Hot Knife
2
.028
1-3
-75
-103
160
320
250
482
NF
.008
Scissor, Hot Knife
1
.024
1-2
-75
-103
125
257
230
446
NF-FR
.008
Scissor, Hot Knife
2
.024
1-2
-75
-103
125
257
250
482
PET Wrap
.010
Hot Knife
1*
.025
-
-75
-103
125
257
230
446
FR PET Wrap
.010
Hot Knife
1
.025
-
-75
-103
125
257
250
482
®
.016
Hot Wire, Knife
1
.04
1-2
-70
-94
280
550
310
590
Ryton®
.008
Hot Knife
2
.02
1-2
-70
-94
200
392
285
545
Nylon
.012
Hot Knife
1
.03
1-2
-45
-49
150
302
256
493
Multifilament Nylon
N/A
Scissor, Hot Knife
1
1-1
-45
-49
120
248
250
482
Fiberglass
N/A
Knife, Blade
2
1-1
-70
-94
650
1202
1120
2048
Reflex
.010
Hot Knife
2
.026
1-3
-30
-22
125
257
149
300
Mylar
.010
Hot Knife
2
.025
1-3
-75
-103
125
257
230
446
Kevlar
.N/A
Kevlar Scissor
1
.020
1-2
-170
-340
160
320
N/A
N/A
Teflon
Test Method
Standard
ASTM
D-204
VW-1, FR-1
VW-1, FR-1
CSA#
UL# File
E107 055 CR66-145-1
Mil-202
MIL-I-23053
ASTM
D-2117
*Other colors available call for availability
Abrasion Resistance
HARD VACUUM DATA%
GRADES
Moisture
Absorption %
Smoke
D-Max
Toxicity
Index
PET Standard
.008
56
Heavy Wall
.008
56
Flame Retardant
.008
275
Halar®
.001
NF
.008
56
4.2
0.51
0.00
NF-FR
.008
275
6.2
0.19
0.00
PET Wrap
.008
56
4.2
0.51
FR PET Wrap
.008
275
6.2
0.19
Teflon®
.01
Ryton®
.02
Nylon
1.5
75,000
Very High
Multifilament Nylon
1.5
75,000
Very High
Typical Elongation
Break 3g/Denier
Specific
Gravity g/cc
Abrasion
Resistance
Tenacity Grams
per Denier
85,000
High
4.5
15
5
1.38
85,000
Very High
4.5
20
7
1.38
TML
CVCM
WVR
Tensile Strength
PSI
4.2
0.51
0.00
0.10
4.2
0.51
0.00
0.10
6.2
0.19
0.01
0.11
55,000
High
4.6
15
5
1.38
45,000
Med.
2.0
25
7
1.68
0.10
85,000
High
4.5
14
5
1.38
0.11
55,000
High
4.6
14
5
1.38
0.00
0.10
85,000
High
4.5
15
5
1.38
0.00
0.11
55,000
High
4.6
15
5
1.38
20,000
Med.
1
50
2.10
30
1.37
Med.
5.0
20
7
1.14
23.8
2.5
7
1.44
ASTM
D-2256
ASTM
D-2256
ASTM
D2256-80
ASTM
D-792
Med.
Fiberglass
Reflex
Mylar
Kevlar
Test Method
Standard
439,000
Please call for Data Sheet
ASTM
D-570
Flaming Made
ASTM E662
US Naval
Eng. Std#713
(Issues 3)
Burn by Product
ASTM E 595
(at 10-5 torr)
ASTM
D-2256
Very High
ASTM
D-4157
ASTM
D-638
The contents and illustrations contained herein are believed to be reliable. The manufacturer & distributor make no warranties as to their accuracy or completeness & disclaims any liability in connection with their use.
The manufacturer & distributor’s only obligations are those in standard terms of sale for this product & they will not be liable for any consequential or other damages arising due to misuse of this product. Users should
make their own evaluation to determine the suitability of the product for their unique & specific applications.
34
Corrugated Wire Loom
Split loom corrugated tubing is ideal for wrapping up your cables and organizing them into a neat package.
Instead of having multiple tangled wires and cables, you are left with one neat and orderly cable bundle.
This helps maintain an organized and safe working environment. If you have to add another cable later on,
you can slip it into the tube without undoing the whole thing. We also recommend using cable wraps or cable
ties on each end to help you control the wires more effectively.
For computer systems with multiple wires and home theaters, this is a very practical solution.
Features:
5 foot cable control tube
4 reusable ties and labels
Unique split tube allows for variable cord exiting
DELUXE WIRE LOOM INSTALLATION TOOL
Cable organer Wire Loom Installation tool are great -- but sometimes, it
can be a bit difficult on your hands trying to get the cords inserted. And
the more wires you are trying to bundle together, the harder it can be to
keep the slit in your tube open.
Our installation tool is perfect for "Split Loom", "Slit Conduit", "Corrugated
Tubing", "Flex Tubing" and "Wire Loom" that is use for electrical wiring in trucks, cars, boats, home entertainment systems, office and PC's.
Technical Specifications
Deluxe Wire Loom Installation Tool
PART #
"A" REF
MAX. BUNDLE DIA. "B" REF
PART #
DESCRIPTION
WTOOL038
2.80" (71 mm)
.37" (9.5 mm)
WTOOL038
0.375" Deluxe Wire Loom Tool
WTOOL058
3.94" (100 mm)
.79" (20 mm)
WTOOL058
WTOOL100
4.45" (113 mm)
.96" (24.5 mm)
WTOOL100
1" Deluxe Wire Loom Tool
WTOOL125
5.67" (144 mm)
1.22" (31 mm)
WTOOL125
CABLE TAMER™ KIT BY ASPECT
WIRE LOOM INSTALLATION TOOL - ECONOMY
This wire loom installation tool makes wire and cable insertion ridiculously easy. Simply
gather the wires you want into the installation tool and then insert the tool and wires into
the split loom tubing. Run the tool through the tubing and voila, you are done.
This tool is good for tubes between 1/2" and 1". We highly recommend this tool to anyone
buying more than one wire loom tube you won't regret it.
PART #
DESCRIPTION
WLITOOL-S
Small Wire Loom Installation Tool
WLITOOL
Large Wire Loom Installation Tool
35
WIRE LOOM
CableOrganizer.com exclusive! We are now carrying 2" diameter wire loom in white
The Flex Tubing Cable Organizer is a plastic (polyethylene) corrugated split tubing. It is manufactured in different sizes ranging from
1/4" i.d. (6mm) to 2" (50mm). Our tubing offers excellent protection for wiring harnesses, cables, tubing and hoses. It is very light
in weight, has excellent flexibility and provides protection from abrasion, puncture, vibration and friction. It also protects against heat
(up to 200 degrees °F.), sunlight, water, snow, ice, salt, and automotive fluids. Split loom corrugated tubing is ideal for wrapping up
your cables and organizing them into a neat package. Instead of having multiple tangled wires and cables, you are left with one
neat and orderly cable bundle.
High Quality Corrugated Wire Loom The WHD-410 Cable Organizer is a 1" plastic corrugated split tubing that is 10' long. Because
of it's length, it is very economical and can be cut into two or more shorter lengths. The WHD-410 comes with 6 nylon beaded wire
ties to further help you manage your cables and wiring.
Comes in black or white. The black tubing works especially well with today's stereo and audio components. For computer systems
with multiple wires and home theaters, this is a very practical solution. The white convoluted tubing (WHD-310G) works well with
small offices and other home uses. It blends in well with white or light walls.
Wire Looms per FT
PART #
SIZE
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
WL025
1/4"
Wire Loom
Black, White, Gray, Teal, Blue, Red, Yellow, Neon Pink, Purple
WL0375
3/8"
Wire Loom
Black, White, Gray, Red, Neon Pink, Purple, Beige, Blue, Neon Green, Teal, Yellow
WL050
1/2"
Wire Loom
Black, White, Gray, Beige, Teal, Blue, Red, Yellow, Neon Pink, Purple, Neon Green
WL0625
5/8"
Wire Loom
Black, Blue, Red
WL075
3/4"
Wire Loom
Black, White, Gray, Teal, Blue, Red, Yellow, Neon Pink, Purple, Beige, Brown
WL100
1"
Wire Loom
Black, White, Gray, Beige, Blue, Brown, Red, Yellow, Orange, Translucent
WL125
1-1/4"
Wire Loom
Black
WL150
1-1/2"
Wire Loom
Black, White, Beige, Gray
Black, White
WL200
2"
Wire Loom
WL250
2.5"
Wire Loom
Black
Gray
White
Beige
Blue
Red
Black
SPECIAL SIZES
Purple
CTAM
3/4" x 5'
Cable Tamer + 4 reusable ties and labels
Clear
WL075-10-HOSA
3/4" x 10'
HOSA High Quality Wire Loom + 4 beaded ties
Black, White
WL100-10-HOSA-BK
1" x 10'
HOSA High Quality Wire Loom + 4 beaded ties
Black
Orange
Yellow
Neon
Pink
Before
After with White 1" X 5' Wire Loom
Neon
Green
Wire Loom Tees/ T-Connector
Wire Loom T-connectors secures odd-angled tubing and wires. They are widely
used in automotive, construction, and industry.
Wire Loom Tee size corresponds to inner diameter of wire loom.
Teal
3/4" x 1/4" x 3/4" Tee with 3/4" blue, 1/4" yellow
& 3/4" neon green wire loom
36
ConvoShield™ AL was designed to provide thermal protection for components in radiant
heat environments. Composed of a nylon copolymer base substrate and a highly
reflective coating, this product provides protection for wires, cables, and hoses in
applications that have heat source temperatures as high as 500°C (1000°F).
The reflective surface of ConvoShield™ AL is extremely resistant to several industry
fluids and also shows enhanced resistance to heat distortion. Because of its unique
blend of thermal and insulative properties, it is ideal for protecting wire harnesses
needed in high temperature, confined environments such as engine compartments.
Its sleek, reflective surface also provides an aesthetically pleasing appearance.
For Performance Data, please visit our website
Temperature range:
500°C (1000°F)
ConvoShield™ AL
ID SIZE
PART#
LENGTH
1/4" (6mm)
WL025-41CHR
3.5 ft
COLOR
Chrome
3/8" (10 mm)
WL0375-41CHR
3.5 ft
Chrome
1/2" (13mm)
WL050-41CHR
3.5 ft
Chrome
5/8" (16 mm)
WL0625-41CHR
3.5 ft
Chrome
3/4" (19 mm)
WL075-41CHR
3.5 ft
Chrome
INSTALLATION TOOL
RDTOOL
2oz
Red
POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE (PTFE) CONVOLUTED TUBING
Our tubing offers excellent protection for wire harnesses, tubing, hose and cable. It is lightweight, very
flexible and provides excellent abrasion protection.
CableOrganizer.com now offers military specification flexible convoluted tubing. Manufactured from
a variety of materials, our tubing can be used in a wide variety of environments, and is produced to
Mil Specs MIL-T-81914/ variants 1-6 in both standard and extra flexible. Extra flexible convoluted
tubing is achieved by manufacturing tubing with a greater number of convolutions per inch. These
extra convolutions allow the material to flex without kinking around tighter bend diameters.
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Convoluted Tubing
STANDARD FLEX
SIZE
EXTRA FLEX
PART #
WEIGHT
PER FT
PART #
WEIGHT
PER FT
3/16"
WLPTFE-0188
.02
WLPTFE-0188
.022
1/4"
WLPTFE-025
.029
WLPTFE-025
.038
5/16"
WLPTFE-0313
.036
WLPTFE-0313
.048
3/8"
WLPTFE-0375
.042
WLPTFE-0375
.056
7/16"
WLPTFE-0438
.049
WLPTFE-0438
.065
1/2"
WLPTFE-050
.052
WLPTFE-050
.069
5/8"
WLPTFE-0625
.069
WLPTFE-0625
.092
3/4"
WLPTFE-075
.104
WLPTFE-075
.138
7/8"
WLPTFE-088
.113
WLPTFE-088
.15
1"
WLPTFE-100
.126
WLPTFE-100
.168
1-1/4"
WLPTFE-125
.155
WLPTFE-125
.196
1-1/2"
WLPTFE-150
.217
WLPTFE-150
.26
CONVOSHIELD™ AL
Temperature range:
- 454°F to 500°F (-270°C to 260°C)
Features:
Outstanding resistance to almost any chemical known (exceptions:
alkali metals in molten state, fluorine gas at high temperatures,
chlorine trifluoride).
Very low coefficient of friction
Good dielectric strength
UL 94 V0 Flame retardant rated
Does not support combustion
Limiting Oxygen Index greater than 95
MIL-T-81914 rated (/1 for standard flex, and /2 for extra flexible)
FDA and USP Class VI approved material
ETO and autoclave sterilizable
37
BULK WIRE LOOM - SPLIT FLEX TUBING
Bulk packaging is ideal for bigger jobs.The Flex Tubing Cable Organizer is a plastic (polyethylene) corrugated split
tubing. It is manufactured in different sizes ranging from 1/4" (6mm) to 2" (50mm). Our tubing offers excellent protection
for wiring harnesses, cables, tubing and hoses. It is very light in weight, has excellent flexibility and provides protection
from abrasion, puncture, vibration and friction. It also protects against heat (up to 200° F.), sunlight, water, snow, ice,
salt, and automotive fluids. Use it with our cable wraps or cable ties on each end to further help you manage your
cables and wiring.
Split loom corrugated tubing is ideal for wrapping up your cables and organizing them into a neat package. Split tubing
is designed to install easily on any assembly and the slit closes to complete the installation. Instead of having multiple
tangled wires and cables, you are left with one neat and orderly cable bundle.
SIZE
BOX QUANTITY
PE COLORS IN STOCK
NYLON BOX QTY ( BLACK ONLY)
1/4"
3,200'
Red, White, Blue
3,200'
3/8"
1,900'
Red, White
2,000’
1/2”
1,100’
Red, White, Blue , Yellow, Gray
1,500’
3/4”
600’
Red, White, Blue, Beige, Yellow, Brown, Black Non-Slit
600’
1”
300’
Blue, Red, Yellow, Black Non-Slit
350’
1-1/4”
300’
Colors - 5 Box Min
300’
1-1/2”
200’
White, Beige, Gray
200’
2”
100’
White
100’
2-1/2”
100’
5000 FT min. for colors
-
3-1/2”
100’
5000 FT min. for colors
-
OPTICAL FIBER/ COMMUNICATION CABLE RACEWAYS
Plenum Convoluted Raceway
A raceway marked "Plenum" is suitable for use in ducts, plenums or other spaces used for environmental air when
used to enclose optical fiber cables marked OFNP or communications cable marked CMP or CMP-OF. This raceway
exhibits a maximum peak optical density of 0.5, a maximum average optical density of 0.15, and a maximum flame
spread distance of 5 feet when tested in accordance with the Test for Flame Propagation and Smoke-Density Values
(Plenum) in UL 2024.
Riser Convoluted Raceway
A raceway marked "Riser" is suitable for installation in risers when used to enclose optical fiber cable marked OFNP
and OFNR or communications cable marked CMP, CMP-OF, CMR or CMR-OF. This raceway has fire resistant
characteristics capable of preventing the carrying of fire from floor to floor. This raceway exhibits flame-propagation
height of less than 12 feet and a temperature of less than 850 deg. F. at the 12 foot point when tested in accordance
with the Test For Flame Propagation (Riser) in UL 2024.
For more information please visit our website or contact us at: 866-222-0030
38
Our tubing offers excellent protection for wire harnesses, tubing, hose and cable. It is lightweight, very
flexible and provides abrasion protection, crush resistance and is easy to install over wires.
CableOrganizer.com now offers automotive grade flexible convoluted tubing. Manufactured from impact
modified, heat stabilized Nylon 6; this material offers temperature resistance suitable for automobile
engines, and the flexibility to get around tight curves without the slit opening up.
The use of an impact modifier increases the strength of the tubing, while making it almost as flexible as
Polyethylene. The modifier also allows this material to be supplied without plasticizers.
The use of a heat stabilizer allows the material to handle almost any temperature seen under the hood
of a car. Its continuous use temperature is 125°C (257°F), which is based on a 3000 hour continuous
temperature heat age; so tubing near an engine in a car traveling at 60mph for 3000 hours would be
driven 180,000 miles before the tubing sees any sign of degradation.
Benefits:
Meets Ford ESB-M4D423-A2,
ESF-M4D423-A, ESF-M4D426-A
specifications
Meets Chrysler MS DB 41, CPN 2785
Meets GM GMP.PA6.003
Meets Delphi Packard M-2170 and M1889
125°C temperature rating
No plasticizers
Temperature range:
125°C (257°F)
SIZE
PART #
LENGTH
PART #
LENGTH
1/4"
BFTNY025-3200FT
3200'
BFTNY025-100FT
100'
3/8"
BFTNY0375-1800FT
1800'
BFTNY0375-100FT
100'
1/2"
BFTNY050-1200FT
1200'
BFTNY050-100FT
100'
5/8"
BFTNY0625-900FT
900'
BFTNY0625-100FT
100'
3/4"
BFTNY075-600FT
600'
BFTNY075-100FT
100'
1"
BFTNY100-350FT
350'
BFTNY100-100FT
100'
1-1/4"
BFTNY125-300FT
300'
BFTNY125-50FT
50'
1-1/2"
BFTNY150-200FT
200'
BFTNY150-50FT
50'
2"
BFTNY200-100FT
100'
BFTNY200-50FT
50'
FLAME RETARDANT POLYPROPYLENE (PP) WIRE LOOM
Our tubing offers excellent protection for wire harnesses, tubing, hose and cable. It is lightweight, very flexible and provides abrasion
protection, crush resistance and is easy to install over wires.
Polypropylene is used when higher temperature resistance is required and PE doesn't offer enough resistance. In addition, a flame
retardant additive is present which allows the material to pass the UL 94 V2 flame test. In applications where the covering is required to be
“self-extinguishing”, flame retardant PP split loom is a better alternative than Nylon. Product is readily available in bulk boxes and 50-100
foot lengths. Available in black.
SIZE
PART #
LENGTH
PART #
LENGTH
1/4"
BFTFR025-3200FT
3200'
BFTFR025-100FT
100'
3/8"
BFTFR0375-1800FT
1800'
BFTFR0375-100FT
100'
1/2"
BFTFR050-1200FT
1200'
BFTFR050-100FT
100'
5/8"
BFTFR0625-900FT
900'
BFTFR0625-100FT
100'
3/4"
BFTFR075-600FT
600'
BFTFR075-100FT
100'
1"
BFTFR100-350FT
350'
BFTFR100-100FT
100'
1-1/4"
BFTFR125-300FT
300'
BFTFR125-50FT
50'
1-1/2"
BFTFR150-200FT
200'
BFTFR150-50FT
50'
2"
BFTFR200-100FT
100'
BFTFR200-50FT
50'
FLEXIBLE NYLON CONVOLUTED WIRE LOOM
Temperature range:
- 40°F to 275°F
39
Heat Shrink
HEAT SHRINK TOOLS
MICRO-THERM™ MJ-600
The MICRO-THERM ™ MJ-600 Flameless Heat Gun is ideal for heat shrink
tubing, stretch and bend vinyl, plastic and PVC, and activating adhesives.
It comes with a heat reflector to make heat shrink tubing jobs easy.
Features:
Automatic Piezo ignition eliminates the need for matches & lighters
Flameless temperature up to 650°F
Wind-proof flame and waterproof ignition
Complete portability
Flame Lock
Flame nozzle cover
Approx. 20mn burn time (per disposable lighter)
Easy and inexpensive to refill by using disposable gas lighters
Disposable gas lighter
SOLDER.IT™ MICRO-THERM™ MJ-600
Out Body Measurements
11.5 (H) X 8 (W) X 2.5 (L) cm
Weight (w/o fuel)
95g (w/ fuel cell)
Fuel
Disposable gas lighter except child proof
Hours of non-stop Burning
Approx. 20mn burn time (per disposable lighter)
Flame
Temperature 1300° F
Heat Shrink Gun
Basic Hot Air Tool:
Standard two-prong plug, 6 ft. long - 16 AWG cord
Rated Voltage: 120 Volts AC, 60 Hz
Rated Power: 1500 Watts
Two-Speed Controlled Blowing Speed
- Speed I - 400 m/min
- Speed II - 550 m/min
Temperature:
- Speed I - 700° F (375° C)
- Speed II - 920° F (495° C)
UL Listed E223338, 8GA6
Includes four (4) Nozzle attachments
VT-1100 Heat Gun
Basic Hot Air Tool:
Power consumption 1200W
Variable temperature control dial
Temperature range 250°F to 1100°F
Air flow adjustment via two-step switch
Built in safety stand
Two Speed Motor
High Quality Element
Weighs only 1.6 lbs.
120 VAC / 10 Amp.
UL & CSA Approved
Applications:
Strip Paint & Varnish
Shrinking / Softening
Thawing or Drying
Automotive Repair
Hobbies
DIY Projects
Weldy Plus Heat Gun
Applications:
LCD-Display for accurate temperature control
Intelligent terminal display
Electronics: Flicker conformity
Stand-by for Eco drive (lowest setting)
Memory function
Temperature and airflow adjustment
14 multilingual function programs for define applications and
plastic weldings
Heating element: Protected
SEV, CCA certified
Technical Data
Voltage V 230
Power consumption W 2000
Temperature range 180 to 1020°F / 80-650°C
Air flow l/min. 200-550
Static pressure max. Pa 1500
Weight with cord 780 lbs.
40
Heat Shrink
Heat Shrink
HEAT SHRINK
Commonly referred to as shrink tubing, shrink band, or heat shrink, we are proud to
stock all varieties of polyolefin, fluoropolymer (PVC, FEP, PTFE, Kynar® PVDF),
chlorinated polyolefin (Neoprene®) and highly flexible elastomer (Viton®) heat-shrinkable
tubing. Our tubing conforms to all major commercial and military specifications including
MIL-I-23053, Underwriters’ Laboratory (UL) VW-1 flame test, and CSA.
Our tubing can be used for many different applications, and in various environments
from -75°C to 260°C, in a wide variety of chemicals. Materials are available in thin,
medium or heavy wall configurations, with melt-and-flow adhesives, weather proofing
encapsulants, and more than 15 different colors, including Yellow/Green stripes for
ground identification. Whether you want to purchase by the foot or in large economical
bulk spools we can accommodate your needs.
Heat Shrink Tubing
2:1 Heat Shrink Tubing
Professional Grade Flexible Flame Retarded Polyolefin
TT-100 is a high performance, multi purpose polyolefin based, heat shrinkable
tubing, with excellent electrical, chemical and physical properties. It is designed for
a wide range of applications, including military and commercial, and for the
consumer/OEM market requiring Underwriters Laboratories and/or Canadian
Standards approval. It is used extensively for cable and wire harnessing, strain
relief, insulation, color-coding, identification and protection against fluids.
Available in Black, Gray, Clear, White, Red, Orange, Yellow,
Green, Blue, Purple, Brown & Yellow/Green.
2:1 Heat Shrink PER SPOOL
2:1 Heat Shrink PER FOOT
PART#
NOMINAL SIZE
SIZE AFTER SHRINKING
PART #
NOMINAL SIZE
SIZE AFTER
SHRINKING LENGTH
HS2-3FT
1/8"
.062"
HS2-2SP100
3/32"
.047"
100'
1/8"
.062"
50'
HS2-6FT
1/4"
.125"
HS2-3SP50
HS2-9FT
3/8"
.187"
HS2-6SP50
1/4"
.125"
50'
HS2-13FT
1/2"
.25"
HS2-9SP50
3/8"
.187"
50'
HS2-18FT
3/4"
.375"
HS2-13SP50
1/2"
.25"
50'
50'
HS2-24FT
1"
.5"
HS2-18SP50
3/4"
.375"
HS2-40FT
1-1/2"
.75"
HS2-24SP50
1"
.5"
50'
HS2-31SP50
1-1/4"*
.625"
50' Available in Black only
HS2-40SP50
1-1/2"
.75"
50'
CONDUCTIVE HEAT SHRINK CONNECTORS
EMC shrink Mate connectors use Mil Standard R-46846 polyolefin tubing and a highly
conductive Polymer Thick Film silver inner diameter coating. The coating shrinks with a
heat gun, oven, or any other conventional heat source. When the tubing is set, the inner
conductive layer provides an electrical connection between the outside surface of the
objects that are joined by the tubing. Coaxial cable butt joints and cable to shielded
connector housing joints can be made fast and easy and without the use of solder.
Electrical connections are possible with EMC shrink Mate connectors between components of various sizes and shapes, and between
solderable and nonsolderable surfaces, such as stamped metal, plated finishes, and shielding paints.
Nominal sizes are available in:
1/8", 1/4", 3/8", 1/2”, 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2"
41
Heat Shrink
HEAT SHRINK 2:1
2:1 Heat Shrink Tubing KIT
Features:
2:1 Shrink Ratio
Certified to MIL-I-23053/5, Classes 1, 2, and 3
UL VW-1 and CSA OFT recognized at 125°C
7 standard colors: Black, White, Red, Yellow, Blue, Green, and Clear
Shrink Temperature of 90°C and operating temperature of -55°C to +135°C
Typical applications include: Insulation, Wire Identification, Wire Bundling, Mechanical
Protection, Color Coding, Lightweight Harnessing, Physical/Electrical Protection of
Components, Strain Relief, and Solder Insulation.
Available in mixed colors or black.
Heat Shrink Tubing Kit- Assorted Colors
154 PCS - 4" Length
Specification reference:
UL 224 125°C, 600V, VW-1
CSA-C22.2 No. 198-M1986 125°C, 600V
File LR33298 Guide 400-U-9
2:1 Heat Shrink Tubing Kit
Adhesive Lined “Dual Wall” Tubing 2:1 Heat Shrink
Our 2:1 heat shrink tubing is also available with a “dual-wall” construction. During
application, the inner layer melts and flows, creating an adhesion layer to ensure a snug
fit to your harness and/or connector. It is also recommended for applications that require
a water-tight seal to protect wire, cable and connector components.
2:1 Dual Wall requires a 100 FT Minimum Purchase. Please Call
PART #
NOMINAL SIZE
LENGTH
#PCS/KIT
HSKIT
1/16"
4"
56 PCS
HSKIT
3/32"
4"
56 PCS
HSKIT
1/8"
4"
28 PCS
HSKIT
3/16"
4"
18 PCS
HSKIT
1/4"
4"
9 PCS
HSKIT
3/8"
4"
8 PCS
HEAT SHRINK 3:1
3:1 Heat Shrink Tubing Professional Grade Flexible Flame
Retarded Polyolefin
Our 3:1 heat shrink tubing is an effective way to professionally finish the ends of a wire
harness. The over-expanded product configuration easily fits over the end of a connector,
and shrinks down to 33% of its original diameter to fit snugly over the wires. With our wide
assortment of bright colors, now you can attractively color coordinate the ends of our
expandable braided sleeving. Our tubing is available in rolls or by the foot.
Our 3:1 heat shrink tubing is also available with a “dual-wall” construction from
3/8” to 1-1/2”
Available in Black, Gray, Clear, White, Red,
Orange, Yellow, Green, Blue, Purple
3:1 Heat Shrink PER SPOOL
3:1 Heat Shrink PER FOOT
PART#
NOMINAL SIZE
SIZE AFTER SHRINKING
BEFORE SHRINKING
AFTER SHRINKING
PART#
FT.
PART#
SPOOL
HS3-9FT
3/8"
1/8"
3/8"
1/8"
HS3-9FT30
30’
HS3-9SP50
50’
5/30"
HS3-13FT30
30'
HS3-13SP50
50'
50'
HS3-13FT
1/2"
5/30"
1/2"
HS3-18FT
3/4"
1/4"
3/4"
1/4"
HS3-18FT30
30'
HS3-18SP50
HS3-24FT
1"
3/8"
1"
3/8"
HS3-24FT20
20'
HS3-24SP50
50'
1/2"
1 1/2"
1/2"
HS3-40FT10
10'
HS3-40SP50
50'
HS3-40FT
1 1/2"
Specification reference:
MIL-I-23053/5 Class 1 and Class 3. MIL-R-46846, Type V
UL 224 125°C, 600 V, VW-1 File E48762 YDPU2
42
Heat Shrink
Over-expanded Flexible Flame Retardant Polyolefin Tubing
Our 4:1 over-expanded flexible, flame retardant heat shrinkable polyoefin tubing is used for special circumstances such as jacket retrofitting
or repair and electrical insulation of wire assemblies with oversize components or connectors.
The over-expanded product configuration easily fits over the end of a connector, and shrinks down to 25% of its original diameter to fit
snugly over the wires. Our tubing is available by the single foot. Available in Black only.
Our 4:1 heat shrink tubing is also available with a "dual-wall" construction. During application, the inner layer melts and flows, creating an
adhesion layer to ensure a snug fit to your harness and/or connector. It is also recommended for applications that require a water-tight seal
to protect wire, cable and connector components.
4:1 Heat Shrink
MAX. ID AFTER
SHRINKING
MIN. ID BEFORE
SHRINKING
NOMINAL ID
MIN. WALL AFTER
SHRINKING
PART#
BY THE FOOT
1/2"
0.470"
0.118"
0.043"
HS4-050-FT
3/4"
0.75"
0.188"
0.051"
HS4-075-FT
1"
0.945"
0.236"
0.059"
HS4-100-FT
1-1/2"
1.50"
0.374"
0.059"
HS4-150-FT
Heat Shrink
4:1 HEAT SHRINK TUBING
Normally our policy is to supply continuous lengths. If it is absolutely necessary to receive one continuous length, please specify.
4:1 HEAT SHRINK TUBING - ADHESIVE LINED TUBING (DUAL WALL)
Our 4:1 heat shrink tubing is also available with a "dual-wall" construction. During application, the inner layer melts and flows, creating an
adhesion layer to ensure a snug fit to your harness and/or connector. It is also recommended for applications that require a water-tight seal
to protect wire, cable and connector components.
Dual Wall 4:1 Heat Shrink Tubing
NOMINAL ID
MIN. ID BEFORE
SHRINKING
MAX. ID AFTER
SHRINKING
MIN. WALL AFTER
SHRINKING
3/16"
0.1575"
0.039"
0.0354"
5/16"
0.3150"
0.079"
0.0354"
1/2"
0.4724"
0.118"
0.0512"
3/4"
0.6300"
0.157"
0.0630"
1"
0.9449"
0.236"
0.0827"
1-1/4"
1.2598"
0.315"
0.0906"
*Please Note: Our Diameters for Heat Shrink Tubing are measured as ROUND TUBE, NOT FLAT
HEAT SHRINK END CAPS
Heat Shrink End Caps
ID BEFORE
SHRINKING
ID AFTER
SHRINKING
WALL AFTER
SHRINKING
LENGTH BEFORE
SHRINKING
PART #
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
COLORS
HSEC0375
Heat shrink end cap 3/8 inch
3/8 inch
BK-Black
0.39
0.16
0.08
1.34
HSEC050
Heat shrink end cap 1/2 inch
1/2 inch
BK-Black
0.55
0.18
0.08
1.77
HSEC100
Heat shrink end cap 1 inch
1 inch
BK-Black
1.00
0.31
0.09
2.76
HSEC150
Heat shrink end cap 1 1/2 inch
1-1/2 inch
BK-Black
1.38
0.59
0.12
3.35
HSEC200
2 inch
BK-Black
2.17
1.00
0.13
4.33
HSEC300
3 inch
BK-Black
2.95
1.38
0.14
5.12
HSEC400
4 inch
BK-Black
3.94
1.97
0.16
6.10
HSEC500
5 inch
BK-Black
4.72
2.36
0.16
6.10
43
Heat Shrink
HIGH TEMPERATURE (FLUOROPOLYMER) HEAT SHRINK TUBING
Fluorinated Ethylene-Propylene (FEP) Heat Shrink Tubing
FEP heat shrink tubing is a common alternative to PTFE, with similar electrical and friction properties and
chemical resistance. FEP heat shrinkable tubing conforms to Mil-I-23053/11, and UL 94 (V0, VW-1), and
is suitable for continuous use at temperatures up to 204°C.
FEP heat shrink tubing is used in cases where temperatures are not as extreme, and very high shrink ratios
are not necessary. It is also widely used when components cannot handle the extreme shrink temperature
of PTFE. It is available in 1.6:1 and 1.3:1 varieties, shrinks at around 190-210°C, and has found
widespread use and appeal.
1.3:1 Heat Shrink available from 4AWG to 1-1/2”. 1.6:1 Heat Shrink available from 3/32” to 2”.
Features:
Continuous operating temperature 400°F (204°C)
Outstanding chemical resistance is extreme environments
FDA and USP Class VI approved
Lower gas permeability than PTFE
Increase translucence compared to PTFE
Excellent transmission of UV rays
Excellent electrical insulation values
Flame Rating: UL94 V0 and VW-1
Limiting oxygen index greater than 95
Gamma, ETP, e-beam and autoclave sterilizable
Mil Spec approved (23053/11)
When chemical resistance and high temperature resistance are necessary, our high temperature
fluoropolymer heat shrinks are the perfect solution. They protect cables, tubes and other objects. The
products conform to both military and commercial standards, and in most cases exceed those
standards. Fluoropolymers offer increased lubricity for easy sliding, and low moisture absorption for
enhanced dimensional stability. Three materials are readily available: PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene),
FEP (Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene) and PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride, Tradename Kynar®).
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Heat Shrink Tubing
PTFE heat shrink tubing is available in 2:1 and 4:1 shrink ratios, and is widely used in military applications (MIL-I-23053/12) because of its high continuous
use temperature (250°C) and outstanding chemical resistance.
PTFE heat shrink tubing is the most difficult of the three fluoropolymer materials to shrink due to its extremely high shrinking temperature (325-340°C).
You can use a heat gun or welding torch to shrink PTFE, but these methods have a tendency to cause the material to overheat in small areas, while underheating other areas, causing uneven shrinking and potential burning of the material. The most reliable method for shrinking PTFE is the use of a controlled
temperature oven; however this is impractical with large harnesses or temperature sensitive components.
PTFE heat shrink tubing is available in a 2:1 shrink ratio and 4:1. The 2:1 is available in up to four different wall thicknesses.
Please note: when ordering our 2:1 PTFE Heat Shrink, ORDER AS SIZE AFTER SHRINKING.
Available color is Natural
PTFE 2:1 Standard Wall Heat Shrink available from 1/8” to 1”. PTFE 4:1 Heat Shrink available from 1/8” to 4”.
44
Heat Shrink
Heat Shrink
Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF, Kynar®) Heat Shrink Tubing
PVDF heat shrink tubing is used in applications where continuous operating temperatures are 150-175°C. It
is used where outstanding abrasion and cut-through resistance are required. We carry two types of PVDF
tubing, which conform to either MIL-DTL-23053/18 Class 2 or MIL-DTL-23053/8.
PVDF is available in flexible (150°C) and semi-rigid (175°C) forms, in a 2:1 shrink ratio.
Features:
Continuous operating temperature 302°F (150°C or 175°C)
Superior chemical and aging resistance
UV and gamma ray stable
Flame rating: UL94 V0 and VW-1
Lowest coefficient of friction available besides PTFE
Flexible PVDF has MIL-DTL-23053/18 Class 2 approval
Semi-Rigid PVDF has MIL-DTL-23053/8 approval
Available color is Clear. For Black, please call.
2:1 Flexible PVDF
2:1 Semi-Rigid PVDF
PART #
NOMINAL
SIZE
SIZE AFTER
SHRINKING
SPOOL QUANTITY
PART #
NOMINAL
SIZE
SIZE AFTER
SHRINKING
SPOOL QUANTITY
HSKY2-0094-SP
3/32"
0.05"
500'
HSPVDF2-0094-SP
3/32"
0.05"
500'
HSKY2-0125-SP
1/8"
0.06"
500'
HSPVDF2-0125-SP
1/8"
0.06"
500'
HSKY2-0188-SP
3/16"
0.09"
250'
HSPVDF2-0188-SP
3/16"
0.09"
250'
HSKY2-025-SP
1/4"
0.13"
250'
HSPVDF2-025-SP
1/4"
0.13"
250'
3/8"
0.19"
200'
HSKY2-0375-SP
3/8"
0.19"
200'
HSPVDF2-0375-SP
HSKY2-050-SP
1/2"
0.25"
200'
HSPVDF2-050-SP
1/2"
0.25"
200'
HSKY2-075-SP
3/4"
0.38"
100'
HSPVDF2-075-SP
3/4"
0.38"
100'
HSKY2-100-SP
1"
0.50"
100'
HSPVDF2-100-SP
1"
0.50"
100'
UV REACTIVE AND GLOW IN THE DARK HEAT SHRINK
Looking for UV reactive or glow in the dark heat shrink? We now stock PVC heat shrink, in bright highly UV reactive neon colors. It is
available in a 2:1 shrink ratio, and three sizes (1/4", 3/8", 1/2"). Colors currently available are Luminous, Neon Pink, Neon Yellow, Neon
Green, Luminous Green, and Gold. Not UV reactive.
Features:
Low shrink temperature
Highly flame retardant
Resists most chemicals and oils
Resists sunlight, moisture and fungus
UL/CSA approved. MIL-I-23053/2 Class 2
Neon Colors
Glow in the Dark
UV Reactive and Glow in the Dark Heat Shrink
PART #
NOMINAL SIZE
BEFORE SHRINKING
COLOR
WEIGHT (LBS.)
.013
HSPVC2-025FT
1/4 in.
Luminous, Neon Pink
HSPVC2-0375FT
3/8 in.
Neon Pink, Neon Yellow
.019
HSPVC2-050FT
1/2 in.
Neon Green, Neon Yellow, Gold, Luminous Green
.022
45
Heat Shrink
VITON® HEAT-SHRINKABLE TUBING
Viton® flexible rubber-like fluoroelastomer heat-shrinkable tubing used for protection of wiring, bundling,
harnessing and component covers in military and commercial aircraft. It has a superior resistance to highly
corrosive fluids, fuels, lubricants, acids and aggressive solvents at low and elevated temperatures up to
200°C. It also provides protection from abrasion, impacts, cut-through. It is very flexible at high and low
temperatures.
Available sizes: 0.125”, 0.187”, 0.250”, 0.375”, 0.5”, 0.625”, 0.750”, 0.875”, 1”, 1.25”, 1.5”, 2”
Features:
Operating temperature -55°C to 200°C (-67°F to 392 °F) and up to 300°C for short time durations
Shrink ratio: 2:1
Minimum shrink temperature: 175°C (347°F)
Indefinite storage life
Aerospace, military, and commercial electronic control systems applications
Hydraulic fluid transport mechanisms
Chemical plants
Visit our Website for Viton® Heat Shrink Technical
Environmental protection within engine compartments
Meets all of the requirements of military specification MIL-DTL-23053/13 AMS-DTL-23053/13B Specifications, Military specifications and
Manufacturer’s' cross reference.
Comes in black
NEOPRENE HEAT SHRINK TUBING
Our Chlorinated Elastomer (Neoprene®) heat shrink tubing is used for insulation, strain relief, and abrasion protection on cable harnesses and wire bundles
in military and aerospace industries. It provides fluid and solvent resistance, including lubricating oil, aviation and ground-vehicle fuels and hydraulic fluids.
Neoprene remains flexible at low temperatures.
Available sizes: 0.25”, 0.375”, 0.50”, 0.625”, 0.75”, 0.875”, 1” and 1.25”
Features:
Operating temperature -75°C to 120°C (-103°F to 248 °F)
Shrink ratio: 2:1 in the radial direction
Minimum shrink temperature: 135 °C
Meets all aspects of MIL-I-23053/1 specifications
Comes in black
Visit our Website for For Neoprene® Heat Shrink
Technical Specifications, Military specifications
and Manufacturer’s' cross reference.
DIESEL RESISTANT HEAT SHRINK TUBING
Diesel Resistant flexible polyolefin heat shrink tubing is used for protection of wires, solder joints, terminals, connections and components. It is highly
resistant to aviation and diesel fuels, hydraulic fluids and lubrication oils. It also provides protection from abrasion and mechanical damage.
Available sizes: 0.251”, 0.375”, 0.5”, 0.750” and 1”.
Features:
Operating temperature -75°C to 120°C (-103°F to 248 °F)
Shrink ratio: 50% or more in the radial direction, 10% or less in the axial direction
Minimum shrink temperature: 130°C
Meets all aspects of MIL-I-23053/16 9except 1/8" and 3/16")specifications
Comes in black
Visit our Website for Diesel Resistant Heat Shrink
Technical Specifications, Military specifications
and Manufacturer’s' cross reference.
46
Surface Raceways
CORD CHANNEL
7301 60" Cord Channel
7302 Flat Elbow
7303 Inside Elbow
7305 Coupling
7304 Outside Elbow
Cord Channel
PART#
DESCRIPTION
TOTAL WIDTH
TOTAL HEIGHT
COLOR
7301
60" Cord Channel (5 ft)
.5"
.5"
White
(comes equipped with double sided tape)
7306 Kit
(3 Cord Channel 30"
Long , 2 Couplings, 1
Flat Elbow, 1 Inside
Elbow, 1 Outside Elbow)
WIRE CHANNEL
Hides and protects cord on your wall. Great for phone lines, TV and entertainment centers, lamps and small appliances. PVC material, self extinguishing
7307 Wire Channel
7308 Flat Elbow
7309 Inside Elbow
7310 Outside Elbow
7311 T-Fitting
7312 Joint Cover Flat
Wire Channel
PART#
DESCRIPTION
TOTAL WIDTH
TOTAL HEIGHT
COLOR
7307
60" Wire Channel (5 ft)
1.25"
.43"
White
Surface Raceways
Hides and protects cord on your wall. Great for phone lines, TV and entertainment centers, lamps and small
appliances. PVC material, self extinguishing
(comes equipped with double sided tape)
WIRE MANAGEMENT KIT
3 Channels, 2 Flat Elbows, 1 Inside Elbow, 1 Outside Elbow, 1 T-Fitting, 2 Couplings. All parts made of UL VO-94 compliant, flame
resistant PVC. Holds guides, protects wires up to 300 Volt. Comes with applied self-adhesive tape.
Easy to Install
Clean the area of the wall where the channels are to be mounted
Use utility knife or saw to cut to length
Peel the paper off the self adhesive strip and press channel onto wall,
add tees, couplings and elbows
Completed assembly may be painted or stained
Use to Hide and Organize
Cables and cords in entertainment centers
Computer cables in offices
Extension cords and power cords in workshops,
or any room in the house
Raceway Kit
PART#
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WEIGH
COLOR
SRLC375-KIT-W
3/4" x 1/2" One Piece White Surface Raceway Kit
4'
White
2 lbs
SRLC500-KIT-W
1" x 1/2" One Piece White Surface Raceway Kit
4'
White
2 lbs
*Kits also come in Black
47
Surface Raceways
1-PIECE LATCHING SURFACE RACEWAYS
Non metallic wiring management systems such as surface raceways are a functional, affordable, attractive solution for wire enclosure applications in
commercial, industrial as well as residential environments. Our line of extruded raceways includes a full complement of accessories such as pre-applied
adhesive backing, fittings, inside and outside corners so your wire management systems can be 100% customized.
All parts are made of strong, durable, lightweight, UL 94-VO compliant flame resistant PVC that is also paintable to perfectly match walls, ceilings and
even baseboards. Custom colors are available upon request. Minimums apply.
Features:
Extruded one piece design featuring a patented, durable, flexible
hinge connecting the base and cover
Comes in 3 sizes with complete line of molded accessories
Parts made from a UL VO-94 compliant flame resistant PVC
Holds, guides and protects wires and cables up to 300 Volt
Comes with pre-applied foam tape for easy and fast installation
1-Piece Latching Raceways
SERIES
PART#
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH (FT.)
COLOR
TOTAL WIDTH
TOTAL HEIGHT
WALL THICKNESS
TAPE WIDTH
375
FE020375SR-W
.75" x .5" 1-Piece Raceway
6 ft
White
0.760"
0.505"
0.050"
0.500"
500
FE020500SR-W
1" x .5" 1-Piece Raceway
6 ft
White
1.010"
0.505"
0.050"
0.750"
1125
FE0201125SR-W
1.5" x .75" 1-Piece Raceway
6 ft
White
1.500"
0.755"
0.050"
1.000"
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS - WIREMOLD AL2000 & AL2400 SERIES
Wiremold’s aluminum raceways provide a versatile solution for just about any application. The anodized 0.060”
aluminum channel is suitable for both low voltage and power cords. They conceal and protect your power and
data cables, yet allow you to attach prewired receptacles for your convenience.
The wide range of fittings allows you to make your surface raceway system fully customizable. You can add as
many or as little receptacles as you need and space them for your needs. The option is also available to install
single or double gang boxes and plates in both deep wall and shallow/standard wall mounts.
Features:
Full range of fittings for every application
Low profile appearance
Easy to install
Allows you to choose receptacle spacing
Backfeed fitting allows you to install over existing wall boxes
UL 73943, UL 74243
Bases available in 5 and 10 foot lengths for versatility
Nominal thickness - .060" (1.5mm)
Aluminum, satin anodized finish
AL2000
AL2400
SERIES
PART#
LENGTH
HEIGHT
WIDTH
SERIES
PART#
LENGTH
HEIGHT
WIDTH
AL2000
SRAL2000B-5
5 FT
1-1/8" (29mm)
1- 7/16" (37mm)
AL2400
SRAL2400B-5
5 FT
1-9/32" (33mm)
2" (51mm)
AL2000
SRAL2000C-5
5 FTt
1-1/8" (29mm)
1- 7/16" (37mm)
AL2400
SRAL2400C-5
5 FTt
1-9/32" (33mm)
2" (51mm)
AL2000
SRAL2000B-10
10 FT
1-1/8" (29mm)
1- 7/16" (37mm)
AL2400
SRAL2400B-10
10 FT
1-9/32" (33mm)
2" (51mm)
48
Surface Raceways
Surface Raceways
WIREMOLD LOW VOLTAGE SURFACE RACEWAYS
Wiremold Low Voltage Surface Raceways offer a durable and attractive way to route, conceal and protect
low voltage communications wires including high speed UTP cables and fiber optic cables. Made from UL
94-V0 PVC material, this non-metallic product offers an alternative when running wires inside the wall is not
possible. The strong rubber-based foam adhesive tape along the length of the raceway conforms to most
surfaces and offers a lasting attachment for each piece.
Wiremold Low Voltage Surface Raceways are designed with a flexible hinge that allows for easy installation
of wires and also keeps the product in excellent condition even during frequent re-entry without cracking or
discoloring from stress and wear. Once closed the self-locking latch offers a secure enclosure for your
wires. Surface raceways are used in schools, hospitals, and offices to guide cables from the
telecommunications closest to each workstation. Raceways can be cut to customize to any application and
the surface can be painted to match decor.
Features:
Co-extruded one piece design featuring a patented, durable, flexible hinge connecting the base and cover
Holds, guides and protects wires and cables up to 300 Volt
Comes with pre-applied foam tape for easy and fast installation
Comparable to Panduit LD series and Hellerman Tyton TSR Series
Wiremold Low Voltage Surface Raceways
SERIES
PART#
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
2700
SR2700-5FT-WT
3/8" H x 3/4" W 1 Piece Raceway
5, 6 and 8 FT
2800
SR2800-5FT-WT
1/2" H x 1" W 1 Piece Raceway
5, 6 and 8 FT
2900
SR2900-5FT-WT
3/4" H x 1-1/2 " W 1 Piece Raceway
5, 6 and 8 FT
CORNER DUCTS RACEWAYS
Non metallic wiring management systems such as surface raceways are a functional, affordable, attractive solution for wire enclosure
applications in commercial, industrial as well as in residential environments. Our line corner ducts accessories such as pre-applied adhesive
backing, fittings, inside and outside corners, tee reducers so your wire management systems can be 100% customized.
All parts are made of strong, durable, lightweight, UL 94-VO compliant PVC that is also paintable to perfectly match walls, ceilings and
even baseboards. Custom colors are available upon request. Minimums apply.
FOR CORNER DUCTS RACEWAY FILL CAPACITY CHART, PLEASE VISIT OUR WEBSITE
Features:
Triangular corner raceway blends into wall/ceiling junctions to provide clean, finished
appearance. Can be used as crown molding in home theater applications
Snap on cover allows foe easy and speedy installation
Corner Ducts Raceways
SERIES
PART#
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
COLOR
TOTAL WIDTH
TOTAL HEIGHT
WALL THICKNESS
TAPE WIDTH
1075
FE0201075CD-W
1.0625" Corner Duct Raceway
6 ft
White
1.687"
0.563"
0.065"
0.500"
0.813"
0.065"
0.750"
1.094"
0.070"
0.750"
1150
FE0201150CD-W
6 ft
White
2.187"
1250
FE0201250CD-W
6 ft
White
2.750"
49
Surface Raceways
WIRETRACKS®
WireTracks® - Baseboard Molding Wiring Channel System
Now you can install a home theater without running wires across the floor, have sophisticated
computer networks in your home or business, put your telephones where you want, add an
effective alarm system, upgrade to new smart house technologies, or install cable or satellite
television—EASILY!
WireTracks is a wiring channel system that protects your home against obsolescence. Most structured
wiring solutions commit you to one or two types of wiring. WireTracks is a Structured ChannelTM system
that enables you to add new wiring invisibly. So, it doesn’t matter what kind of wiring you have now
because you will always be able to upgrade it or add new technologies in the future!
Part # SRWT-5FT Lengths: 5FT and 8FT
WireTracks® CM - Crown Moulding Wire Management System
This wire management converts standard crown moulding into a wire and cable raceway in your
house or professional office. The WireTracks® CM allows you to run wires behind standard
ceiling/wall crown molding. Now you have the ability to add or upgrade your wiring for any
application, including; home theater, computer networks, telephones, security alarm systems, or
cable and satellite TV systems. Any new technology requiring a wire management system may be
added in the future, safe and out of view. Since crown molding is installed above door frames, it's
easy to get uninterrupted coverage of an entire floor. Excellent for retrofit or new construction.
Part # SRWT-BI-02
Features:
Specifications:
Surface mounting for easy installation and wire management.
Fastens to most types of walls (including lath and plaster)
Each CM Kit is 48 linear feet (enough for a 12' x 12' room)
The Crown Moulding is NOT included
UL 94 Rated PVC
Two connectors every 16"
Each pair of connectors includes male and female connectors and a cable clip
Accommodates Crown Molding sizes 3" and larger (crown moulding is NOT included)
Supported spring angles - 30° to 60°
Supports Class 2 data cables (please check with local wiring codes and ordinances)
EZ HIDEWIRE RACEWAY ON A SPOOL
Introducing the raceway you can cut with scissors and that's 100% customizable!
Non metallic wiring management systems such as cable raceways are a functional, economical, attractive solution for wire
enclosure applications in residential and commercial environments. Our Raceway on a Spool offers the look and versatility
of surface raceways and the ability to cut to length with a pair of scissors. Great to organize unsightly wires that come from
computer equipment, telephones, and just about anything that has cords or cables running from it. Organize that jumbled
mess of cords into an orderly single rectangle that adheres to the corner, wall baseboard or door trim.
Made of durable, lightweight, UL 94-V0 compliant flame resistant PVC that is also paintable to perfectly match your walls,
furniture, baseboards, ceilings, etc... Comes with reusable ( if fingers don't touch the tape) pre-applied foam tape in the back
for speedy and easy installation. Comes in white or black, in 8 foot minispools or in 50 foot spools.
EZ Hidewire Raceway on a Spool
PART#
DESCRIPTION
CHANNEL SIZE
LENGTH
COLOR
WEIGHT
SREZ5075-8FT
0.75" Wide Retail Package
0.5" x 0.75"
8 ft
Black, White
7 oz
SREZ5075-50FT
0.75" Wide Dispenser Box
0.5" x 0.75"
50 ft
Black, White
2.5 lbs
SREZ50118-8FT
1.25" Wide Retail Package
0.5" x 1.25"
8 ft
Black, White
9 oz
SREZ50118-50FT
1.25" Wide Dispenser Box
0.5" x 1.25"
50 ft
Black, White
2.7 lbs
50
Surface Raceways
Surface Raceways
J CHANNEL & LOCKING CHANNEL
J Channel
Are tired of looking at those wires hanging along the wall or down the back
of your desk? Take a look at our new J channel cable trunking to make
those unsightly wires disappear. This cable trunking encloses your wires on
three sides of the channel. The top of the channel is open allowing easy installation and access to cables.
The J channel has a self-adhesive back that can mount vertically or horizontally on furniture, baseboards
or walls. Each piece comes in 48" lengths.
Locking Channel
Our locking channel cable raceway may be your solution. These wire
channels enclose your wires and have a locking latch mechanism that
allows you to easily install and access cables. The self-adhesive tape on
the back of the wire channel adheres to furniture, baseboards, or walls
either vertically or horizontally. The locking channel cable raceways are available in 3 sizes.
WIREMOLD ECLIPSE™ 600V RATED SURFACE RACEWAYS
Nonmetallic raceway systems are widely used for data network, voice, video, audio, and other lowvoltage wiring. They are recommended for indoor use at up to 600V as outlined in Article 388 of the
National Electrical Code. Wiremold Eclipse nonmetallic Raceways are listed by Underwriters
Laboratories (U.L.) for the U.S.A. and Canada , under File Nos. E90378 Guide RJTX and E90377
Guide RJYT. This code has been adopted by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and
approved by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
Features:
Device boxes are designed for use with Ortronics TracJack and Series II devices; however they are
compatible with standard NEMA faceplates and keystone jacks
Raceways are now available in Ortronics Fog White in addition to Ivory and White
Available in 8 and 10 foot lengths
Available in three sizes for many different applications
Can be used for communications, computer lines, surveillance systems, fire alarms, outlets, and more
Durable, flexible co-extruded hinge construction allows for repeated openings and closings while
maintaining product integrity and aesthetics
Adhesive backing allows base to be pressed onto surface, speeds installation
All fitting covers have 1/4" [6.4mm] overlap to hide uneven cuts of raceway
Ceiling fitting slips over suspended ceiling grid
Full capacity fittings provide 1" [25mm] bend radius especially for use in fiber optic applications
UL rated at up to 600 VAC
Comparable to Panduit LDP and Hellerman Tyton TSRP raceways
Wiremold Eclipse 600V Rated Surface Raceways PN03, PN05, and PN10 Series
SERIES
PART#
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
HEIGHT “A”
HEIGHT “B”
PN03
SRPN03-8
Eclipse PN03 Latching Raceway w/ Adhesive 8 feet/stick
8FT
1/2" (12.7mm)
13/16" (20.6mm)
PN03
SRPN03-10
10FT
1/2" (12.7mm)
13/16" (20.6mm)
PN05
SRPN05-8
8FT
5/8" (15.9mm)
1-1/8" (29mm)
PN05
SRPN05-10
10FT
5/8" (15.9mm)
1-1/8" (29mm)
PN10
SRPN10-8
8FT
13/16" (20.6mm)
1-11/16" (43mm)
PN10
SRPN10-10
10FT
13/16" (20.6mm)
1-11/16" (43mm)
51
Surface Raceways
HELLERMANNTYTON® INFOSTREAM MULTI CHANNEL RACEWAY
HellermannTyton’s Infostream non-metallic surface raceway has a unique and patented multi channel
design that can house electrical, voice, data, video and fiber optic cabling. Part of the unique design
includes 3 internal rails that allow the user to snap in dividers to create up to 4 different channels and also
has a cable tie mount to hold cables in the channel if necessary.
The convenient hinged cover allows the user to quickly and easily install cables. HellermannTyton offers
an offset elbow that is the only current solution for wall offsets from 2-7”. The Hellermann Tyton
Infostream raceway and its fittings are made of UL 94V-0 material.
Features:
Lightweight multi channel surface raceway.
UL Listed to 600 volts- meets new UL5A and CSA 22.2 No. 62-93 standards.
Multi channel dividers can accommodate electrical, voice, data, video and fiber optic cabling.
All fittings designed to maintain required minimum 1” bend radius per TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-A standards.
Transition Fittings can run Hellermann Tyton Low Voltage Surface Raceways from Infostream series.
Designed to accept all NEMA standard faceplates and devices.
Entrance fitting allows cables to enter from the ceiling or through the wall.
Made in USA
HellermannTyton® Infostream Multi Channel Raceway
PART#
Muti-channel Raceway
*Only available in Office White
DESCRIPTION
PKG. QTY.
SRIS-MCRFW-B8
Raceway Base 8 FT with center divider
48 FT per carton
SRIS-MCRFW-B10
Raceway Base10 FT with center divider
60 FT per carton
SRIS-MCRFW-C8
Raceway Cover 8 FT
48 FT per carton
SRIS-MCRFW-C10
Raceway Cover 10 FT
60 FT per carton
SRIS-MCRW-SD8
Raceway Side Divider 8FT
96 FT per carton
SRIS-MCRW-SD10
Raceway Side Divider 10FT
120 FT per carton
SRIS-MCRFW-FE
Flat Elbow. Joins raceway at 90° flat angle
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-EE
External Elbow. Joins raceway at 90° outside corner
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-IE
Internal Elbow. Joins raceway at 90° inside corner
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-OE
Offset Elbow. For small wall offsets between 2"-6"
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-TE
Tee Fitting. Joins 3 sections of raceway & include divider
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-BS
Base Splice. Joins 2 sections of raceway base
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-CS
Cover Splice
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-EC
End Cap. Completes raceway or provides
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-TF
Transition Fitting
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-EDB
Electrical Device Bracket
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-CDB
Communications Device Bracket
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRG-WR
Wire Retainer
1 /pk
SRIS-MCRG-TM
Tie Mount
100 /pk
SRIS-MCRFW-SEB
Side Electric Box
1 /pk
SRIS-FP106-FW
Duplex Faceplate
1 /pk
SRIS-FPQUAD-FW
Telecommunications Face Plate - 4 Port
1 /pk
SRIS-FP45QUAD-FW
1 /pk
SRIS-FPSIX-FW
1 /pk
SRIS-RJ-45FW
Modular Jacks (RJ-45)
1 /pk
Raceway Base
Raceway Cover
Raceway Side
Flat Elbow
External Elbow
Internal Elbow
Offset Elbow
Tee Fitting
Base Splice
Cover Splice
End Cap
Transition Fitting
Electrical / Communications
Device Bracket
Wire Retainer
Tie Mount
Side Electric Box
Faceplates
Modular Jacks
52
Surface Raceways
Surface Raceways
TELE-POWER® POLES
Bring Wiring Down to Business
Dropping power and communications – neatly and simply – from up there to down here: that’s what
Wiremold® Tele-Power Poles are all about. Their sole purpose is to get the business end of your
wiring needs down to your office equipment, phones, PCs, and task lighting. Specifically, in awayfrom-wall locations in open commercial office areas, schools, labs, stores, and other sites.
Features:
Wide selection of materials, finishes, wire fill capacities, heights, and devices. Application versatility
in commercial open office landscapes, schools, labs, stores, and manufacturing plants.
Communication twistouts. Allows flexibility and easy access to update wiring.
Relocatable. Ready for service in 30 minutes or less.
Dual-channel. Accommodates electrical power circuits plus receptacles and low voltage cabling.
Furnished with feed fittings, ceiling trim plates, T-bar mounting hardware, and carpet/floor grippers.
Includes all components for a complete and stationary installation.
Add-On compartment. Increase cable capacity for 25DT, NP620, and AMTP Series.
Low voltage cabling entrance fitting. 2" [51mm] radius control. For use with 25DT and AMDT Series.
UL Listed for use in plenum areas.
Steel Tele-Power Poles
Standard of the industry; combines good looks, economy, and easy installation with sufficient
capacity for expansion.
Ivory enamel finish with matching 20A, 120V NEMA heavy duty duplex receptacles.
Dedicated circuit pole features separate isolated ground circuit protection.
Dual channel poles for communication cabling and power wiring accessibility.
Modular jack knockouts and modular furniture outlets permit direct connections or use “mouse hole”
grommet for direct cable feed.
Tele-Power® Poles
CAPACITY
OUTLETS
PART#
FINISH
HEIGHT
THHN/ THWN
#10
#12
UTP
4-PR
25-PR
1SRPP-25DTP-4
Two Duplex Receptacles (20A, 125V)
10' 5"
Ivory
10
15
15
6
SRPP-25DTP-412
12' 5"
Ivory
10
15
15
6
SRPP-25DTP-415
15' 5"
Ivory
10
15
15
6
WIRE GUARD
Wire Guards are low cost, light weight plastic moulding, extruded in rigid HIGH-IMPACT PVC..
They provide a means of concealing and protecting electrical wiring. Each flange is suitably
punched for mechanical fastening. Potential applications include electrical and communication
wiring.
Available in Black. For Light Gray, Dark Brown, Red Wood, White, Ivory & Beige colors, please
call. 100 ft. minimum will apply.
Wire Guard
Part #
A
B
C
Length (ft.)
Belled End
1
2
FWG-100
1"
1"
.063"
5'
1.31"
1.16"
FWG-150
1.5"
1.5"
.078"
5'
1.81"
1.65"
FWG-200
2"
2"
.11"
5'
2.44"
2.22"
53
Wire Duct
WIRING DUCT - NARROW SLOT (HIGH DENSITY)
Wiring Duct Narrow Slot
Narrow Slot Features:
Ideal for use with slimmer terminal blocks where more access is required
Improves appearance of panels with cables out in best position
0.39" slot pitch, 0.16" slot width
Material: self extinguishing PVC
Service Temperature: +5ºF to +140ºF (-15ºC to +60ºC)
Standard: base slots to DIN 43659
Standard Colors: Gray RAL 7030, White & Black
Flammability: UL94 V-O rated material
Approvals: UL, CSA & Lloyds Register
Sizes vary from 3/4” x 2” up to 4”x4”. Please visit our website for more information and part #
WIRING DUCT - OPEN SLOT
Wiring Duct Open Slot
Open Slot Features:
Wide fingers giving additional cable support
Terminated wires can be re-routed easily
0.79" slot pitch , 0.31" slot width
Service Temperature: +5ºF to +140ºF (-15ºC to +60ºC)
Standard: Base slots to DIN 43659
Standard Colors: Gray RAL 7030, White, Black & Blue
Sizes vary from 3/4” x 2” up to 5”x3”. Please visit our website for more information and part #
WIRING DUCT - SOLID WALL
Wiring Duct Solid Wall
Solid Wall Features:
Ideal where no break-outs are required or side wall access is infrequent
Complete cable protection
Service Temperature: +5º F to +140º F (-15º C to +60º C)
Standard Colors: Gray RAL 7030, White, Gray & Black
Sizes vary from 5” x 5” up to 5”x3”. Please visit our website for more information and part #
WIRING DUCT - CLOSED SLOT
Wiring Duct Closed Slot
Closed Slot Features:
Excellent cable retention
Enhanced protection for installers
Service Temperature: +5ºF to +140º F (-15ºC to +60ºC)
Standard Colors: Gray RAL 7030, White, Gray & Black
54
Wire Duct
Noryl Wiring Duct
Noryl® Features:
Choice of Open Slot, Closed Slot or Solid Wall
Zero Halogen
Low smoke
Wide range of sizes
Material: Noryl Xtra, zero halogen, low smoke
Service Temperature: -22ºF to + 248ºF (-30ºC to +120ºC)
Standards: base slots to DIN 43659
Standard Colors: black
Approvals: UL, CSA Register
WIRING DUCT ACCESSORIES
Wire Duct
NORYL® WIRING DUCT
Wire Duct Cutters
Our Wiring Duct cutter consists of an easy-grip handle, and a Heavy-duty stainless steel
blade for cutting of smooth, burr-free edges on both the duct and cover. It has an improved
design which provides decrease cutting force and longer tool life. The cutter can also be
used for cutting of our surface raceways.
Side Wall Cutting Tool Features and Benefits:
Cuts lower scoreline cleanly, reduces installation time,unique design provides burr-free
edges and heavy-duty construction.
Wire Retainers
A simple to use wire retainer that mounts on the duct fingers. Has predetermined scorelines
so that "one size fits all". The TR1 and the TR1-E can be used on the 6", 4", 3", 2-1/4" and
1-1/2" T1 and builder during initial panel wiring and maintenance operation.
PVC Dividers
Our Wiring Duct dividers/separators allow for the physical separation of circuits with different
voltages and/or functions. They are made from the same rigid PVC as the duct.
Washers, Rivets and Rivetters
Our rivets are made of Polyamide 6. They install quickly with the rivet tool or gun and can be
mounted to all sorts of wiring ducts with standard mounting holes.
Features:
Hole size: 5/32" (4mm) small blue rivets, 7/32" (5.5mm) natural rivets
Elastic vibration - dampening head
Good temperature resistance
Excellent mechanic properties
Extremely short installation time
Insulating, functional, easy to apply
55
Cable Tray Systems
CONDUIT
Flexible Steel Conduit
Galvanized Steel Conduit is suitable for concealed, exposed, or approved raceways. The flexible conduit is
manufactured with a spiral wound strip of corrosion / rust resistant, hot-dipped galvanized steel. The natural
color Type RWS conduit features a smooth metal interior for easy wiring pulling. The flexible steel conduit is
wire temperature rated, and has superior crush-proof qualities. Meets UL1, recommended dimensions for
flexible metal conduit.
Note: Please comply with National and Local building and electrical code requirements when choosing the
correct conduit and accessories for your wiring application.
EMT Conduit (Electrical Metallic Tubing)
EMT conduit is unthreaded steel raceway made of galvanized steel. Steel Thinwall EMT conduit is easy to cut
and easy to bend - reducing waste and installation time. Metal conduit is non-combustible and easily
adaptable to future wiring changes. Metal conduit is a proven equipment grounding conductor and can reduce
electromagnetic fields by up to 95%.
Note: Please comply with National and Local building and electrical code requirements when choosing the
correct conduit and accessories for your wiring application.
ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS
Flexible & EMT ConduitOur line of Electrical Cable Tray Systems is innovative, cost-effective and easily adapts to the most difficult installations. Designed
for the low voltage industry and developed with the architect, engineer and installer in mind, these electrical cable tray systems' pre-fabricated junctions/
intersections and ease of installation will make it the contractor's choice. The wireway's innovative design is based on pre-fabricated junctions/
intersections and the ability to provide powder coated finishes while maintaining ground. The wireway design eliminates the need to bond sections or
install a separate ground wire. Our Electrical Cable trays meet or exceed UL requirements for cable trays as a ground conductor.
Innovative Design
The Electrical Cable Tray design is based on pre-fabricated junctions/ intersections and the ability to
provide powder coated finishes while maintaining ground. These metallic surface raceways are designed
with attention to form as well as function. The innovative design eliminates the need to bond sections or
install a separate ground wire. This wireway meets or exceeds UL requirements for cable tray as a
ground conductor.
Installation
Our wireway cable tray systems require only one tool and very few accessory items
for installation. The wireway systems are pre-fabricated junctions/ intersections that
reduce man-hours by eliminating cutting and fabrication in the field with center hung
trapeze, wall or floor mount accessories. These metallic surface raceways are
prepared to handle the toughest installations.
No connecting hardware required. All support hardware available.
Powder coating is standard finish. Custom sizes available.
56
Cable Tray Systems
CM10 Straight Sections 2" & 4” DEPTH
Widths of 2", 4", 6", 8" and 12"
Cable Tray straight sections (.120Ø) have a grid pattern of 2" x 2" and are available in standard
widths of 2", 4", 6", 8" and 12". Lengths can be ordered in 1', 2', 5', 8’ and 10' with a
depth/height of either 2" or 4". See finish chart for standard colors with safety yellow being the
primary. Sections include interconnecting hardware.
CM20 Straight Sections 2" & 4" DEPTH
Widths of 6", 8", 12", 18" and 24"
Straight sections (.187Ø) have a grid pattern of 2" x 4" and are available in standard widths of 6",
8", 12", 18" and 24". Lengths can be ordered in 1', 2,' 5', 8' and 10' with a depth/height of either 2"
or 4". Sections include interconnecting hardware.
Custom sizes and colors are available. Safety Yellow, White, Chrome and Black.
Straight Sections
CM15 & CM25 JUNCTIONS/INTERSECTIONS
CM25 Junctions (.187) 2" & 4” DEPTH
Width: 6", 8", 12", 18" and 24".
Pre-fabricated cable tray junctions (.187Ø) have a grid pattern of 2" x 4" and are available in standard widths of 6", 8", 12", 18" and
24" with a depth/height of 2" or 4". All junction/intersections have a length of 2 ’. See finish chart for colors with safety yellow being
the primary. Sections include interconnecting hardware.
CM15 Junctions (.120) 2" & 4” DEPTH
Width: 2", 4", 6", 8" and 12"
Pre-fabricated cable tray junctions (.120Ø) have a grid pattern of 2" x 2" and are available in standard widths of 2", 4", 6", 8" and 12"
with a depth/height of 2" or 4". All junction/intersections have a length of 2'. See finish chart for colors with safety yellow being the
standard. Junctions/intersections include interconnecting hardware.
L Junction T Junction
T Junction
Cable Tray Systems
CM10 & CM20 STRAIGHT SECTIONS
Crossroad / 4 Way Junction
HEAVY-DUTY REDUCER
CM29 Heavy-Duty Reducer 2" & 4” DEPTH Width: 6", 8", 12", 18" and 24".
Heavy-duty pre-fabricated reducers (.187Ø) are available in standard configurations with a
grid pattern of 2" x 4" and a depth/height of 2" or 4" (24-18, 24-12, 18-12, 18-8, 12-8 & 12-6
are standard). Sections include interconnecting hardware.
CM19 Standard-Duty Reducer 2" & 4” DEPTH
Width: 2", 4", 6", 8" and 12".
Standard-duty pre-fabricated reducers (.120Ø) are available in standard configurations with a grid
pattern of 2" x 2" and depth/height of 2" or 4" (12-8, 12-6, 8-6, 8-4, 6-4 & 6-2 are standard)
Heavy Duty Reducer
57
Cable Tray Systems
CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES & HARDWARE
Trapeze Support Kit
1/4" threaded rod kit. Includes (1) trapeze support bracket, (2) 1/4" coupling nuts, (4) 1/4 " flat
washers and (4) 1/4" finned nuts.
3/8" threaded rod kit. Includes (1) trapeze support bracket, (2) 3/8" coupling nuts, (4) 3/8" flat
washers and (4) 3/8" finned nuts.
Trapeze Support Kit
Trapeze Support Kit
WIDTH
SCREW
PART #
WIDTH
SCREW
6"
6"
1/4"
XTRP-6-025
18"
1/4"
XTRP-18-025
3/8"
XTRP-6-0375
18"
3/8"
XTRP-18-0375
8"
8"
1/4"
XTRP-8-025
24"
1/4"
XTRP-24-025
3/8"
XTRP-8-0375
24"
3/8"
XTRP-240375
12"
1/4"
XTRP-12-025
12"
3/8"
XTRP-12-0375
Floor Support
Custom sizes and colors are available. Safety Yellow,
White, Chrome and Black.
Widths: 02", 04", 06", 08", 12", 18", 24"
PART #
Trapeze Support Kit
WIDTH
PART #
WIDTH
PART #
2"
XFLR-2
12"
XFLR-12
4"
XFLR-4
18"
XFLR-18
6"
XFLR-6
24"
XFLR-24
8"
XFLR-8
Wall Mount Bracket
Widths: 02", 04", 06", 08", 12", 18", 24"
Center Support Kit
1/4" threaded rod kit. Includes (1) center hung bracket, (1) 1/4 " coupling nut, (1) 1/2 ", (1) 1/4 " flat
washer, (2) 1/4 " finned nuts and (1) 6" silicone protective tube.
3/8" threaded rod kit. Includes (1) center support bracket, (1) 3/8" coupling nut, (1) 1/2 ", (1) 3/8" flat
washer, (2) 3/8" finned nuts and (1) 6" silicone protective tube.
Center Support Kit
Center Support Kit
WIDTH
SCREW
PART #
WIDTH
SCREW
PART #
2"
1/4"
XCTR-2-025
8"
1/4"
XCTR-8-025
2"
3/8"
XCTR-2-0375
8"
3/8"
XCTR-8-0375
4"
1/4"
XCTR-4-025
12"
1/4"
XCTR-12-025
4"
3/8"
XCTR-4-0375
12"
3/8"
XCTR-12-0375
6"
1/4"
XCTR-6-025
6"
3/8"
XCTR-6-0375
58
Cable Tray Systems
The M.E.2 cable management system is manufactured with rigid .187 diameter zinc plated steel
wire, welded in a 2 inch x 4 inch grid. M.E.2 cable trays can be configured at the installation
site. Seven or 10 foot straight tray sections are easy to handle. Two or 4 inch deep trays
available in 6, 8, 12, 18 and 24 inch widths, offer a wide variety of wire channel routing and
protection options. The 2 x 4 inch grid design facilitates simple cable break outs while
supporting the cable. The open grid design prevents dirt and dust build-up experienced in
closed cable trays. Changes in tray routing directions are made with factory fabricated “L,” “T,”
and “X” type tray junctions. Reducer sections come in wider dimensions only where required,
building in cost savings. Tray sections can be easily interconnected, using industry common
splice washer clamps. M.E.2 trays can be mounted on walls or posts, on ceilings or installed
under raised flooring with Cable-Mgr Hardware.
M.E.2 Straight Cable Tray
Features
Tray Sections can be cut to size with bolt cutting tool, allowing horizontal bends or elevation changes to be created
7 and 10 ft lengths are available for purchase in a variety of widths: 6,8, 12, 18, and 24 inches.
M.E.2 Cable Trays are 0.187zinc plated steel wire, welded into a 2"x4" grid. The only available color is chrome.
Mounting hardware is available for wall, trapeze, center support, and raised floor applications.
Straight Sections:
Available in: Depths - 2” and 4”
Widths - 6”, 8”, 12”, 18”, or 24”
Lengths - 7 foot or 10 foot
Cable Tray Systems
M.E.2 CABLE TRAY SYSTEM
Reducers:
Widths - 8”-12”, 12”-18”, or 18”-24”
L, T, & X Junctions:
Widths - 6”, 8”, 12”, 18”, and 24”
T-Junction
L-Junction
Crossroad / X-Junction
For more information, please visit our website or call toll-free (866) 222-0030
59
Cable Tray Systems
Splice Washer Kit / Assembly
Cable tray sections are joined together with ease using these kits.
Each kit contains one assembly (1/4" - 20 bolt washer and one
flanged hex nut).
Tray Connection Loop Kit
This time saving alternative is used for connecting adjacent cable tray
sections. Each kit contains one connection loop, one square washer,
one 5/16" carriage bolt, and one hex nut. Only to be used with trays
12" wide or less
Hold Down Bracket
These steel wire brackets are used to secure cable trays to hanging
or floor supports. Each one includes a nut and bolt for attachment to
the tray.
PART #
QUANTITY
XME2-SW-ASSY
1
XME2-SW-KIT
4
PART #
QUANTITY
XME2-LOOP-KIT
1
PART #
QUANTITY
XME2-HD-BRACKET
1
Hold Down Bracket
Tray Dividers
These dividers provide an EMI barrier to separate power and
communications cables in the same tray and are secured using splice
washer assemblies.
CM99 Ratchet
This rachet is the only tool needed for installation of cable trays.
PART #
DEPTH
LENGTH
XME2-TD-2-5FT
2”
5FT
XME2-TD-4-5FT
4”
5FT
PART #
QUANTITY
XCM99-RATCHET
1
For mounting and support brackets, see page 56
60
Cable Tray Systems
Snake Tray 201 Series
Our best selling and most versatile labor saving cable tray cable management systems is the 201 Series Snake Tray. It can be mounted
below access floors, wall mounted, ceiling mounted or suspended from a threaded rod. The 201 Series Snake Tray is available in six
sizes (4 single tray and 2 double tray) and can hold up to 510 cables at 100% fill with up to 50 sq. in. of cable path. Better than a
generic basket or ladder type tray, its patented top mounted center spine allows the tray to be easily bent by hand to create both
horizontal and vertical bends when needed to go over and around obstacles. Mounting Rings called Snake eyes™ are located along the
spine, allowing easy attachment of threaded rods for suspended applications and requires only one UL listed connector bolt to join two
trays together. Simple and easy to use wall brackets allow the 201 Series Snake Tray to be suspended off a vertical surface and the ST
under floor bracket attaches Snake Tray to the access floor stanchion post to create cable pathways in the computer raised floor
environment.
Single Snake Tray
The 201 Snake Tray is available in four sizes. The tray is a single pocket design that can
accommodate up to 24 square inches of cable path equal to a 12” generic basket or ladder type
tray or 250 cables .25” OD as per NEC Article 318-9(b). Standard length is 98”.
Double Snake Tray
The Double Snake 201 Series™ has a double packet design providing a natural separation for
both voice data cables and fiber cables. The double Snake allows for 50 square inches of cable
path holding up to 510 cables .25” OD as per NEC Article 318-9(b) both below raised floors or
overhead mounted to walls or suspended from a ceiling.
Single Tray Series 201
Snake Tray Features:
Constructed in cold rolled steel
The most flexible cable runway system designed to support fiber optic cables and voice/telecommunication cables
Utilized both below raised floors and overhead either mounted to walls or suspended from the ceiling.
Easy on site installation
Proven savings in installation costs of 85%!
Creates turns in 10 seconds versus 20 minutes with other methods
15 seconds to connect trays together versus 10 minutes with other methods
Built in hanging hardware
No engineering time used to determine what hardware to use
Lower labor cost when suspending tray from a single point
Designed for cables to be able to enter or exit at ANY point in ANY direction
Single or Double Pocket design
UL Listed for its weight carrying capacity
EIA/TIA and NEC Compliant
NFPA 708 Compliant (NFPA 708)
Trays nest together to lower freight costs
Ships from inventory within a day.
Double Tray Series 201
Part #
Physical
Dimensions
Loading
Dimensions (Depth x Width)
Cable Capacity
Physical (Volume)
Weight of Cables
Tested per Linear FT
@ 100% Fill Capacity
CM-201-24-8
CM-201-3-8
CM-201-425-8
CM-201-6-8
CM-201-425D-8
CM-201-5D-8
3” H x 5” W x 98” L
4-7/8” H x 4” W x 98” L
6-1/4” H x 5-1/4” W x 98” L
6-3/4” H x 7” W x 98” L
7-1/4” H x 11-1/2” W x 98” L
8-3/4” H x 13-3/4” W x 98” L
2” D x 4” W
3” D x 3” W
4-1/4” D x 4-1/4” W
4” D x 6” W
4-1/4” D x 8-1/2” W
5” D x 10” W
8 si (105)
9 si (130)
18 si (258)
24 si (343)
36 si (515)
50 si (715)
3.80 lbs/ft
4.50 lbs/ft
8.80 lbs/ft
11.75 lbs/ft
17.60 lbs/ft
25.0 lbs.ft
Cable Tray Systems
SNAKE TRAY® CABLE TRAY SYSTEM
61
Cable Tray Systems
501 Series Wall Snake Tray
The 501 Series Wall Snake Tray is utilized for long linear installations where space is at a premium.
Installers know the difficulty of using cable trays in tight spaces but the wall snake tray is the best
solution because they are designed to allow the tray to be directly attached to a wall without the use of
brackets . The tray uses integrated mounting rings located along the center spine of the tray. With these
rings, no additional brackets or mounting hardware is required.
Part #
Physical
Dimensions
Loading
Dimensions
(Depth x Width)
Cable Capacity
Physical (Volume)
Weight of Cables
CM-501-2-8
CM-501-3-8
CM-501-5-8
CM-501-6-8
3-1/2” H x 2-1/2” W x 98” L
4-1/2” H x 3-1/2” W x 98” L
6-1/2” H x 5-1/2” W x 98” L
7-1/2” H x 6-1/2” W x 98” L
2” x 2”
3” x 3”
5” x 5”
6” x 6”
4 si (60)
9 si (130)
25 si (360)
36 si (515)
2.50 lbs/ft
4.50 lbs/ft
12.20 lbs/ft
17.60 lbs/ft
601 Series Ladder Snake
The new 601 Series of cable trays called Ladder Snake™ is especially designed for ladder racks. Ladder Snake™
instantly bends by hand without any cutting or clipping to ensure a smooth transition from one ladder rack to
another. You just snap Ladder Snake™ 601 onto a new ladder to instantly gain greater cable capacity. You can also
snap Ladder Snake (TN) 601 HP (half the depth of CM-601-12-8) onto an existing ladder rack to bridge over the
existing cable plant to create a new second tier cable path. NO Additional hardware or brackets are needed to
attach to the ladder rack. Ladder Snake™ has an easy clip on feature to save you money and installation costs!
Part #
Physical
Dimensions
Loading
Dimensions
(Depth x Width)
Cable Capacity
Physical (Volume)
Weight of Cables
CM-601-12-8
CM-601HP-12-8
10-1/4” H x 14-1/4” W
10-1/4” H x 14-1/4” W
6-1/2”
3-1/2”
55 si (785)
30 si (425)
25.75 lbs/ft
14.50 lbs/ft
Snake Tray Accessories
Intersections, Connector Bolts, Waterfalls, Beam Clamp, Y-connections, 201 to 501 Series Connection Adapter, Anchors, Threaded rods, plus
Brackets for all Snake Tray series.
Concrete Anchor
Cable Drop-Out Waterfall
4 Way (X) Intersection
For our complete line of Snake Tray product and accessories, please visit our website or call toll free (866) 222-0030
62
Cable / Hose Carriers
GORTRAC® NYLATRAC™ Automation Line Cable and Hose Carriers are designed for use on Machine Tools, Industrial Robots,
Material Handling Equipment and other Moving Equipment. Nylatrac™ Hose and Cable Carriers are extremely versatile and costeffective carriers. The simple snap together links allow for easy adjustment of the length of the Nylatrac™ carrier. The Nylatrac™
heavy-duty fiber reinforced nylon construction is ideal for temperatures ranging from 0° - 250° F, and travel speeds in excess of 200
feet per minute.
The Nylatrac Automation Line carriers are capable of high speeds and accelerations, while providing quiet, smooth operation,
convenient accessibility, quick installation, and reliable performance.
Choose the proper size cable and hose carrier according to your wiring, cable, or
hose application diameter.
NSF-ISR Quality System Registered to ISO 9001:2000.
MADE IN USA.
Nylatrac™ Cable and Hose Carriers are offered in four LINK HEIGHT sizes in
various width and radius combinations
SP Series Cable and Hose Carriers
Link Height of 1.05 inches (26.67mm)
Features
NYLATRACTM CABLE AND HOSE CARRIERS
Maintains proper bend radius of air, hydraulic, electric lines/cables, and ribbon
cables
Non-metallic, light weight, high strength link type design
Non-conductive
Suitable for high-speed applications
Integrated hinge bars open for easy access to cables or hoses
Double lockout design for increased strength
Optional interior Link Separator available
Optional Mounting Brackets available
Available in Black
SP Series Cable and Hose Carriers
63
NYLATRACTM CABLE AND HOSE CARRIERS
NP Series Cable and Hose Carriers
Link Height 2.00 inches (50.80 mm)
Features
Non-metallic, light weight, high strength link type design
Non-conductive, heavy duty fiber reinforced nylon
Suitable for high-speed and long travel applications
Double lockout design for increased strength
Available in Black
NP Series Cable and Hose Carriers
KL Series Cable and Hose Carriers
Features
Maintains proper bend radius of air, hydraulic, electric lines/cables
Non-metallic link type design
Non-conductive
Heavy duty Fiber reinforced nylon is corrosion resistant
The KL Series is ideal for travel lengths up to 500 ft. A trough system is
recommended for travels exceeding 15 Ft.
Available in Black
KL Series Cable and Hose Carriers
KS Series Cable and Hose Carriers
Features
Maintains proper bend radius of air, hydraulic, electric lines/cables
Non-metallic link type design
Non-conductive
Heavy duty Fiber reinforced nylon is corrosion resistant
The KS Series is ideal for travel lengths up to 300 ft. A trough system is recommended for
travels exceeding 10 Ft.
Available in Black
KS Series Cable and Hose Carriers
64
Home Theater
VIDEO PROJECTION SCREENS
LECTRIC I
Feature-Packed Motorized Screen Advanced Housing for Wall or Ceiling Mount
Features:
Outstanding quality in a popular priced screen
Vutec's exclusive E-Z Mounting System
Features a motor-in-roller assembly for silent, dependable operation
Heavy-duty extruded aluminum housing
Vutec Housing features channels in back and top for easy wall or ceiling installation
Standard wall switch. 3 position wall switch included
Pre-tensioned
Interfaces with low voltage relays, IR and RF remote controls
Designed for self-supported fabrics
Comes standard with12" black leader
Housing colors available in white, black and gray
Screen surfaces available with Matte White
LECTRIC I RF
Plug and View Wall or Ceiling-Mounted Screen with Self-supported Fabrics
Home Theater
The technology leader in video projection screens…
Video projection screens from curved screens, to the fixed frame Vu-Easy to the versatile motorized projection screens, the Video
Projection Screens has something for institutional, commercial or home theater uses. See below for products with an array of
applications in a wide range of prices.
Features:
Motorized projection screen
Built-In RF (radio frequency) receiver
Wireless handheld remote
Optional wireless battery operated wall switch available
Vutec's heavy-duty aluminum housing with Vutec's deal wall or ceiling-mount bracket system
No wiring required (plug in) 110V & 200V
Self-supported fabrics only
Comes standard with 12" black leader
Choice of black or white housing
Quite motor-in-roller system
Screen surfaces available with Matte White
VU-EASY
Permanently Tensioned Wall Screen
Features:
Outstanding quality and value
Ultra flat viewing surface
Custom sizes available
Fabric secured to frame with Velcro
Velcro assures a permanently tensioned screen
Extruded aluminum frame
Powder coated matte black frame for durability
Dedicated theater
Bracket included
Optional black velvet frame available to absorb overscan
Available in BriteWhite fabric
65
Home Theater
VIDEO PROJECTION SCREENS
SilverStar™ Projection Screen
The SilverStar™ High Gain Projection screen is a rigid, beveled-framed, wall-mounted projection screen
that achieves high 6.0 gain, high contrast and color accuracy with high ambient light rejection. It’s the
ultimate solution for dedicated theaters and for casual applications when ambient light cannot be
controlled. Perfect for LCD, DLP, CRT or slide projectors in professional, home theater, commercial,
presentation, house of worship and limitless display applications. Available in multiple sizes and aspect
ratios, it is shipped pre-assembled and is easily bracketed to any wall.
Features:
High Gain (6.0)
High Contrast and High Ambient Light Rejection
Outstanding Color Reproduction
Wide viewing cone (180 degrees) allows for accurate reproduction when viewed from all angles.
Frame for all screens is 1.5” extruded aluminum.
Shipped Assembled and easy to install
Includes mounting hardware and installation instructions
Artscreen™ Masking System
Imagine state-of-the-art technology that, at the touch of a button, transforms a wall mounted painting into
a high tech video display. What once was a beautiful piece of art is now a plasma television.
Inside the beautiful hardwood frame, the artwork ascends or descends with the touch of a remote
control or RS-232 controller command (AMX and Creston compatible). When the screen or television
is not in use, an image of the purchaser's choosing is displayed within the frame. When the art work
is retracted, the video display is visible for viewing within the framing.
ArtScreen™ capitalizes on Vutec's years of experience manufacturing high-quality, remote-controlled,
electronic masking systems. This proven technology has been incorporated into renditions of fine
artwork suitable for home, executive suite or board room interior designs.
Features:
Accommodates any standard size Plasma or LCD
ArtScreen is available for plasma televisions up to 61" in size. Standard 4:3 or wide screen
aspect ratios can be accommodated
Flush mount or recessed mounted versions
Includes IR control (RF control available)
Easy to install
Large selection of Glicee™ fine art prints, frames, and liners available
Clinet's custom art can be supplied with artist release
There is also an ArtScreen solution for recessing a plasma display into the wall for the
ultimate in concealment options. With our special recess kit, the plasma unit can be
inserted into the wall, leaving only the framed ArtScreen at the wall surface.
66
Home Theater
Crimp Tool, Compression Tool, RG-59, RG-6, BNC
CableOrganizer.com offers a wide variety of Home Theater Installation
tools and fittings for RG-59, RG-6 and BNC cable applications. You can
use our Wire Strippers to access your wiring and the Crimp and
Compression tools to connect any of these cabling schematics in your
home theater system.
HTT-5020
HTT-4080
Fittings
HTC-FMCF
HTC-9100
HTC-9101
HTC-8214
HTC-8216
For a complete listing of tools and fittings, visit our website or call us toll free at (866) 222-0030
HOME THEATER CABLES
HTT-4040
Home Theater
CRIMPING/COMPRESSION TOOLS & FITTINGS
F-F Cable Assemblies, Satellite Cable, Video Cable
Our precision F-F cable assemblies are designed for demanding RF video requirements. These cables
improve video performance over standard RG-59 types. They feature weatherproof compression
connectors and come in RG-6U and Quad-Shield RG6 cable choices in various lengths and two colors.
Length : 1 - 150 FT
Colors Available: Black & White
Component video cable, rca connector, home theater wiring
The component video cable offers uncompromising performance for your DVD, HDTV, projectors,
plasma and home theater and cable/satellite systems. These high quality 75 Ohm video cables feature
color coded connectors for component video (Y, PB, PR) signals which provide easy, error-free
connection and optimum picture resolution. We are proud to offer 3-cable configurations for video and
5 cable configurations for video and stereo audio.
3 RCA Male to 3 RCA Male:
5 RCA Male to 5 RCA Male:
Length: 3, 6, 12, 25, & 50 FT
Length: 3, 6, 12, 25, & 50 FT
Color Available: Black
Color Available: White
Digital optical cable, digital audio cable
Digital optical cables are sometimes referred to as Toslink cables for use in digital audio applications.
Our high-grade optical cables are manufactured without using high-purity optical fiber. It is especially
suited for digital signal transmission without EMI. There are 2 types of terminations used with digital
optical cables: Toslink (developed by Toshiba) and 3.5mm Mini type that resembles a 3.5mm miniature
male connector. Our high-quality digital optical cables feature metal connector digital optical cables
feature metal connector housings for added durability and come in a high-tech charcoal gray color. In
addition, we offer a complete assortment of interface adapters, couplers, and S-Video cables.
Digital Optical Cable Assemblies: Lengths - 3, 6, 10 FT
S-Video Cable: Lengths - 6, 12, 25, & 50 FT
67
Home Theater
MONSTER CABLES
Monster Cable® QuickLock™ Gold Banana Connector (2-Pair Pack)
Part # HTMON-BPS
Features:
2-piece screw-on design for reliable crimpless termination.
Monster tip, spade and pin configuration.
24K gold contacts for maximum signal transfer and corrosion resistance.
2-pair pack
Monster Cable® Speaker Cable
This high-performance speaker cable features a large copper conductor area for better power transfer and good
dynamics. Special strandings improve clarity and provide more natural music reproduction.
Part # HTMON-MC500-FT
Features:
Monster's Time Correct® windings for more natural music reproduction.
Magnetic Flux Tube® construction for greater dynamic range and improved bass response.
LPE dielectric to reduce signal loss.
Unique round shape and smooth, flexible jacket for easy installation.
Monster Cable® Monster XP® Speaker Wire
Monster XP® speaker cable offers audiophile-quality performance at low cost, and it looks great with your decor! XP is thinner
than Original Monster Cable®, so it's great for small speakers, mini systems, rack systems and surround speakers.
Part # HTMON-XP500-FT
Monster Video® 2 High Resolution S-Video Cable
Advanced Interconnect Cable for High-Resolution Video Applications. This Monster S-Video Cable has 24k GOLD contact
connectors to maximize signal transfer and corrosion resistance. Each connector is attached to a short-body metal shell for
lifelong durability and easy installation. The heavy-duty strain relief keeps the cable-to-connector link intact.
Part # HTMON-SVHS
Lengths: 2 m. length - 6.56 ft., 4 m. length - 13.12 ft., 8 m. length - 26.24 ft.
Monster Video® 1 Component Video Cable
Improved Performance Component Video Cable with High-Density Double Shielding for Maximum Video Performance from
Today's DVD Players, Satellite Receivers, and TVs with Component Video Connections.
Monster Video 1 low-loss component video (MV1CV) offers improved performance for the best possible picture. MV1CV
features a dual foil and high-purity, high density braided copper shielding to reject interference. A low-density structured foam
dielectric ensures low-loss video signal transfer. Component video uses three cables to send red, green and blue signals to
provide the sharpest, clearest, best possible picture.
Part # HTMON-COMP-2M
Monster Video® 2 Component Video Cable
High Resolution Video Cable with Precision strandings for the Best Possible Picture. Monster Video 2 composite video
cables feature 24k gold contact Turbine RCA connectors for a high performance connection.
Part # HTMON-COMP2
Lengths: 1 meter - 3.28 ft., 2 meter - 6.56 ft., 4 meter - 13.12 ft., 8 meter - 26.24 ft
68
Home Theater
RG59/U Coaxial - PVC, Plenum
RG-59/U is used for low power and RF signal connections like antennas, cable television, satellite and
surveillance systems installations. The main requirements for video cable are adequate shield and proper
impedance (75 Ω). Our quality made RG-59 cable meets these requirements and it is utilized to carry
video signals including composite video, S-video, RGB, component video, etc.
Features
Great for CATV, satellite, and surveillance system installations
20 AWG copper center conductor
95% bare copper shield (less resistance, more flexible cable construction)
Foam polyethylene dialectic
CM rated PVC jacket
UL Listed
RG59/U Coaxial Siamese
Features
PVC or Plenum rated
2C/18 gauge Siamese cable
95% bare copper braided cable and 2 conductor 18 gauge electrical cable in one PVC jacket
75 Ω impedance
Foam polyethylene dielectric
CM rated PVC jacket
UL Listed
Home Theater
COAXIAL CABLES
RG6/U Coaxial - PVC, Plenum, Siamese
Our RG6/U cable is a higher quality 75 Ω coaxial cable that is a higher grade cable than RG59 and
therefore a better choice where performance is important. It uses a larger, higher-capacity center
conductor (18 AWG) and a larger insulating dielectric. For both indoor and outdoor use,
CableOrganizer.com's RG6/U coaxial is used to route cable television signals to and within homes, and
RG6/U cables have become the standard for CATV cable television and other RF applications like
antennas and satellite installations. RG6/U type cables have lower attenuation characteristics than RG59
cable and therefore are suitable for transmission applications of about 1000 to 1500 feet.This quality
cable is designed to an 18 AWG copper clad steel center, 100% aluminum foil, and greater than 60%
aluminum braid. Our RG6/U coaxial cable meets the standard impedance of 75 Ωs and is UL listed.
3GHz Digital Coax Cable - RG59/U and RG6/U
Our 3GHz digital coax cable is the best of the best when you are looking to install and enjoy the
finest possible performance for your video installations. Engineered for these applications, you
receive great quality transmission for antennas, cable television and satellite installation, as well as
great performance on you composite video signals and component video and security or
surveillance systems. Sweep tested to 3Ghz to ensure performance for these applicable
frequencies. It is, of course, the standard for satellite TV installations and HDTV applications.
For more information, please visit our website or call toll free (866) 222-0030
69
Home Theater
COAXIAL CABLES
RG6 Quad Shield Coaxial Cable
For both indoor and outdoor use, RG6 is CATV distribution coax, used to route cable television signals to
and within homes, and RG6 types cables have become the standard for CATV cable television and other RF
applications like antennas and satellite installations. It is a high quality 75 Ω coaxial cable. RG6 is a highergrade cable than RG59 and therefore a better choice where performance is important. It uses a larger,
higher-capacity center conductor (18 AWG) and a larger insulating dielectric. RG6-type cables have lower
attenuation characteristics than RG59 cable and therefore are suitable for transmission applications of about
1,000 to 1,500 feet. Out RG6 coaxial cable meets the standard impedance of 75 Ωs and is UL Listed. Quad
Shielding RG6 has additional foil shields or braids to provide greater protection against electromagnetic
interference and is a more durable cable.
MINI-RGB COMPONENT VIDEO CABLE
Designed for home theater applications, our digital mini RGB Component Cables are ultra thin, flexible, and
easily bendable. It is a 5 conductor - RG59/U coaxial cable and each conductor has 25 gauge stranded bare
copper center conductor for video, audio, and digital applications. With its 75 Ohm impedance standard,
100% bonded foil, and 95% tinned copper braiding shield, this 250 foot spool is utilized to create any desired
lengths needed for your system installation. Tested to 1 GHz.
SPEAKER CABLES
Flex Premier Oxygen Free
Professional grade Flexible Premier Oxygen Free multi stranded premium speaker cable offers top quality
home theater installations whether you are pre wiring or retrofitting a new speaker system. Oxygen-free
copper speaker cable provides your cable lower resistance and greater flexibility than ordinary speaker
cables for the ultimate sound quality. For your installation convenience, our cables are constructed with inner
tissue paper for easy stripping of the cable. A superior choice for your custom high grade Home Theater and
sound speaker installations.
Speaker Cable
UL listed in a CL2R –CMR-MPR jacket, our cable is PVC insulated with sequential foot markings for your
installation convenience. As with our premier speaker cable the cable is constructed with inner tissue paper for easy
stripping of the cable. Our UL listed speaker cable is a great value for anyone installing home theater or speaker
sound systems with a quality, without pushing your budget to the limit. We offer several conductor/gauge wire and
multi stranding speaker cables to meet your indoor speaker installation requirements.
70
Home Theater
VLBX Time Lapse Recorder Lockbox
If you need a lockbox specifically designed to protect a time-lapse recorder, then Middle
Atlantic's VLBX Series Time-Lapse Recorder Lockbox is ideal. Two models are available: the
standard VLBX accommodates large VTRs while the VLBX-5.5 accommodates lower
profile decks. When high security and ease of equipment access is essential, the VLBX
Series Time-Lapse Recorder Lockbox can't be beat. It's constructed from fully welded 16gauge steel for strength and has a unique mechanically interlocking top to provide added
security. The top removes easily to allow for equipment servicing. A standard keylocked
solid hinging front door allows for easy equipment access and a factory installed fan
provide effective thermal management.
Features
Fully welded 16-gauge steel construction for strength
Finished in durable black powder coat
Mechanically interlocking top provides added security yet removes easily for equipment service
Factory installed 4-1/2" ball-bearing fan with washable filter for effective thermal management
Standard keylocked solid hinging front door allows easy equipment access
BLBX Series DVR Lockbox
Middle Atlantic's DLBX Video Lockbox is designed to house and protect DVR's and multiplexers
anywhere a DVR is used for surveillance and monitoring. The versatile design of the DLBX lockbox
allows for either active or passive thermal management to meet the specific cooling needs of the
equipment installed. You can configure your DLBX lockbox to have side intake with rear exhaust or
font intake with rear exhaust. The fans and filters can be mounted on the left or right side of the
DLBX lockbox. If you desire to run the fans only when required, and optional proportional speed
thermostatic fan control is available. The versatile design of the DLBX lockbox allows you to
position the unit on a counter top or shelf, or wall mount the unit either horizontally or vertically.
Optional available interior rackrail allows equipment to slide out for servicing. The 26-3/4" depth
accommodates deeper DVR's that other competitors can't. The DLBX lockbox is so strong that it
can be used as a shelf for your monitor to save space if necessary.
Home Theater
SECURITY LOCK BOXES
Features
Optimized to handle the active or passive thermal management of
digital video recorders and other digital equipment
Fully welded 16-gauge steel construction for strength
Configurable thermal management system includes a standard 4-1/2" ball-bearing fan and two
washable & removable filters, and can be configured to accommodate the needs of any DVR
Extensive cable management facilities include tie points, EKO's (knock-outs) and cable passthrough
Mechanically interlocking top provides added security yet removes easily for equipment servicing
100 pound weight capacity
VCR/DVR Security Lockbox
The VCR/DVR Security Lock Box provides a secure means to house security VCR and
DVR equipment. It’s designed for maximum protection of video time-lapse recorders and
like equipment protecting it from unauthorized access with enough space for switchers and
accessories. It can be mounted on top surfaces or wall-mounted with optional wall
mounting brackets. The housing features heavy-duty 18AWG steel frame construction,
vented front and rear panels for outstanding cooling characteristics aided by the
preinstalled ventilation fan. Included also are two rear cable access plugs allowing easy
cable routing. The front swing-out door comes with a pre-installed cam lock and key and
the top panel is removable for additional access to equipment and wiring. Comes in black
powder coat finish.
71
Home Theater
TRIPP LITE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
Tripp Lite ISOBAR Surge Suppressors
Tripp Lite Isobar Surge Suppressors provide superior protection to any of your home, office
and theater systems. Isobar surge suppressors include isolated filter banks, sine wave
tracking, phone-line surge suppression and fire-safe, all-metal housings. Isolated filter banks
allow the amount of noise received by units to be significantly decreased by using multiple
locations to cancel any outside interference. The sine wave tracking is important to protect
components from a surge when the waveform is at its lowest point of the wave. Surges at
this point of the waveform can produce destructive voltage. The sine wave tracking uses
ferrite rod-core inductors to closely track the sine waveform and provide consistent high level
of protection regardless of where the surge occurs in reference to the waveform. Isobar surge
suppressors can be used to protect AC, telephone/modem, audio/video, rack mount, hospital
and 230 Volt applications.
HTSP-HT10DBS
HTSP-MT6PLUS
Home/Office/Home Theater Surge Suppressors
PART#
HTSP-HTPOWERBAR10
DESCRIPTION
HTSP-MT6PLUS
6 outlets / 10-ft. cord, 1790 joule rating, Under monitor housing, Front panel switches, Modem/fax surge protection
HTSP-HT10DBS
10 outlets / 8 ft. cord, 3570 joule rating, Isolated Filter Banks / all-metal housing, 3-line coaxial, 1-line tel/modem and 1-line network (100BaseT, high-speed)
HTSP-HTPOWERBAR10
10 outlets / 8 ft. cord, 5700 joule rating, Isolated Filter Banks / metal housing, 3-line coaxial, 1-line tel/modem
Home Theater, Ethernet & Audio Power Surge Suppressor
Tripp Lite Surge Protectors offer reliable, state of the art protection for any
application. Equipped with 8 or 10 outlets, child safety covers and an 8 or 10 foot
cord with space-saving right angle plugs, these devices have diagnostic LED’s
to warn the user of any problems. Another feature of these Tripp Lite Surge
Protectors is the built-in RJ11 jacks that prevent any damage to your modem,
fax, and phone equipment on two lines simultaneously.
Ethernet & Audio Power Surge Suppressors
PART#
HTSP-TLP810NET
HTSP-TLP1008TELTV
HTSP-TLP1008TEL
HTSP-HT10DBS
HTSP-TLP1008TELTV
HTSP-TLP1008TEL
DESCRIPTION
8 outlets / 10-ft. cord, 3690 joule rating, Coaxial surge protection, Ethernet surge protection, 2-line modem/fax
10 outlets / 8-ft. cord, 1 in/2 out tel/modem surge protection, 1 in/1 out coaxial surge protection, 3345 joule rating
10 outlets / 8-ft. cord, 2395 joule rating, 1 in/2 out tel/modem surge protection, 5 transformer spaces
Tripp Lite’s Home/Business Theater Surge Suppressor
Tripp Lite Home/Business Theater Surge Protectors offer advanced protection to prevent damaging surges up to
3345 joules. In addition to avoiding damage to the units, this surge protector filters noise from the signal to allow
your electronics perform at their peak. These features lead to sharper video, dimensional audio, and longer life
of your components.This model holds 10 outlets with transformer spacing and sliding safety covers, 3-line
coaxial protection and 1-line telephone/modem/Ethernet protection.
Features:
Noise filtering to maximize performance of the components Sliding safety covers protect against accidental
contact
Data Recovery Warranty (US and Canada only)
Two Diagnostic LED’s
10-surge protected NEMA 5-15R AC outlets
Color-coordinated holographic outlet/plug labels
HTSP-HT1010SAT3
Tripp Lite’s Home/Business Theater Surge Suppressor
PART#
HTSP-HT1010SAT3
DESCRIPTION
10 outlets / 10 ft. cord, 3345 joule rating, 3-line coaxial (gold) surge protection, 1-line tel/modem/network (100BaseT, high-speed) surge protection
72
Home Theater
Home Theater
HOME THEATER RACK - SRSR SLIDING RAIL SYSTEM
Rack frame removes for in-shop integration and on-site installation
Specify an SRSR for rear access to equipment connections in millwork and cabinets. Available
with a 19" or 23" useable depth, the SRSR system extends and rotates 90º in either direction,
making installation and servicing quick and trouble free.
Features:
Made in the USA of 11 Ga. cold rolled steel
10-32 EIA compliant threaded rack rail with marked rackspace increments for speedy
equipment mounting
Pulls out and rotates 90° for equipment servicing
New removable rack frame allows in-shop integration and on-site installation of equipment, saving
time in the field
Self-centering mounting base makes it simple to align system within cabinet opening
Available in 19" and 23" useable depths. Available from 12U (21”) to 24U (42”)
Rear cable support, when used in conjunction with rear rackrail, provides effective cable
management
Rotating equipment bay locks in place at 0°, 60°, and 90° positions for easy installation and servicing
Ball bearing slides allow smooth rollout
Up to 300 pound weight capacity, depending on mode. Comes in a black powder coated finish
HOME THEATER RACK - ASR SHELVING SYSTEM
If you need a smaller system or you do not need to customize your shelf fronts, then Middle Atlantic’s
New ASR Series Rotating Slide out Shelving System is perfect for you. Tired of trying to find the
input/output connections to your home entertainment system because you can’t see behind your
shelving system? Want to upgrade or replace an existing component? Don’t get frustrated or injured
reaching through your system trying to disconnect the appropriate cable. These award-winning shelves
slide out and rotate to allow homeowners or professional installers easy access to components and
wiring cables.
Features:
Mounts in-wall or in entertainment centers
Self-leveling shelves are simple to install and are adjustable in 3/4” increments
Included cable organizer management system utilizes Velcro® straps for a clean organized installation
Unit pulls out, rotates 90 degrees in either direction for easy access to equipment connections
Four sizes accommodate 4, 5, 6 or 7 shelves
Locking Panel prevents system from sliding out when not intended
Knock down design simplifies shipping and storage
Up to a 250 lbs weight capacity
3-year warranty
Opening
Overall
Made in the U.S.A
Part #
Height
Width
Shelves
Total / Adjust
Useable
Depth
QMA-ASR-30
29-7/8
18-1/4
4/3
16-1/8
QMA-ASR-36
35-7/8
18-1/4
5/4
16-1/8
QMA-ASR-42
41-7/8
18-1/4
6/5
16-1/8
QMA-ASR-48
47-7/8
18-1/4
7/6
16-1/8
73
Home Theater
HOME THEATER RACK - ASR-HD HEAVY DUTY SHELVING SYSTEM
Tired of trying to find the input/output connections to your home entertainment system because you can’t see
behind your shelving system? Want to upgrade or replace an existing component? Don’t get frustrated or
injured reaching through your system trying to disconnect the appropriate cable. These award-winning shelves
slide out and rotate to allow homeowners or professional installers easy access to components and wiring
cables.
Install these shelving systems in custom cabinetry, entertainment centers and in walls. Optional trim kits are
available to complement any décor.
Features:
Mounts in-wall or in entertainment centers
Unit pulls out, rotates 60 degrees and locks in either direction for easy access to equipment
connections
Quick Position™ Easy index self-leveling shelves are simple to install and are adjustable in 3/4”
increments
Included cable organizer management system
Three sizes accommodate 4, 6 or 9 shelves
High strength shelf mounting pins guaranteed not to snag
Locking detent to protect millwork
Vented shelves and top for optimized thermal management
Adjustable brackets on shelves secure components to prevent them from sliding backwards
Self centering base to simplify and speed assembly
Unit locks closed for safety (Locking panel included)
Opening
Attractive silver brushed shelf trim can be replaced and
Part #
Height
customized to match any finish
Ships fully assembled to save installation time
QMA-ASR-30-HD
30
Up to a 350 lb. weight capacity
QMA-ASR-42-HD
42
3-year warranty
QMA-ASR-60-HD
60
Made in the U.S.A
Overall
Width
Shelves
Total/Adjust
Useable
Depth
21
4/3
19
21
6/5
19
21
9/8
19
HOME THEATER RACK SHELVES
Zero Space Rack Shelf
Designed expressly for use in our slim home theater equipment rack, this "zero-space" rackshelf features full-depth
front and rear rack mounting, providing a secure shelf for non-rack components. A truly unique design, this shelf
actually mounts to the sides of the rack rail (not the threaded face), providing more useable shelf area and features
up to a robust 250 lb. load capacity. Two handy "L" backets are included to help position equipment.
19" Single-Sided Vented Shelves - Quest
Vented shelves allows for added flow-thru ventilation. They are designed for 19'' rack mount widths and are made of
16 AWG steel. The 1-piece design allows for strong support. Finished in durable black powder coat. Available in
Black. #10-32 screws required, but not included.
19" Single-Sided Non-Vented Shelves - Quest
The Solid equipment shelves are designed for 19'' rack mount widths and are made of 16 AWG steel. The 1-piece
design allows for strong support. Finished in durable black powder coat. Available in Black. #10-32 screws required,
but not included.
For more information about shelving, see our website or call us toll free at 866-222-0030
74
Raised Floor
Powerflor© is a complete low profile cable management system that includes electrical
power outlets and cabling, voice/data outlets and cabling, and a completely modular
carpeted chaseway floor.
To the uninformed Powerflor© is most frequently thought of, as just another raised floor
product - albeit "Low Profile", but just the same, a raised floor. However, we are much more.
The conventional raised floor serves only one purpose, to provide a horizontal space into
which other building elements can be placed or used (i.e. wiring, air delivery, etc.). The
conventional raised floor is usually provided as an additional contracting layer for the floor
only, that is the finished surface, the outlets & wiring, etc. are all provided by different
contractors, provided in the same fashion as they would be installed anywhere else, trades
based, construction.
Where does Powerflor© fit in?
Powerflor's benefits are most readily identified with and capitalized on, in those environments
where the use of technology is intensive and or the connection location for use of the services,
changes frequently. These types of environments are constantly servicing / upgrading the
connectivity to their services and/or reconfiguring the locations where the connectivity is
required.
Raised Floor
RAISED FLOOR CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Call Centers, Computer Training Rooms, IT Lab Areas, Conference Rooms & Centers, are all
areas where these two conditions usually exist. Certainly our systems have been successfully
used in other types of areas for various reasons, but the market Powerflor serves best, is those areas where computer use is extensive
and or the churn rate is high. Conversely, if all you need is a place to hide wires, Powerflor© is usually not the best option.
Modularity & Pre-Manufacturing
Powerflor can do what it does, because every aspect of the system is pre-manufactured and
modular. The floor panels are shipped completely assembled, including the carpet surface and
ready to set in place. They are modular and interchangeable with each other, so a panel with an
outlet in it can be easily exchanged for any other panel in the system. All electrical components
are also modular and pre-manufactured; they simply snap together and hook into the floor
components. The same is true with a full selection of IT / Communication components for any
requirement. All services are provided utilizing a "Plug & Play " philosophy. But most important is
that all of these elements are integrated into a single cohesive system, which functions in concert
with each other as opposed to having to deal with them as individual disciplines.
Cost Effectiveness
The Powerflor system is a very competitive option, that when used appropriately, becomes the least costly means of providing the cabling
infra-structure. This saves you both time and money. Conversely, Powerflor might never be the least expensive raised floor provider.
Powerflor's cost has to be evaluated against the total cost of the installed raised floor plus the installed carpet plus the installed power
outlets plus the installed DataCom services. Then you have to consider how much you'll spend keeping the space usable, over its life. When
you need an outlet in a different location, how much will it cost to meet that requirement with trades based elements vs. modular / premanufactured component based elements. Or if you wish to service or upgrade your services, can you effect those changes with the least
amount of disruption to your space and at the lowest cost, renovating your construction based environment or by utilizing a modular system
environment.
75
Test Equipment
FLUKE NETWORK TESTERS AND MULTIMETERS
Fluke DTX Digital Cable Analyzers and Certification Testers
The Fluke DTX Series Cable Analyzers were designed with your time in mind. They significantly reduce the time it takes
to certify your network when compared with competitors’ analyzers. The Fluke DTX testers will test and certify your CAT
6 cable in 12 seconds. Most other testers take over 30 seconds to perform the same test. This translates to 85 extra
certifications before lunch! Not only do these analyzers test for problems, they also suggest potential actions to correct
the problem, saving even more troubleshooting time.
The DTX 1200 has a maximum testing bandwidth of 350 MHz, allowing all tests to be done in just 12 seconds in full
compliance with industry standards.
Fluke DSP-4300 Series Digital CableAnalyzer™ and Certification testers
It exceeds the Cat 5, Cat 5e, and Cat 6 specifications, achieving Level III accuracy. It also features automatic diagnosing
of cable faults, and tells you exactly where the fault is in meters or feet. It is comparable in performance to most desktop
models, with the added benefit of being handheld.
With its large on-board memory, you can store a full day’s results inside, or detach the multimedia card and plug it into
your PC. Featuring Fluke Corporation’s LinkWare Cable Test Management software, you can easily review and analyze
results for both fiber and copper. Software allows you to edit, view, print, and archive your data. You can then export the
data to a PDF.
Fluke CertiFiber® and SimpliFiber® Fiber Optic Testers
Do you need to troubleshoot your Fiber network? The SimpliFiber® from Fluke Networks may be the product for you. How
many other testers can troubleshoot Multimode and Single Mode fiber loss in the same tester?
The SimpliFiber® Test kit comes with two units: The SimpliFiber 850nm/1300nm Source and the SimpliFiber Meter. The
SimpliFiber Tester is available in both ST and SC models. Additional sources (1310nm, 1550 nm) are also available.
The CertiFiber® even has a loopback mode, allowing the main unit to function without the use of the remote. This way,
you can test a single fiber on a spool.
For testing of Multimode Fibers for TIA/EIA compliance, Fluke Networks’ Multimode Fiber Mandrels offer you a great way
to improve readability and consistency in your testing. For these and additional accessories available, please call.
Fluke CableIQ™ Qualification Tester and IntelliTone Probes
Why use a Qualification tester? A Qualification tester is used to determine what speeds your network can handle. It differs
from a Certification tester (like the Fluke DTX Cable Analyzer) in that a network certification tester insures compliance to
industry standards such as TIA/ISO. The CableIQ Qualification tester allows you to perform various troubleshooting tests
to locate your trouble spot.
Do you need to determine whether your existing cabling setup supports your 1000BASE-T (Gigabit) network? A
qualification tester is all you need. Basically, if you’re looking to differentiate between cabling problems and network
problems, a qualification tester is all you need.
Fluke Digital Multimeters
Accuracy and diagnostic functions for maximum industrial productivity
The Fluke Corporation 87V Industrial Multimeter is the premier True RMS digital multimeter on the market. True RMS
allows for more accurate measurements of voltage and current. With unique features such as a built in thermometer, Auto
ranging and manual ranging for increase flexibility, an analog bar graph for unstable signals, and a lifetime warranty, you
should never need another multimeter.
76
Test Equipment
Analog Tester - Model 310
The model 310 is the favorite hand-held analog VOM in the maintenance and telecommunications field.
Features: 18 ranges and functions, 5 DC voltage ranges, 5AC voltage ranges, 4 DC current changes, 4 resistance
changes, AC/DC voltage measurement to 1200V, Drop resistant, high-impact case Diode overload protected
meter, Fused resistance ranges, Single enclosed range switch & more.
Drop Resistant, High-Impact Case guaranteed to withstand a 5 foot drop with our unique 3 fuse protection
(including 2A/1000V fuse) the Model 60 Series is, quite possibly, the best protected VOM in the industry.
Mirrored scale to reduce parallax error. Confidence Test to check batteries, fuses, leads and METER
ACCURACY!!! Decibel function for audio work.
25 Ranges and Functions, Glass meter window for added chemical resistance, Two input jacks to help minimize
error, AC Voltage frequency response to 40KHz typical.
TELEPHONE TEST SETS
Tele-Mate Communication Test Set
Designed for communications wiring installation and repair to quickly verify the quality of a new
installation. Headset for hands-free operation. Compact design and durable belt clip. Make it easy to
carry. Adjustable volume. Tone/Pulse dialing. Replaceable premium cord-set with telco-style clips.
Test Equipment
ANALOG MULTIMETER
Telephone Test Sets - PE 900 Series
Waterproof tested to an IEC IP67 rating, these test sets are so impervious to water they can actually
withstand submersion. The PE950 and PE961 feature our DigAlert over-voltage alarm and lock-out
function to eliminate the danger of damaging or knocking out digital service lines.
KINGFISHER FIBER OPTIC TEST EQUIPMENT
Kingfisher KI 3600 Series Fiber Optical Power Meter
The KI 3600 series Optical Power Meter from Kingfisher is used for testing system power and attenuation in fiber
optic communications systems as well as helping to identifying fiber. With this model, ease of use and high
accuracy (traceable 2%) combine to achieve superior measurement confidence.
Kingfisher KI 3800 Series Optical Light Source
The KI 3800 series Optical Light source is used for testing loss in optical fiber systems, at 1 to 2 wavelengths on
singlemode and multimode fiber cable. This model has the capability of one button automated multi-wavelength
loss testing when used with an autotest compatible power meter or loss test set. The test tone function of the 3800
Optical Light Source can be used with a compatible Power Meter or clip on identifier to test fiber continuity, route
location or to find a fault.
77
Test Equipment
DIGITAL MULTIMETER
Models 9005-A and 9015-A
The all new 9005-A digital multimeter has an ergonomically shaped case and an even bigger display than the previous
models. We offer quality DMMs at an affordable price. Safety designed to comply with IEC 1010-1, CAT I, II, and III rated.
Overload protected. Includes safety test leads with screw-on alligator clips and red rubber boot. Comes with a 3-year
limited manufacturer's warranty.Measures volts, amps, ohms and continuity.
Model 1101-A Digital Multimeter
The 1101-A is a compact digital multimeter with backlit display and temperature test. It has a portable handheld design.
Instruction manual included.
Features: 3.5 digit w/ 1999 max. reading, Backlit display, AC/DC voltage to 500V, AC/DC current to 10A, Temperature test
(probe included), Resistance to 20M ohms, Continuity test, Diode check, Data hold, Overload protection, Double insulated
case, CAT I and II rated, CE rated, Red rubber boot w/stand Safety test leads w/ screw-on alligator clips, 3-year
manufacturer warranty on defects.
2030-C Digital Multimeter
The autoranging 2030-C handheld digital multimeter is economical and used for general electrical, electronic,
troubleshooting and repair work. It features a protective cover with rugged hinge design which can be completely folded
back, or form a stand for better viewing. The unique "Power Slot" ensures that you turn your tester off before closing the
lid, therefore saving battery life. A handy wrist wrap is also included.
True RMS AC/DC Clamp-On Meter
This AC/DC clamp-On meter is tested to IEC 1010 category III 600V. Clamp fits 1 - 750 MCM or 2 - 350 MCM cables.
Rugged - designed to MIL-T-28800 for a Class II instrument.
Features: 3 3/4 Digit LCD, with max. rdg. of 3999, True RMS measurements (45Hz to 1KHz), AC Voltage ranges to 600V,
AC Current ranges to 1000A, DC Voltage ranges to 600V, DC Current ranges to 1000A, Resistance ranges to 400 ohms,
Frequency measurement to 4MHz, Avg. AC Responding Measurements, DCA Zero Adjustment Knob Continuity Test,
Frequency Test, Diode Test, Peak Hold, Auto Ranging
Digital/Analog Megohmmeter
Autoranging AC/DC default voltmeter with test inhibitor and warnings for enhanced user safety, extra large digital display
with backlight and analog bar graph, weather resistant against dust and water to IP44, multiple test voltage ranges,
measure up to 2000MO resistance.
78
Test Equipment
Telco Tester - Model 5. Digital Subscriber Loop Test Set
The Model 5 was engineered with use and abuse in mind with superior resistance to shock and extreme
temperatures. It is so user friendly that even first time users can make tests quickly and accurately.
Telco Tester - Model 2. Transmission Test Set
The versatile Triplett Model 2 Transmission Test Set is packaged in a rugged, handsized, thermoplastic case.
Features: Line Loss, Line Noise, Power Influence, Line Current, DC and AC Volt / Ohmmeter, 8455 Type Tester
Hand-Sized Case, 3 Year Warranty.
TONE GENERATOR KIT - FOX 2 & HOUND 3 KIT
Hound 3 Streamlined Inductive Tracer with Headlights and Earphone Jack
Test Equipment
TELCO TESTERS
Features:
The New Hound 3 Probe features 2 Bright, White LED Headlights that will help light your way in dark
areas or reduce fluorescent light noise by allowing you to turn off overhead lighting
Adjustable volume control / sensitivity control
Conductive Duck-Bill Tip for safe, easy penetration in cable bundles. Metal tip also included
LED gets brighter as the signal gets stronger
Two tone generator contains a high-gain, hi-impedance amplifier
Low voltage tone generator is capable of identifying any of the Fox's tone up to 12" away
Rugged, moisture resistant, mylar cone speaker
Use with the Fox, Fox2, or Wiremaster XR-2 tone generator for quick and efficient wire tracing
Powered by a standard 9V battery (not included)
Fox 2 Deluxe Tone Generator with "True Trace"
Features:
"True Trace" - Cadence of tracer tone changes when pair is momentarily shorted, allowing for definite
ID of target wire pair
Cordless phone interface - allows user to use a standard cordless phone for hands-free "True Trace"!
"Trip-Latch", a unique latch testing technique using "True Trace" for testing alarm sensors
Overload protected - 120 VAC line cross protection on all functions
Overload warning beeper - alerts user to potential hazards
Warble/pulse tracer tone - selectable tone for audible & visual ID using Hound or Hound 2 probe inductive tracer
Generates 2 of 6 user selectable tracer tones
79
Test Equipment
NETWORK, LAN TESTERS
WireMaster XR-5 - 5 Cable Tester
The WireMaster XR-5 datacom tester can test patch cables or installed wiring with the detachable remote. It has a portable
handheld ergonomic design and checks for continuity, miswiring, opens, shorts, crossover and grounding. This tester
includes BNC terminator, BNC, RJ-11 and RJ-45 jumper cables, a padded cordura carrying case, 9V battery and an
instruction manual.
Line-Bug 4 Phone/ LAN Tester
The Line-Bug 4 is a great phone/ LAN line tester. It is so small you can fit it in your shirt pocket!
Features: Tests standard telephone jacks and LAN jacks for the connection to telephone system. Protects your expensive
LAN tester!!! Checks LAN lines (RJ-45) wired to 568 A/B standard for damaging telephone line current.
Has both RJ-11 and RJ-45 style plugs. 4 tri-color (Red, Green, Amber) LEDs indicate current, polarity and ringing/ AC
voltage on each line. Tests single line, 2 line, 3 line or 4 line jacks to USOC (telephone) standard. Tests LAN jack (RJ-45)
wired to 568 A/B standard for telephone line current. Compact design - fits in shirt pocket.
WireMaster RJ-45 LAN Cable Tester
The WireMaster RJ-45 is a compact, hand-held instrument designed to quickly verify the wiring of un-energized, 8 conductor
patch cables terminated with RJ-45 connectors. The 8 LEDs flash in sequence if the cable is wired correctly.
Features: Verifies point-to-point wiring of RJ-45 patch cables. Economical and simple to use. 8 LEDs identify the destination
of each conductor in cable. Checks for continuity in straight-through wiring.
Pairmaster LAN Cable Test Set and Kit
The PairMaster gives its user the ability to verify and test basic LAN cabling installations. This unique Cable Test Set can
identify one of up to 16 cable pairs with the press of a button. The PairMaster will also check for 8 faults including Near End
Crosstalk (NEXT) fro double split pairs, overvoltage, open pair, shorted pair, crossed pair, split pair, reversed pair, and
transposed pair.
Real World Certifier™ Model RWC1000K
Tests cables and LAN devices for cable type (CAT 3, 5, 5E, 6) and Speed 10MB, 100MB and Gigabit (1000MB).
Performance and troubleshoot all LAN hardware and cabling, compatible with 1OMB, 100MB and GIGABIT networks!!
Test existing cables for higher speed compatibility, spot fault wiring closet jumpers from your office wall outlet. Detect worn
connectors and faulty terminations, identify excessively noisy cables, test 10/100/GIGABIT PCs, switches and hubs for
adequate signal levels and perform your own inspection on newly purchased devices and cables.
Visit our website for more information.
LANcat® System 5 and System 6 Network Cable Tester & Talk Set
System 5 Autotest Suite includes Power Sum NEXT, Attenuation, Power Sum ACR, Length, WireMap, Propagation
Delay, Delay Skew and headroom margin
System 6 Autotest Suite includes Power Sum NEXT, Attenuation, EL-FEXT, Return Loss, Length, WireMap,
Propagation Delay and Delay Skew.
Built-in two-way talk set
Cable toner for locating cable ends
Fiberoptic cable testing options
Save up to 800 autotest reports for upload to a PC using provided Windows-based software and Operates from AA cells.
80
Test Equipment
SatAlign
Do-it-yourself and install or realign a DBS satellite dish. Just connect the SatAlign between the LNB and any DBS
Satellite Receiver and you can precisely align your dish in seconds. The SatAlign, with its built-in signal strength
meter, is extremely sensitive with a quick response time making satellite alignment a breeze.
Features:
Compact design
Analog meter display for easier readouts
Frequency range: 950MHz to 2050MHz
High input sensitivity through MMIC technology
Built in integrator for broad band frequency scanning
LED indicator for left hand (18V) or right hand (13V) polarization
Powered by the satellite receiver or external power source
1-year limited manufacturer warranty
Digital Circuit Breaker Locator
The Breaker Sniff-It Type2 digital circuit breaker locator "sniffs out" circuits without turning off the breakers!
Features:
Micro-processor controlled - reduces false readings
Fully automatic - no adjustments necessary
120/220 VAC transmitter (250 VAC max.)
Audible and visual indication
Auto Power Off battery saver
Uses 1 standard 9V battery (not included)
UL listed
Manufacturer lifetime warranty
Plug-Bug Tester
The Plug-Bug is a GFCI receptacle tester for use on 110-125 VAC receptacles. It detects common wiring
problems in standard and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) outlets. Comes with a 1-year limited
manufacturer warranty.
Test Equipment
SPECIALTY TESTERS
ProTemp 10 non-contact Infrared Thermometer
Accurately measures temperature using non-contact infrared technology. Just point the sensor at the desired
target, and press and hold the "on" button for a temperature reading, no contact is needed. The ProTemp 10 has
a first temperature response time of 1 second and a continuous reading feature, which is achieved by holding down
the "on" button.
PUNCHDOWN TOOLS
Punchdown Tool
This punchdown tool allows you to terminate 66, 110, BIX, and Krone cross-connect and wall jacks, and creates a
corrosion resistant termination while trimming off excess wire.
Clip-On Twisted Pair Kit
Provides the most essential tools for terminating voice and data cabling right at the installer’s side.
Rugged Cordura® pouch is built to last, lowering replacement costs.
Heavy-duty metal clip snaps over the installer’s belt so that the kit can be removed without removing the belt.
Side holsters allow the installer to carry a flashlight and a favorite screwdriver.
81
Tools
STRIPPERS, CUTTERS, CRIMPERS
Coax Multi-Purpose Tool
Cut, strip, and crimp RG-59 and RG-6 coax cable quickly and easily with this Coax Multi-Purpose tool that
eliminates the need to carry 3 separate tools for RG-59 and RG-6 cable terminations. Features include a
lightweight design, hardened cutting blades for aluminum or copper conductors, precision-ground stripping holes
and crimping dies for standard F-type and ring connectors.
Wire Stripper - Klein-Kurve®
These new wire strippers and cutters cut both solid and stranded wires. Designed with double-dipped comfort grips
and curved handles. These lightweight, multiple-function tools can cut, strip, loop and gauge both stranded and solid
wire, plus cleanly shear 6-32 and 8-32 screws. These features make these tools easy to work with all day long.
Multi-Purpose 6-in-1 Tool
Shears bolts clean, cuts wire, strips wire, measures stud sizes, gauges wire sizes, and crimps insulated terminals.
For sizes 10 to 22 AWG. Cuts bolts sizes 10-24, 10-32, 8-32, 6-32, and 4-40.
Features: Easily cuts and strips wire. Measures stud sizes. Gauges wire sizes. Plastic-covered cushioned handles
for comfort.
Wire Stripper/Cutter
Our compact, lightweight wire-stripping and cutting tools gauge, cut, strip and loop wire, cleaner and easier than
ever before. Their new wider handles with cushion ridges are designed for more comfort to reduce fatigue. Springloaded action returns handles to open position. Narrow nose fits into tight places. Made of strong, hardened-steel
with precision-ground stripping holes and easy-to-read wire gauge markings on both sides for stripping in either
direction. Black oxide finish. Overall length is 6".
Aluminum Crimp Tool
3-in-1 Die Set - Crimps F & RJ-45 Connectors for:
RG-6 Quad-Shield F Connectors
RG-6 Standard Shield F Connectors
RJ-45 8 Conductor Modular Connectors
Lightweight Aluminum Tool Construction 40% lighter than steel frames
Quick release jaws. Change dies in seconds!
Network Modular Plug Crimp Tool
A high-quality Modular Crimp Tool to solve the toughest network modular plug assembly projects. Ratchet
and Non-Ratchet mechanisms designed for most modular plug connector sizes.
Kwik Stripper™ Twisted Pair Stripper
Includes all the tools, connectors and testers for installing and maintaining most types of communications cabling
including voice, data and cable TV and coax Ethernet networks.
Kwik Stripper™ CATV/UTP Stripper
Switching from four pair UTP to RG6 or RG59 is simple - just change cartridges.
Included with the tool, the RG6/RG59 cartridge strips the cable jacket and dielectric to 1/4" (6.4 mm).
Pre-measured stops eliminate time-consuming measuring and trimming.
82
Tools
Side-Cutting Pliers - 9"
Custom, US-made tool steel. Hot-riveted joint ensures smooth action and no handle wobble. Induction
hardened cutting knives for long life. Unique handle tempering helps absorb the "snap" when cutting
wire. "Handform" handles for full gripping and cutting power. Precision-hardened plier head for on-thejob toughness. Sure-gripping cross-hatched knurled jaws. Plastic-dipped handles for comfort and ease
of identification.
Tools
PLIERS
Journeyman™ High-Leverage Diagonal-Cutting Pliers
Custom, US-made tool steel. Hot-riveted joint ensures smooth action and no handle wobble. Induction
hardened cutting knives for long life. 2000 Series pliers available. Cuts ACSR, screws, nails and most
hardened wire. Short jaws and beveled cutting edges permit close cutting of wire.
Lightweight Flush Cutter
These inexpensive pliers shear wire up to No. 14 AWG with unique flush-cutting action that minimizes fly-off.
The design greatly reduces cutting effort. Compact head is easy to manipulate in confined areas.
Comfortable plastic covered handles.Lightweight yet rugged construction. Steel hold-open spring.
Electronics Midget Diagonal-Cutting Pliers
This midget diagonal-cutting pliers is widely used for trimming printed circuit boards. Specifically
designed for tip cutting. Semi-flush cutting knives with coil spring and plastic-dipped handles.
Features: Custom US-made tool steel. Induction hardened cutting knives for long life. Hot-riveted joint
ensures smooth action and no handle wobble. Short jaws and beveled cutting edges permit close cutting
of wire.
Standard Long-Nose Pliers - 6" & 7" Journeyman™
The Journeyman™ line of hand tools has expanded with the addition of two new long-nose pliers with
side-cutting knives. Both tools, a six inch and seven inch version, feature state-of- the-art, dual-material
handles, that provide a better grip without sacrificing tool strength or durability. The soft, outer-surface
handle material combines comfort with a firm grip, while the harder, inner-surface handle material is
designed for extra toughness and durability in harsh work environments.
Journeyman™ Pump Pliers
The Journeyman™ pump pliers are designed with a difference you can see and feel every time you see
the tool. Six machined tongue and grooves provide smooth jaw adjustments up to a maximum of 1-3/4"
(44 mm), robust teeth for sure-gripping action, induction hardened jaws for long life and a tension-loaded
joint that reduces handle wobble. The state-of-the-art handles are made from a dual material molding
that allows for a softer, more comfortable grip on the outer surface and a harder, more durable grip on
the inner surface and handle ends.
83
Tools
INSULATED HAND TOOLS
The excellent functionality and reduction of risk of electric shock make these insulated tools great for professional use. The insulation on each tool
consists of two layers; a high dielectric white inner layer and a flame resistant outer layer. The high dielectric white inner layer is a thick, exceptionally
tough base coating, which is bonded to the tool. The outer layer is a flame-resistant, bright orange color. These tools meet or exceed ASTM F1505-01
and IEC 60900:2004, comply with NFPA-70E, 2004 ed., and are marked clearly with the 1000-volt rating symbol.
*Only use tools that are marked with the official international 1000-volt rating symbol if there is any chance that the tool will make contact with an
energized source.
Insulated Screwdrivers
Available in Cabinet Tip, Phillips Tip, Keystone Tip, and Square Recess Tip
Part #
Tip Size
Tip Type
Shank Length
Overall Length
KT-601-4-INS
KT-601-6-INS
KT-601-8-INS
KT-602-4-INS
KT-602-6-INS
KT-602-10-INS
KT-603-3-INS
KT-603-4-INS
KT-603-6-INS
KT-666-INS
3/16”
3/16”
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
3/8”
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 2
Cabinet
Cabinet
Cabinet
Keystone
Keystone
Keystone
Phillips
Phillips
Phillips
Square Recess
4”
6”
8”
4”
6”
10”
3”
4”
6”
8”
7-3/4”
9-3/4”
11-3/4”
8-11/32”
10-15/16”
15-7/16”
6-3/4”
8-5/16”
11”
12-5/16”
Insulated Pliers
Available in Diagonal Cutting, Pump Pliers, and Side Cutting
Part #
Cutting Knives Jaw Length Jaw Thickness Jaw Width
KT-D228-8-INS
KT-D2000-28-INS
KT-D248-8-INS
KT-D2000-48-INS
KT-D200-7-INS
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
13/16”
13/16”
13/16”
13/16”
1”
7/16”
7/16”
7/16”
7/16”
1/2”
Overall Length
1-3/16”
1-3/16”
1-3/16”
1-3/16”
31/32”
8-1/4”
8-1/4”
8-1/4”
8-1/4”
7-7/8”
For more information on insulated tools, please visit our website or call us toll free at (866) 222-0030
Cutters and Strippers
Available in Stripper/Cutter, Cable Cutter, Crimper/Cutter, and a Cable Skinning Knife
Part #
Description
Cuts/Strips/Crimps
Overall Length
KT-11045-INS
KT-11049-INS
KT-11055-INS
KT-1005-INS
KT-63050-INS
KT-1570-3LR-INS
Wire Stripper
Wire Stripper
Klein Kurve
Crimper/Cutter
High-Leverage Cutter
Cable Skinning Knife
10-18 AWG solid
8-16 AWG Stranded
10-18 solid & 12-20 AWG stranded
10-22 AWG
4/0 aluminum, 2/0 soft copper, 100-pair 24 AWG wire
2-1/4” Blade Length
6”
7”
8”
9-3/4”
9-5/8”
7-3/4”
84
Tools
Cabinet Screwdriver - Round-Shank
Klein Cushion-Grip screwdrivers are exceptionally strong, made of carefully heat-treated and tempered
steel. The Cushion-Grip handle resists slippage which allows you to apply greater torque. Bolster on
blade at handle provides added strength and rigidity for heavy-duty Cushion-Grip screwdrivers. Blades
are fully chrome-plated with black tips. The handle grip is super-comfortable to provide hours of fatiguefree usage. A cushion sleeve makes the difference.
Tools
SCREWDRIVERS, NUT DRIVERS
Phillips Screwdriver - Round-Shank
Cushion-Grip handles for greater torque and comfort. Patented Tip-Ident® quickly identifies the type
of screwdriver and tip orientation. Precision tips provide a more consistent geometric symmetry
than conventional Phillips-tip screwdrivers. Provides accurate fit and torque without slippage.
Shank has integral flanges to provide a solid, torque-proof anchor deep in the plastic handle. Fully
chrome-plated blade with black tip. Meets or exceeds applicable ANSI and MIL specifications
10-in-1 Screwdriver/Nut Driver
Are made of carefully heat-treated and tempered steel. The Cushion-Grip handle resists slippage which
allows you to apply greater torque. Bolster on blade at handle provides added strength and rigidity for
heavy-duty Cushion-Grip screwdrivers. Blades are fully chrome-plated with black tips.
Features 5/16" and 1/4" Nut Drivers, #1 and #2 Phillips, 1/4" and 3/16" Slotted, #10 and #15 Torx®, #1
and #2 Square. Meets or exceeds applicable ANSI and MIL specifications
Magnetic Tip Nut Driver - 6" Hollow Shank
Klein's new 6" Cushion-Grip Nut Drivers will reach into deep recesses and fit over extra-long bolts and
studs to tighten and loosen fasteners. The handle domes are color coded by size. Plus, they feature
Klein's patented Tip-Ident® that shows the actual hex-head shape and size in fractional inches, so it's
easy to locate the needed size in a pouch full of tools. The Cushion-Grip handle makes it possible to
deliver more turning power with less discomfort.
Individual 6-Inch Shaft Nut Driver
Vaco nut drivers meet or exceed current ANSI and MIL specifications.
Patented shaft construction withstands high torque. Shafts on Vaco drivers are completely hollow, from
the socket to the handle, to accommodate the longest stud. Sockets and shafts are specially heat
treated for extra hardness. Exterior surfaces are finished in bright nickel-chrome for durability and
corrosion resistance. Smooth Comfordome® handles fit the palm of the hand perfectly.
Magnetic Nut Driver
Similar to standard nut drivers but with powerful nut-holding magnet built into shank.
Features same quality materials and workmanship as hollow-shaft tools.
These exceptionally strong drivers are made of carefully heat-treated and tempered steel. The
cushion-grip handle resists slippage which allows you to apply greater torque. Shafts are fully
chrome plated. The handle grip is super-comfortable and never huts the hand.
Patented shaft construction withstands high torque. Shafts on Vaco drivers are completely hollow,
from the socket to the handle, to accommodate the longest stud. Sockets and shafts are specially
heat treated for extra hardness. Exterior surfaces are finished in bright nickel-chrome for durability
and corrosion resistance.
85
Tools
CABLE CUTTERS
High-Leverage Cable Cutter
Special high-leverage design gives it amazing cutting capability for its size. Cable-gripping, shear-type jaws cut up
to 4/0 aluminum (not ACSR)...up to 2/0 soft cooper...up to 100-pair, 24-gauge communication cable.
Makes clean, efficient cuts. Ideal for working in confined spaces. Tough, comfortable, red plastic-dipped handles.
Tough, comfortable. NOT designed to cut steel or ACSR.
Cable Cutter Coaxial
Cuts up to 1" diameter coaxial cable. Klein's new coaxial cable cutter is designed to cut up to 1" diameter coaxial
cable with precision one-hand shearing action.
Features: Offers the precision and capacity required for shearing and preparing up to 1" trunk and feeder cable.
With one-hand shearing action, the cable-gripping jaws will quickly score the jacket and insulation, and easily cut
through the inner conductor. Blades cleanly cut without compression and frayed ends. Forged body with heattreated and precision-ground steel blades, which provide the toughness to withstand frequent cutting and more.
INSTALLATION AND TERMINATION KITS
Professional Installation Kit
Includes all the tools, connectors and testers for installing and maintaining most types of communications
cabling including voice, data and cable TV and coax Ethernet networks.
Durable Cordura Plus carrying case protects and organizes tools and includes see-through pouches for storing
connectors.
Kit includes:
Cable Cutter, KWIK STRIPPER Twisted Pair Stripper, Punchdown Tool with 110 Blade, 66 Style Punchdown
Blade, Telephone Ratchet Crimper for 4-, 6- and 8 position Modular Plugs, AdapToner Modular Breakout Tone,
Generator, Inductive Amplifier Probe, PairMapper Twisted Pair Fault Tester, PairMapper Remote Terminators 2,
3, 4, KWIK STRIPPER Coax Stripper, 3 Level, KWIKSTRIPPER 2-Level Coax Cartridge, KWIK CYCLE 9" Crimp
Frame with Die Set for F-style Connectors on RG6 and RG59 Cable, KWIK CYCLE Die Set for BNC-style Coax
Connectors on Thinnet RG58 Cable, Center Conductor Cutter for Coax Cable, F Connector Insertion Tool, F-style
Crimp-on Connectors for Quad-shield RG6, Category 5 Connectors RJ45, 8 Position, Flat Cable Connectors
RJ12, 6 Position, 6 Conductor, Carrying Case.
Voice and Category 5 Data Termination Kit
Includes the tools and connectors necessary for installing a voice and data network.
Durable Cordura® Plus zipper case protects and organizes tools and includes a see-through pouch for storing
connectors.
Outside pockets provide convenient storage of instruction manuals or worksite documents.
Fiber Optic Termination Kit
Includes:
Kevlar® Shears, Stripper for Cable Jackets, Buffer Stripper, Carbide-tipped Scribe, KWIK CYCLE® 8" Crimp Frame
with 0.151", 0.178", 0.213" Hex Cavities, 4Fiber Optic Inspection Microscope, Stainless Steel Polishing Puck,
Resilient Polishing Pad, 3" x 8", Carrying Case.
86
Tools
2-Piece Screwdriver Set
Protected against up to 1,000 V energized sources, the kit includes two 4 in. screwdrivers:
one with round-shank keystone-tip, and one with round-shank, Profilated® Phillips-tip. TipIdent® identifies type of screwdriver and tip orientation, while Cushion-Grip handles enable
greater torque and provide comfortable grip. Each screwdriver features white inner coating
bonded to custom tool steel, as well as flame- and impact-resistant orange outer coating.
Tools
INSULATED TOOL SETS
9-Piece Cushion Grip Screwdriver Kit
The 9-piece Cushion Grip Insulated Screwdriver Kit includes a variety of products for the
professional. The tools combine excellent functionality along with reduction of risk of injury where
a tool might make contact with an energized source with voltage up to 1000 volts. The highdielectric white inner layer is a thick, exceptionally tough base coating, which is bonded to the
tool. The outer layer is a flame-resistant, bright orange color. The kit includes 3 each of Cabinet
tip, Phillips tip, and Keystone tip insulated screwdrivers and comes in a highly durable, black,
nylon case. The case has a coil zipper, polypropylene handles, and custom fitted tool pockets.
Cushion Grip Nut Driver Set
Like all Klein nut drivers, the 6" Insulated Nut Drivers have a full hollow shaft that allows for work on
long bolt applications, allowing full engagement with the nut to hold fasteners securely in place. It
also provides additional distance from energized sources, especially when working on stepped
blocks within panel boxes. There are two nine-piece Insulated Nut Driver kits, one with 6" full hollow
shafts and the other with 3" and 4" full hollow shafts. For tool protection, each kit includes a custom
Cordura® nylon carrying case that has an interior document pocket for maximum organization.
8-Piece Basic Tool Kit
This kit includes a High-Leverage Side-Cutting Plier, High-Leverage Diagonal Cutter, Heavy
Duty Long-Nose Pliers, a Cabinet Tip Screwdriver, a Keystone Tip Screwdriver, a Phillips
Screwdriver, a High-Leverage Cable Cutter, and a Wire Stripper/Cutter, all in a highly durable,
black nylon case, and have been tested to exceed standards.
13-Piece Utility Tool Kit
All components come in an extra sturdy, bright yellow case with two pallets custom fitted
with pockets for each tool. Piano-hinged covers have both a combination lock and two keylocked latches for extra security. The Utility kit includes 9" side-cutting pliers with extra-hard
blades, 8" diagonal cutting pliers with extra-hard blades, 8" diagonal cutting pliers with angle
head and extra-hard blades, 7" long-nose pliers with side cutters, high-leverage cable cutter,
12" pump pliers, plastic handle skinning knife, 6" keystone-tip screwdriver, 10" keystone-tip
screwdriver, #1 Phillips ® screwdriver, #2 Phillips screwdriver and #3 Phillips screwdriver.
22-Piece General Purpose Tool Kit
The General purpose tool kit includes everything from the Utility Kit above, but also
contains: 7" diagonal cutting pliers with tapered nose, 6" long-nose pliers with side cutters,
10" pump pliers, 4" keystone-tip screwdriver, 4" cabinet-tip screwdriver, 6" cabinet-tip
screwdriver and 8" cabinet-tip screwdriver.
For more information about these sets, visit our website or call us toll free at (866) 222-0030
87
Tools
HOLE CUTTERS
Auger D'VersiBIT® System
Wood-type auger bit with screw point.
Pulls itself through wood, avoids walking or skidding.
Excellent for drilling in soft woods or through thin sections.
Slow back-taper allows for easy retrieval.
Bi-Metal Hole Saw Kits
Several electrician’s kits available providing an assortment of the most commonly used Greenlee variable pitch
hole saw sizes and arbors. High-impact, rugged plastic carrying case.
High-impact, rugged plastic carrying case.
Kit Includes: 7/8" Hole Saw, 1-1/8" Hole Saw, 1-3/8" Hole Saw, 1-3/4" Hole Saw, 2" Hole Saw, 2-1/2" Hole Saw,
Arbor w/pilot drill.
Kwik Stepper Step Bits
Unique split tip design penetrates through steel faster. Resists walking or skidding, even on round surfaces.
Balanced, double-flute construction requires less pressure, does the work for you. Designed and manufactured in
USA.
Specifications:
Hole Sizes: From 1/8" through 1-3/8" (3.2 - 34.9 mm) Capacity: Cut up through 3/8" (9.5 mm) mild steel, copper, brass,
aluminum, wood, plastic and laminates.
WRENCH
Adjustable Wrench - 6 inch Extra Capacity
Jaws open 3/16" wider than standard design wrenches, length for length. Extra capacity allows use of a smaller
size wrench to handle bigger jobs, especially in confined spaces. Same rugged construction as standard design.
Also available with heavy-duty plastic-dipped handles.
TOOL BAGS
18" Pocket Canvas Tool Bag - with Vinyl Bottom (Naugahyde®)
These new canvas tool bags with multiple pockets deliver reliability and toughness.Designed with multiple interior
pockets, these bags are able to hold a wide assortment of tools, small parts and accessories. Unlike other tool bags,
these are 14" deep and 6" wide; large enough to carry whatever it is you need to get the job done.
Oval Bucket - 15 Interior Pockets
Durable, straight-wall and tapered-wall buckets are made of heavy-duty canvas.
All have Cycolac top rings and molded bottoms.
Polypropylene-rope handle reinforced with leather for water resistance and strength.
Equipped with Cat. No. 2012 swivel snap hook.
88
Tools
CableCaster®
The CableCaster® is an exceptional tool for professional wire and cable installers as well as
do-it-yourselfers. It significantly speeds up the installation of lightweight communications
cable through hard-to-reach spaces such as suspended ceilings, rafters and sub-floors. In
addition, it improves productivity when installing cables over long distances.
Tools
FISH TAPE
Flashlight features:
High intensity Xenon fired lamp, Luminous tip so flashlight can be located in the dark
Submersible to 500 ft, Dust and rust proof, Batteries included, Lifetime limited warranty
Flat-Steel Fish Tapes with Grip-It® Handles
This rugged, easy-to-use Klein winder reel keeps flat spring-steel tape in its place and under control.
Helps prevent kinks, saves time, and protects tape. Comfortable, easy-grip design lets you turn the reel
in either direction for one-hand feed or take-up while other hand directs tape or brings in back in tight.
Compact, high impact Cylovac® reel is light, but built to take hard use. Four big view ports let you gauge
how much tape remains. Reel dissembles and reassembles easily to replace or switch tapes.
Steel Fish Tapes
High-impact nylon, one-piece handle for maximum durability, long life, and easy, comfortable use.
Large handle grip for greater user control.
Self-tensioning case for easy tape winding. (No tension trigger.)
Wide, impact-resistant rewinder case with viewports to ensure tape fit and retaining strap on inside to
hold tape secure.
Dirt-free tape finish keeps hands cleaner during use
EZ Reach Fish Tape
Flat steel tape reaches easily above ceilings, under carpets, and through walls to install wire.
25' (7.6 m) long, extending your reach where a traditional fish tape can't.
Winder case with crank handle for easy compact storage.
Dimensions Steel Tape:
25' (7.6 m) long X 1/4" (6.4 mm) wide X .030 (.8 mm) thick.
Fiberglass Fish Tapes
12" (305 mm) case has high-impact nylon, one-piece handle for maximum durability, long life, and easy,
comfortable use. Non-conductive fiberglass tape with low friction coating. Has unique non-coiling
properties that enable it to fish in large and small conduit equally well, even with wire or cable in place.
Capacity: 1/8" (3.2 mm) and 1/4" (6.4 mm) tape width 400 lbs. (1.7 kN) maximum strength
Weight: 540-100 - 2.1 lbs. (1 kg)
89
Tools
Vacuum/Blower Power Fishing System
Rugged, self-contained unit includes everything you need to blow or vacuum fish line, poly line or measuring tape.
Durable tank and accessory storage box are corrosion, chemical and impact resistant polyethylene.
Specifications
Capacity: 1/2 " - 4" conduit (5" and 6" with optional foam pistons)
Power Source: 690: 120 VAC
Air Flow: 120 cfm
Pressure: Will lift 110" (2794 mm) of water
FISH STIX, RODS & TELESCOPING POLES
Fish Stix
High visible green color rods can be easily threaded together and seen when working above ceilings, down walls,
or under raised floors.
Total Length: 12' (3.6 m) and 24' (7.3 m)
Weight: 1.04 lbs. (.5 kg)
Material: 1/4" (6.4 mm) dia. fiberglass rod
Telescoping Poles
Use these telescoping poles for use in long spans, and hard to reach areas in ceilings, floors, and crawl spaces.
They are a great complement to our push pull rods. The best feature is their collapsed size. Only 2' for the 16' long
pole and 3' collapsed for the 26' version.They are much easier to maneuver in ceilings and attics than most
telescoping poles on the market today.
Push-Pull Rods
Simplify your installation of cables in ceilings and walls with this set of rods. These 1/4" diameter, flexible rods are
made of non-magnetic fiberglass with a polypropylene coating to prevent splinters over time . Flexible enough to
go around corners and up and down walls through small openings, yet they are strong enough to withstand
virtually any test you may put them to. Each length is 5' long with threaded attachments at each end. Connect as
few or as many rods together needed to attain whatever length necessary.
RODALONG Conduit Rodder
The Insulated Fiberglass Rod is the perfect technician's tool for reaching or fishing electrical conduit, cables, fiber
optics, innerduct, or any other electrical building material. Plumbers also have unlimited uses for the RODALONG
conduit rodder in drains, sewers, main water lines, and pipe and leak locate tasks. Available in Standard version:
1/4”diameter, available 200' to 1000' in 100' increments & Mini version: 3/16” diameter, available in lengths of
200' and 250'.
Clear Lube
Designed for use within electrical or datacom cable pulls. Clear and colorless for quick, easy clean-up. Excellent
lubricity for fast pulls (.27-.29 COF). Environmentally safe, non-hazardous, non-toxic and non-corrosive.Easy to
apply either by hand, brush or pump. Temperature range remains stable over a wide range of temperatures. 20°
F to 190° F (-6° C to 88° C)
90
Tools
SITE-RITE® Aluminum and SITE-RITE II® Iron Hand Conduit Benders
Greenlee® Hand Conduit Benders are available in heat-treated aluminum or malleable iron. The EMT,
Rigid, or IMC conduit benders are offered with or without the handle. Affordable hand operated conduit
benders to complete most conduit bending projects. For extra-large projects, please visit our heavy-duty
conduit bender and equipment offerings.
Handle straight up and down for 30° bends.
Patented sight indicator for bending angles fast and easy.
Non-slip, contoured pedal for added leverage.
Strong, stable square hook design.
Cast-in markings for stub-ups, saddle bends, back-to-back bends, and head-up or down bending.
SITE-RITE®
SITE-RITE®II
Tools
CONDUIT BENDER EQUIPMENT
SITE-RITE®II with
Power Foot
Greenlee 8600 Conduit Cutter
The Greenlee 8600 conduit cutter can cut clean and eliminate the need to debur the inside of conduit
after it is cut. Easy operation - just tighten the screw, turn the tool around the conduit, and snap the
conduit in two. The conduit can be cut with wire installed without damaging the wire because the
cutter wheel will not penetrate the conduit wall. The body is heavy-duty cast for long life. The large
smooth spindle knob is easy to grip and will not hurt your hand.
555® DeLuxe Bender
555® Deluxe Series features unique electrical controls that reduce the in-rush current to the
relays to minimize the contact arcing for longer life, heavy-duty urethane filled puncture-proof
pneumatic tires and UL/ULC approved
Also available for Rigid or IMC conduit, or bender only without shoes.
The optional PVC-coated rigid conduit shoe group can be used on all 555® series benders.
Excellent portability. Convenient lifting eyes.
Weather-resistant construction.
Cam Track® Conduit Benders for 2-1/2" to 4" EMT, IMC and Rigid
One bender to bend EMT, IMC and Rigid Conduit.
Fast and easy set-up on the jobsite.
True one shot 90° bends with CT models for quick accurate bends.
Steel reinforced follow bars for long life.
Bend a 90° elbow in 4" Rigid conduit in 95 seconds.
Capacity: 2-1/2" - 4" EMT, IMC and Rigid
Weight: 1000 lbs
Power Source: 980: 120 VAC Electric Powered Hydraulic Pump, 980-22PS: 220 VAC 50/60
Cycle Electric Powered Hydraulic Pump
Electric PVC Heater/Bender
Easy to use: preheat for 10 minutes, insert PVC, rotate until pliable, remove and form bend.
Sturdy double wall metal with fiberglass insulation and reflective interior for fast, even heat.
Full length door for easy PVC loading and removal.
Other features include on/off switch, pilot light and carrying handle.
Capacity: 1/2"- 2" PVC All Schedules
Power Source: 120 VAC 20 AMP or 3000 Watt Generator
Weight: 15.8 lbs. (6.8 kg)
91
Tools
CABLE PULLING
Ultra Tugger™ Cable Puller
Pulls up to 8,000 (35.8 kN) lbs.
Versi-Boom™ System allows you to make versatile and fast set-ups and pull 10' (3 mm) or 20' (6 mm) of extra cable easily.
Uses standard 3" rigid steel conduit for boom.
Lightweight, portable and optional deluxe force gauge.
Dimensions:
Length - 11.5 in. (292.1 mm) Width - 26 in. (660.4 mm) Height - 8.5 in. (215.9 mm)
Ultra Cable Feeder
Feeds cable at variable speeds to match the speed of cable puller. Accommodates cable ranging in size up to 3.5" (88.9 mm)
in diameter. Sets up easily and can be operated by just one person. Dual motors drive each wheel for traction on both sides
of the cable.
Specifications
Power Supply: 115 VAC, 15 amps, 60 Hz
Speed: 4-36 feet per minute (1.2-11 meters per minute)
Maximum Tractive Force: Single Cable: 200 lbs. (.9 kN) All Cables: 800 lbs. (3.5 kN)
Size: 41" long x 27.5" wide x 37.5" high
Weight 285 lbs. (130 kg)
CABLE CADDY
Hand Caddy
3/8" (9.5 mm) diameter solid steel spool support spindles. Spool retaining washers on spindles. Holds four 500' (152 m) spools
of #10 AWG (7" dia. by 6"-10" wide) Holds up to eight 500' (152 m) spools of #12 AWG (7" dia. x 5" wide)
Specifications:
Size:
10-1/2" (267 mm) high; 13-1/2" wide (343 mm); 21" (533 mm) length
Capacity: Maximum Spool Weight : 8 - 500' (152 m) spools of #12 AWG; 4 - 500' spools of #10 AWG.
Maximum Spool Diameter: 9" (229 mm)
Data Cable Caddy
Width is ideal for large diameter spools of coax, data and communications cable. Especially handy for 6" (152 mm) wide
and up to 19" (483 mm) diameter spools. Folds down for easy storage. Pinless design eliminates loose parts.
Specifications:
Size:
21" (533 mm) long; 28-1/2" (724 mm) wide. 11-1/2" high (292 mm)
Capacity: Maximum Total Spool Weight: 100 lbs. (45.4 kg).
Maximum Spool Diameter: 19" (483 mm)
Hand Truck Wire Cart
Heavy-duty wheels for durability and easy transporting. Dual heavy-duty wire guides for dispensing wires.
Only 23" (584.2 mm) wide to fit through narrow doorways.
Storage space for 3 spindles and clips eliminates loose parts when they are not in use.
Expander kit available to increase capacity by 60%.
Specifications:
Size:
GL-38733 46" high x 23" wide x 22-1/2" deep (1168 mm x 584.2 mm x 571.5 mm)
GL-10462 41" high x 12-5/8" wide (1041 mm x 321 mm).
92
Tools
Jab Saw - Multiuse with 6 inch Blade
The hardened, carbon steel blade and comfort-cushion grip handle makes it easy for cutting drywall,
wallboard, plywood, and plastic. The 6-inch blade with precision-ground teeth cuts materials easily on an
angle or a curve, and in both directions (push and pull). The flat-end handle design makes it convenient for
palming or punching through drywall. This versatile cutting tool is perfect for any professional who needs to
cut openings for a multitude of applications like electrical outlets, switches, and boxes in existing walls.
Tools
KNIVES, BLADES & SAWS
Dual-Purpose Hacksaw - 12-inch Golden Tri-Cut® 3-in-1 Blade
Powerful, efficient cutting action. Handle design and rigid steel box-frame concentrate force at the bladeedge. Easy, fingertip tensioning adjustment for longer blade life and straight, clean cuts. Simple, direct screwpivot in handle puts full, even tension on all blades. Tough, die-cast aluminum handle and front end.
Cable Splicer's Knife
Special-purpose short blade with comfortable, full-sized, heavy-duty handle.
Coping-type blade made of the finest cutlery steel, tough and carefully tempered to hold its edge.
Handle is textured for comfort and firm grip.
Hang hole for easy storage and portability.
Drywall Hammer Cutter
The Drywall Hammer Cutter is designed for precision cutting of drywall and gypsum board
without the mess that electric drywall cutters cause. It's perfect for flawlessly cutting
communication and electrical outlet access holes. The 6 adjustable blade depth settings
reduce the danger of cutting hidden wires so it makes your installation virtually worry-free.
SCISSORS
Fiber Optic Kevlar® Shears
Easily cuts through DuPont Kevlar or other aramid yarn.
Serrated blade prevents slipping.
High-leverage handles facilitate cutting.
Cushioned-grip handle for comfortable use.
Manufactured from hot-forged, high-carbon steel for long life
Kevlar Scissors
Strength, cut resistance, and durability are some of the reasons you are using Kevlar.
These scissors make cutting Kevlar possible.
Electrician's Scissors - Stripping Notches
Designed for heavy-duty use. Made of strong, tough, tempered steel. Nickel-plated finish. Scraper and
file on outside of both blades. Screw-hinge permits adjustments. The lower blade is serrated to minimize
slippage of wire when cutting. Upper blade has notches for stripping 19 and 23 gauge wire.
Wire Loom Scissor
Everyone can use a heavy-duty pair of scissors. These stainless steel shears work well on our
CleanCut® products as well as a variety of other jobs around your offices or plants.
93
Tools
ACCESSORIES
Heavy-Duty Curved-Claw Hammer
The heavy-duty curved-claw hammer gives maximum nail-pulling leverage. Polished drop-forged, temperedsteel head. High-strength fiberglass shaft keeps head tight. Durable plastic-alloy jacket protects neck from
fraying and splintering. Comfortable, perforated neoprene grip bonded to handle.
Tape Measure - Double-Sided Power Return 25 Ft
Double-sided rule for easy reading of elevations and flat surface measurements. (Not available on Cat.
No. 908-12.)
Comfortable, non-slip rubber grip for easy gripping of dual-injected molded rubber case.
Thick rubber grip protects case against fall impacts.
Built-in shock absorbers to protect blade tip.
Durable steel belt clip for convenience.
Torpedo Level - Heavy Duty Magnets
The convenient Torpedo Level with heavy-duty magnets and E-Zee™ vial openings allows for hands-free
measurements on iron and steel surfaces (level, plumb, and 45° ). Designed for the professional tool user,
this level features powerful Rare Earth magnets that are five times stronger than trip magnets and vials
framed with E-Zee™ glow-in-the-dark material for easier viewing in dimly-lit work areas.
Klein Kleiners® Waterless Hand Cleaning Towels
These towels work on the toughest cleaning jobs: oils, tar, adhesives, asphalt, was, graphite, grease and many
other difficult to remove soils. Self-dispensing, portable bucket features a resealable cap and contains 72
disposable towels. Convenient on-site cleaning....anywhere, anytime.
Features:
Simple and convenient, pre-moistened towels, no rinsing – no drying – no residue and powerful, yet gentle
pumice-like cleaning action.
Safety Glasses- Frameless
These safety glasses are designed for comfortable all-day use. they feature anti-fog and scratch resistance
lens coatings, adjustable temple lengths and durable wrap-around polycarbonate lens. No matter what your
style preference is, Klein protective eyewear meets ANSI and OSHA requirements and are CSA certified.
Deerskin Work Gloves
Premium deerskin, soft and form-fitting for maximum comfort.
Gunn cut with seams away from wear surfaces.
Inseam index finger.
Sheep-like pile lining.
Shirred-elastic wrist back.
94
Greenlee Tool Boxes
Greenlee’s Deluxe Field Office is the ultimate tool storage cabinet and work area for anyone
needing a job site tool box. The slanted workspace allows for convenient planning and
documenting. To prevent any lock tampering including drilling and cutting this unit is equipped
with concealing lock protectors and non-removable pin hinges. Heavy-duty weather stripping
protects your tools from the elements and any jobsite debris and the overlapping corners, rolled
edges and reinforcements add even more strength and durability to this tool storage system.
BI-FOLD UTILITY CABINET
The Greenlee Bi-fold Utility Storage Cabinet offers maximum storage capacity without taking
away valuable floor space. Each side of this metal tool cabinet houses 4 individual storage
compartments that are 15” deep x 14.5” high x 60” wide and each shelf has a large front lip to
avoid small items from rolling off. The steel shelves are welded into position giving this unit
additional strength and durability. Each bi-fold section is mounted on 4 casters to make it easier
to open and close this rolling tool cabinet. Casters are included, 6 swivel casters and 2 rigid
casters, with this unit for easy mobility.
BULK PARTS AND FITTINGS CABINET
The Greenlee Bulk Parts and Fittings Cabinet has 18 individual parts storage compartments to
house any loose items you may have. These compartments act as a tool box organizer so that
all of your fittings can be quickly and easily found. There is also additional storage in the front
door. When using these Greenlee metal storage cabinets boxes there is no need to worry about
any tampering. These tool storage cabinets have added security features like the recessed and
concealed lock protectors and non-removable pin hinges to prevent any lock tampering such as
drilling and cutting.
MESH JOB BOX
Greenlee Tool Boxes
DELUXE FIELD OFFICE
The Mesh Job Box has 48 individual compartments that can be used to store small tools and
accessories. This tool storage box has a platform for storing shovels, picks, brooms and other
long-handle tools. This unit has a strong handle and comes with 2 swivel casters and 2 rigid
casters for easy portability.
UTILITY CABINET
When using these Greenlee metal utility cabinets there is no need to worry about any tampering.
These tool storage cabinets have added security features like recessed and concealed lock
protectors and non-removable pin hinges to prevent any lock tampering such as drilling and
cutting. The lock protectors also help avoid corrosion of the lock.
95
Greenlee Tool Boxes
SLANT TOP BOXES
Greenlee’s Slant-Top storage tool box provides large storage capacity with a traditional slant-top design. Inside this
tool storage chest the hinged lower shelf allows for storage of larger items. Greenlee storage tool boxes are known
for their high-quality and durability. Some of the features that are responsible for this durability are the reinforced
high-strength shelves and the robust gas springs to provide easy opening.
MOBILE STORAGE CHESTS
Greenlee Mobile tool storage chests are ideal for any applications that require frequent transporting. This mobile
storage chest provides storage for both large and small items. Larger items can be placed in the bottom of the
chest while storage for smaller items is available in a storage tray that is located on the back wall of the chest (wall
storage not available on GL-1332). Greenlee’s mobile tool storage unit is equipped with an enhanced lid bolster for
added support and durability and steel support arms to secure the lid in the open position. When it is necessary to
transport this tool chest, simply grab the large, recessed fold-down handles and lift. Casters also available to allow
for trouble-free portability.
TOOL BOX CASTERS
The greenlee casters series come in different combinations of rigid, swivel and locking casters.
These polyolefin-injected molded hard rubber casters have a 2-7/8” x 3-1/4” bolt pattern.
These greenlee casters are stain-resistant, chemical-resistant, and non-marking.
PELICAN CASES
Pelican Micro Case Series™
Is perfect for your cell phones, PDA’s, pagers and other personal gadgets and items. The new Micro Case Series are
crushproof (withstands up to a 5,000 lb. Truck), watertight and have an automatic purge valve. Cases come standard
with an impact absorbing inner liner.
Pelican Medium Cases
Pelican 1500 Cases: Unbreakable, watertight, dustproof, chemical resistant and corrosion proof. It is made of Ultra
High Impact structural copolymer that makes it extremely strong and durable. Its exclusive 1/4" (6.4 mm) neoprene
o-ring and ABS latches seal perfectly and includes an automatic purge valve for quick equalization after changes in
atmospheric pressure. Floats in salt water with 35 lbs (15.9 kg) load.
1610, 1620, 1650 and 1660 Cases with Wheels
1660 is the biggest case ever made by Pelican. You break it, we replace it... forever.
Your equipment can fit into the high density foam or padded dividers for total subjection and protection against
impact, vibration or shock. A nameplate (included) can be personalized (engraved at additional cost).
This case is NATO codified and tested to MIL C-4150J (Military Standard), IP-67 (Ingress Protection)
and ATA (Air Transportation Association). You break it, we replace it... forever.
96
Fire Protection
3M™ Fire Barrier CP 25WB+Caulk
3M™ Fire Barrier CP 25WB+ Caulk is a premium elastomeric latex caulk designed for use as
a one-part fire, smoke, noxious gas and water sealant. In addition, the unique intumescent
property of this material (expands when heated) means that as cable or pipe insulation is
consumed by fire, CP 25WB+ Caulk expands to maintain the penetration seal.
3M Fire Barrier CP 25WB+ Caulk can be installed with a standard caulking gun, pneumatic
pumping equipment or it can be easily applied with a putty knife or trowel. CP 25WB+ Caulk
will bond to concrete, metals, wood, plastic and cable jacketing. No mixing is required.
3M™ Fire Barrier IC 15WB Sealant
3M™ Fire Barrier IC 15WB Sealant is a latex sealant designed for use as a one-part fire, smoke,
noxious gas and water sealant. In addition, the unique intumescent property of this material (expands
when heated) means that as the noncombustible pipe, cable or pipe insulation is consumed by fire,
sealant expands to maintain the penetration seal. IC 15WB Sealant features superior adhesion strength,
sealant rate and no-sag application with UL Classified fire protection systems plus a halogen-free
formula.
Fire Protection
WATER BASED CAULKS
SILICONE SEALANTS
3M™ Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS and 1003 SL
3M™ Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS (nonslump) and 3M™ Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1003
SL (self-leveling) are both ready-to-use, one component, silicone elastomers. Both cure upon exposure to
atmospheric humidity to form a flexible seal.
3M™ Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS and 1003 SL are used to firestop openings and
penetrations through fire rated floor slabs, walls, other building partitions and assemblies.
The 3M™ Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1003 SL formulation is used in floor applications only.
3M™ Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealants, when properly installed, will help control the spread of
fire, smoke and noxious gases. 3M™ Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS and 1003 SL also
meet the new UL Water Leakage Test, W Rating – Class 1 requirements for systems tested and
listed in accordance with ANSI/UL 1479.
3M™ Fire Barrier 2000 Silicone Sealant
3M™ Fire Barrier 2000 Silicone Sealant (Nonslump) is a ready-to-use, gungrade, one-component
silicone elastomer. It cures upon exposure to atomspheric humidity to form a flexible seal.
3M™ Fire Barrier Sealant firestop openings and penetrations through floor slabs, walls and other firerelated building partitions and assemblies. 3M™ Fire Barrier Sealant, when installed properly, will control
the spread of fire before, during and after exposure to open flames.
Features:
Great for top-of-wall/head-of-wall joints
Superior adhesion
Compression/extension recovery of±40 percent of original joint width
Re-enterable/repairable
97
Fire Protection
COMPOSITE SHEET AND PILLOWS
3M™ Fire Barrier Pillows
The 3M™ Fire Barrier Pillow is a self-contained, highly intumescent product designed to firestop a wide variety of
through-penetrations including cable trays (up to two per opening), conduit and blank openings, which penetrate
fire-rated construction. During a fire, 3M™ Fire Barrier Pillow intumesces (expands) and locks itself into place,
completely surrounding the penetrant(s) stopping smoke, fire and toxic gases from spreading to the next room or
next floor for the rated time period.
3M Fire Barrier Pillows have been tested to the ASTM E 814 test criteria and have been designed to meet the intent
of NEC, NFPA, SBCCI, BOCA and ICBO building codes.
Features:
No wire mesh!
Three hour UL Listed systems.
Tested to UL 910 flammability test
UL Listed systems up to a 540 sq. in. opening.
Graphite free composition.
Multiple sizes available.
Red Color- Easy to inspect
Easy retrofit - remove and replace pillows, as needed.
SILICONE FOAM
3M™ Fire Barrier 2001 Silicone RTV Foam
A two-part, liquid-silicone elastomer that foams in place when mixed. Firestops and seals large and complex penetrations. Cures in 1-5 minutes to form
an elastomeric compression seal. No ampacity derating of cables when used properly.
2001 Silicone RTV Foam is a medium-density, two-part silicone elastomer supplied as A and B liquid components designed for use as a fire, smoke,
noxious gas and water sealant.
Features:
2001 Silicone RTV Foam is designed to seal large and/or complex penetrations.
Cures in one to five minutes to form a compression seal
Elastomeric compression seal
Re-enterable/ repairable
Excellent sound barrier properties
No ampacity derating of cables when used properly
Provides up to a 3-hour fire rating
Easily mixed by hand or automated mixing and dispensing equipment.
COMPOSITE SHEET AND PILLOWS
3M™ Fire Barrier CS-195+ Composite Sheet
3M™ Fire Barrier CS-195+ Composite Sheet is a one-part composite system comprised of four components.
The heart of the system is an organic/ inorganic, fire-resistive elastomeric sheet. It is bonded on one side to a
layer of 28 gauge galvanized steel. The other side is reinforced with hexagonal shaped steel-wire mesh and
covered with aluminum foil. CS-195+ Composite Sheet is designed to seal larger penetrations through fire-rated
walls and floors. It is also used for shielding cable trays and conduit, HVAC ductwork and vital process
equipment from radiant heat, flame spread and smoke.
CS-195+ Composite Sheet functions as an effective intermittent fire-break within horizontal and vertical cable
tray runs, and is excellent for both new and retrofit construction.
Features:
Intumesces (expands with heat) to form a hard char that tightly seals
penetrations against flame spread, smoke and toxic fumes.
Multiple applications...through penetration firestop, heat shield and firebreak
protection.
Easy to install using common trade tools.
Lightweight...easy to handle, cut and form to desired shape.
Easy to fasten...bolt punch or drill through. Use self-tapping screws or anchor bolts.
Thermally conductive...allows unwanted heat build-up to escape.\
Non-flame supporting.
Cost effective, high performance versus installed cost.
No mixing or damming...is clean to install.
Versatile: can be cut to fit irregular shapes.
Normal disposal procedures.
98
Fire Protection
3M™ Fire Barrier Mortar
3M™ Fire Barrier Mortar is a lightweight cementitious firestop product. It is available in poly/paper bags
and ready for mixing with potable water. 3M™ Fire Barrier Mortar does not contain MMMF (man-mademineral-fibers) or asbestos and does not require fibrous damming materials. 3M™ Fire Barrier Mortar
contains binders free of portland cement and therefore has greater resistance to common concrete
poisons than PC bound products. For use in mechanical and electrical penetration firestopping.
Features:
Variable Mix Ratio: permits selfleveling as well as no sag (no forming) application consistencies
Excellent Adhesion: will bond to concrete, metals, wood, plastic and cable jacketing
Re-enterable without use of power tools
Bonds to Itself: proven prior and during fire testing, resulting in proven and tested repair procedures
MMMF and Asbestos Free
Polypropylene-Fiber Reinforced: reduces cracking during cure and firing
Pumpability: allows faster installations, resulting in labor savings on larger projects and reduced installation time
Tested with a large variety and thickness range (up to 6”/15 cm) of pipe coverings and jackets and more
3M™ FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP 15A
3M™ Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 15A
3M™ Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 15A is the thinnest standard, single layer fire resistant wrap that has passed
the UL1978 test which simulates a grease duct fire. With its excellent insulating capabilities, it is an ideal
choice for tight spaces because it protects combustible constructions at zero clearance to the overlap or
collar. 3M Fire Barrier 1000 N/S, 1003 S/L and 2000+ Silicone Sealants used in combination 3M™ Fire
Barrier Duct Wrap 15A provide an effective firestop when the duct penetrates fire rated walls and floors.
Fire Protection
MORTAR
Features:
Thinnest, standard one layer wrap for grease ducts rated as a shaft alternative per UL 1978
Zero clearance to the overlap or collar for congested spaces
High flexibility for installation ease
Foil encapsulated with unique center overlap seam for blanket protection, less dust, and high wrap strength
Widest range of penetration seal systems
ABESCO CT 120 CABLE TRANSIT - THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP DEVICE
The Abesco CT120 Cable Transit is a Through Penetration Firestop Device designed to allow cables to
penetrate fire-rated floors and walls. The Cable Transit is an easy to install fireseal with no requirement to
cut any material. The Cable Transit firestop consist of a square steel sleeve with heat reactive graphite
based intumescent material. If exposed to high temperatures of 300 degrees F, the intumescent material
will rapidly expand to form a solid insulating char plug to seal and prevent the passage of fire or smoke.
The Cable Transit firestop is suitable for common types of construction including concrete floors and
walls, gypsum drywall assemblies, and rated wooden floor constructions
Features:
Red color finish, 22 gauge steel, 10 inch length, dimensions 2.5 inch x 2.5 inch
Easy installation saves labor cost
Suitable for use in concrete floors and walls, drywall, and wooden floors
May be ganged together to form double or triple units using CT Mounting Flange Set
(purchase separately)
Underwriters Laboratory UL Classified 1 and 2 hour rating
Tested in accordance with ASTM E814, UL1479, BS EN1366-3, BS 476 part 20, AS/NZ 1530
99
Fire Protection
ABESCO FP200 FIRE RATED EXPANDING FOAM
Abesco FP200 Fire Rated Expanding Foam is a fire rated polyurethane expanding foam designed to prevent the spread of fire and smoke
from one compartment to another through gaps and voids of fire rated walls or floors. The FP200 Fire Rated Expanding Foam provides an
insulating seal to concrete, brick, wood, metal, aluminum and steel.
FP200 FR Expanding Foam properly fills gaps and voids in through penetration firestop systems. Under fire conditions the Abesco FP200
FR Expanding foam provides an effective insulating barrier and maintains the integrity of the firewall or floor. Compliments the Abesco
CT120 Cable Transit system.
Part #
FP-20424
Description
Abesco FP200 Fire Rated Expanding Foam - 24 oz can
ABESCO CP130 FIRE RATED INTUMESCENT CAULK
Abesco CP310 FR Acrylic Intumescent Caulk is designed to seal and prevent the spread of fire from one compartment to another wherever
cables, wires, or other services pass thru firewalls and/or floors, or wherever there is a gap between elements in fire rated walls or floors.
Abesco CP310 FR Acrylic Intumescent Caulk is a single part water based acrylic caulk. The intumescent caulk provides a firm but flexible
seal to joints in a variety of fire rated structures. The caulk will not support combustion, and, when exposed to fire it will form a
carbonaceous char which expands to effectively seal any small gaps and prevent the spread of smoke and fire.
Abesco CP310 FR Acrylic Intumescent Caulk is suitable for use in any buildings which have electrical cables, metallic pipes and air
conditioning ducts, etc. which penetrate through fire rated compartment walls (drywall included) and floors. Suitable for use around copper
and steel pipes, steel conduits, electrical cables, data and telephone cables, PVC and CPVC pipes (up to 2" diameter), and HVAC ducts.
Part #
FP-CP30310
FP-CP30350
FP-CP30320
FP-CP30334
FP-CP30336
Description
Weight (lbs)
10.5 oz Cartridge, RED
10.5 oz Cartridge, WHITE
20 oz Sausage, RED
2.5 Gallon Pail, RED
5 Gallon Pail, RED
1.5
1.5
2.5
36
72
CAULK GUNS
Caulk Guns are available for use with the above Abesco and 3M™ fire protection caulk
products and sealants.
Part #
FP-95050
Description
Model 22 - Economy Smooth Rod
Part #
FP-95020
Description
Model 620AL L/W Quick Thread
For more choices of caulk guns, please check our website or call toll free (866) 222-0030
100
Network Connectivity
CAT 5E SOLID PVC CABLE
With voice, data, video and security capabilities, Cable Organizers Cat5e 350Mhz Bulk Cable is ideal for your
network installation. Available in PVC and Plenum rated jackets, the Cable Organizer 350Mhz cable can be
installed just about anywhere. It also comes in various colors for easy identification and color-coding. Need
standards-based cabling that’s easy on your budget? Remember Cable Organizer for your next project! With
its UL listing and exceeding Cat5e 100Mhz standards, Cable Organizer Bulk Cabling has got you covered!
Features:
4-pair unshielded twisted pair cable
24AWG solid bare copper conductor
Ideal for 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3), 100Base-TX (IEEE 802.3u), 1000Base-TX, 100 Vg-AnyLAN (IEEE 802.12), Token Ring (IEEE 802.5),
TP-PMD (ANSI X3T9.5), 350 Mbps CDDI, ATM 155, Voice and Multimedia
CM/CMR rated for use in walls and conduit in ceiling
Verified compliant with EIA/TIA standards by UL and ETL. UL/CSA listed
CAT 6 CABLE - BULK
CAT 6 PVC SOLID PVC CABLE
With Gigabit Ethernet, Broadband audio/video and security capabilities, Cable Organizer's Cat6 550Mhz
Bulk Cable is ideal for your critical network installation. Whether you are wiring your home, office or
entire campus, Cable Organizer has the solution that’s right for you. Available in a PVC jacket, the Cable
Organizer 550Mhz cable can be installed just about anywhere. Need standards-based cabling that’s
easy on your budget? Remember Cable Organizer for your next project! With its UL listing and NEC
compliances exceeding Cat6 550Mhz standards, Cable Organizer Bulk Cabling has got you covered!
Features:
4-pair unshielded twisted pair cable
24AWG solid bare copper conductor
Meets or exceeds Cat5e specifications
Rated to 350Mhz to provide additional performance and
bandwidth over and above the basic requirements of Cat5e
100Mhz standards
High-density polyethylene insulation, PVC jacket
Foot-marked cable packaged in EZ pull box
Ideal for 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3), 100Base-TX (IEEE 802.3u),
1000Base-TX, 100 Vg-AnyLAN (IEEE 802.12), Token Ring (IEEE
802.5), TP-PMD (ANSI X3T9.5), 350 Mbps CDDI, ATM 155,
Voice and Multimedia
CM/CMR rated for use in walls and conduit in ceiling
Verified compliant with EIA/TIA standards by UL and ETL
UL/CSA listed
CAT 5E - BULK
CAT 6 Solid PVC Cable
PART#
DESCRIPTION
COLORS
CAT6SO-1000FT
1000' Solid CAT 6 PVC Cable
Blue and Gray
BULK FIBER OPTIC CABLE
Berk-Tek Fiber in a Box
Fiber in a Box can be used for all passive and active optical network designs requiring high-speed data
applications. (The plenum rated design is offered since plenum rated cables can be used in either riser or
plenum environments.) The fiber is spooled onto a reel inside the box. Each reel consists of 1000 feet of 6
fiber or 12 fiber 900 micron tight buffer distribution style cable with 62.5 micron / 125 multimode fiber.
Please check our website or call toll free (866) 222-0030 for more Cable choices.
101
PATCH CABLES
Category 5E Patch Cables
Our enhanced Category 5 UTP patch cords feature a snagless molded strain-relief boot design. They exceed specified
performance as stated in TIA/EIA 568A for connecting hardware, manufactured with 50u" gold plated modular connectors
and are offered in 7 colors for easy port or link identification lifetime warranted. Available Colors: Black, Blue, Red, Yellow,
Green, Gray, White
Category 6 Patch Cables
Category 6 patch cables feature molded snagless boots. Wired to specification TIA-568 B, 350MHz, CATEGORY 6.
Manufactured with 50 micron gold flash plated modular RJ-45 connectors. Offered in seven different colors for easy port
or link identification. Lifetime warranted.Available Colors: Black, Blue, Red, Yellow, Green, White, Gray
NETWORK MODULAR PLUGS AND BOOTS
RJ11 and RJ45 Modular Plugs
Features:
RJ-11 modular plugs for standard telephone applications – Solid or Stranded, UL listed
RJ-45 modular plugs for Local Area Network (LAN) and computer applications – Solid or Stranded, CAT5e rated
RJ-45 pin contacts 50 micron Gold plated
RJ45 Modular Boots
Features:
RJ-45 Modular Plug Boots may help protect critical network connections during extreme use.
Available in eight (8) different colors for easy network wiring identification needs.
Network Modular Plug Crimp Tools available in the Hand Tools section
NETWORK TEST EQUIPMENT
SuperLooper™ Crossover Adapter
The Crossover Adaptor converts any standard Ethernet cable to a crossover cable. Network two computers together
without a hub, or join two hubs together without the need for a “crossover” cable. Great for starting a home network.
PROS: Simple, cheap, convenient, and easy to use.
CONS: None
SuperLooper Crossover Adapter received 4 stars from PC Magazine
SuperLooper™ Loopback Jack & Plug
The Loopback Jack and plug will check cables for broken or shorted wires, and check wall jack to network switch
connections. Use the Loopback Jack & Plug on a network switch or hub to check RX/TX pairs of cables. LED On is
good. LED Off indicates broken or shorted wires. Or, for easy port identification, plug it into an RJ-45 wall jack, and the
LED of the associated switch port will light.
These simple, inexpensive Ethernet jack/plug combinations used for loopback testing and to convert a standard Ethernet
cable to a crossover cable are a no-brainer. Every network person should have one of each in a tool kit or on a key ring.
PROS: Simple, cheap, convenient, and easy to use.
CONS: None
SuperLooper Crossover Adapter received 4 stars from PC Magazine
102
The patented EZ-RJ® connector simplifies RJ45 connector plug twisted pair terminations by allowing the
wires to be inserted through the connector and pulled OUT THE FRONT. Reducing the distance
between the wire twists and the pin contacts improves electrical specification performance.
The EZ-RJ45 high-quality crimp tool is designed to quickly crimp and cut the wires of the EZ-RJ45® or
the EZ-RJ12/11® EZ-RJ45® CAT6+ Connectors in one easy simple operation. The EZ-RJ45 Crimp Tool
will also work on most other RJ-11, RJ-12 and RJ-45 connectors (except AMP).
CAT5E AND CAT6 JACKS, RJ45 COUPLER
Our line of Category 5E RJ45 8 conductor keystone jacks meet or exceed TIA/EIA 568A requirements
and can be used with our entire line of multi-outlet face plates or can be installed on Blank patch panels
for added versatility. They are available in 8 different colors and are universally wired for either 568A or
568B wiring configurations.
Features:
50u" Gold Plated Contacts
568A or 568B Universal Wiring
UL Listed
Available in 8 colors: Black, Blue, Red, Orange, Yellow, Green, Ivory and White
Panduit® Mini-Com® Cat5e and Cat6 Jacks
Panduit® Cat 5e connection jacks forward motion termination allows for quick and simple installation and
places no impact on critical internal components creating maximum reliability. Panduit Cat 5e jacks utilize
enhanced Giga-TX technology to optimize performance to optimize performance by eliminating conductor
untwisting and is identified by the red termination cap. These jack modules terminate 4-pair of 22-24
AWG 100 ohm solid and stranded unshielded twisted pair cable and accept 6 and 8 position modular
plugs without damage.
Panduit Cat5e Jacks Features:
Exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e and ISO11801 Class D Standard.
Forward motion termination allows for quick and simple installation.
Utilized Enhanced Giga-TX technology that optimizes performance.
EZ RJ45 PLUG CONNECTORS & CRIMP TOOL
Panduit Cat6Jacks Jacks Features:
Exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 and ISO11801 2nd Edition Class E standard.
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and is individually serialized for traceability.
Utilizes patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for jack terminations which optimizes performance by maintaining cable pair
geometry and eliminating conductor untwist.
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a smooth forward motion without
impact on critical internal components for maximum reliability.
Can be re-terminated a minimum of 10 times.
Off White termination cap designates Category 6 PLUS performance and provides a positive strain relief, help control cable bend radius and
security retains wires.
Terminates 4 pair, 22-24 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded twisted pair cable.
Termination cap is color coded for T568A and T568B wiring schemes.
CAT 5e Feedthrough RJ45 Couplers
CAT5e rated feed through RJ45 couplers allow for coupling 2 RJ-45
data cables and with the ability to mount in modular faceplates,
surface mount boxes or panels that accept keystone jacks.
Our CAT 5 In-Line Coupler RJ45 8
Contact allows cabling to be
lengthened without compromising
signal integrity. PC Board
Construction.
103
ORTRONICS TECHCHOICE™ KEYSTONE JACK MODULES
Ortronics TechChoice™ Keystone Jack Modules feature an easy-to-follow universal wiring label and support standard 110 type termination. The
keystone design allows flexibility in installation because the rear insertion into the faceplate allows termination of wires at anytime. UL Listed: UL 1863 /
File # E 131600.
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-KSBNC
BNC connector Keystone module, 180° exit, F/F (50 ohm)
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-KS6
Cat 6 Keystone jack, 8-position, 180° exit, icon compatible,
T568A/B wiring, package of 25
PART#
DESCRIPTION
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-KS5E
Cat 5e Keystone jack,, 8-position, 180° exit, icon compatible,
T568A/B wiring, package of 25
RJ25
Keystone jack, 6-position, 180° exit, USOC wiring, icon compatible,
pkg. of 25BNC connector Keystone module, 180° exit, F/F (50 ohm)
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-KSICON Voice/data icon (2-sided) for Keystone jacks and patch panels,
package of 25
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-KSFCN
F-connector Keystone module, 180° exit, F/F (75 ohm)
PART#
DESCRIPTION
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-KSBNC
RCA module (RED INSULATOR), Keystone, 110 termination
OR-KSBNC
Blank, Keystone, package of 10
ORTRONICS CLARITY® TRACJACK™
Ortronics Connector Jacks are recognized for best quality, performance, and value. The Ortronics Clarity® TracJack™ features the improved
performance of center tuned Category 5e or 6 connector technology, combined with the ease and reliability of a front-loading jack with 110 type
termination. Compatible with T568A / B. UL Listed.
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-TJ600
Clarity6 Cat 6, TracJack™, T568A/B, 180°
OR-TJ645
Clarity Cat 6 Angled TracJack™, T568A/B, 45°
OR-TJ5E00
Clarity5E Cat 5e TracJack™, T568A/B, 180°
OR-TJ5E45
Clarity5E Cat 5e Angled TracJack™, T568A/B, 45°
PART#
DESCRIPTION
6
PART#
DESCRIPTION
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-63700006
TracJack™ Module F Connector F/F Fog White
OR-63700025
TracJack™ Module, Mini Din, SVHS, 110 termination
PART#
DESCRIPTION
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-63700046
Two TracJack™ Modules, Phono/RCA to 110
OR-63700021 Two TracJack™ Modules, Speaker Terminals (1 Red, 1 Black)
EZ GRIP PUCK
The EZ-Grip Puck is made from a special rubberized material for flexibility and durability. This simple, inexpensive tool saves
so much time and energy when working with wire and cable! The puck fits in the palm of the hand and improves your grip 100
fold when pulling or pushing cable. You can even use the puck as a stable base for punching down wire in keystone jacks. As
a result you'll have no more marred surfaces or stab wounds!
104
Ortronics Single Gang Plastic TracJack™ Faceplates
PART#
DESCRIPTION
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-40300549
TracJack™ Faceplate, one-port (single gang), plastic
2.75” X 4.5”
OR-40300548
TracJack™ Faceplate, two-port (single gang), plastic
2.75” X 4.5”
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-40300547 TracJack™ Faceplate, three-port (single gang), plastic
2.75” X 4.5”
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-40300545
TracJack™ Faceplate, six-port (single gang), plastic
2.75” X 4.5”
PART#
DESCRIPTION
OR-40300546
TracJack™ Faceplate, four-port (single gang), plastic
2.75” X 4.5”
PANDUIT® FACEPLATES
Features:
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, Fiber Optic and Audio/Video,
which snap in and out for easy moves, adds and changes
Includes label/label covers for easy port identification
Raised rail design for aesthetic appeal
Panduit Mini Faceplate
1 Module, 2 Module, 4 Module, 6 Module
PANDUIT® MINI-COM® WATER RESISTANT FACEPLATE
Features:
ORTRONICS SINGLE GANG PLASTIC TRACJACK™ FACEPLATES
Includes unique gaskets that prevent water from entering and damaging connections
Meets the level of protection required for an IP56 enclosure
Sloped design improves bend radius control
Made of impact resistant material
Two piece hinged design. Mounts to single gang opening
Includes combo head screws to secure cover to base (tamper resistant screws also included)
Accepts Mini-Com® Modules for STP and UTP, Fiber Optic and Audio/Video, which snap in and out for easy
moves, adds and changes
PANDUIT® MINI-COM® SURFACE MOUNT BOXES
Panduit surface mount boxes are made for mounting RJ45 connectors onto
Features:
Surface mount box is compatible with Panduit® Mini-Com® connector modules.
Optional magnet (CBM-X) adheres to box base for mounting on metal surfaces.
Supplied with two #6-32 x 1” combination slot/Phillips screws
Compatible with Panduit Pan-Way LD3 and LD5 surface raceways.
CBX2 includes built-in removable blank to add a second module.
Cable entry from side and rear knockouts and from opening in center of base.
105
LEVITON FACEPLATES
QuickPort® Single Gang Multimedia Wall Plates
Leviton's single gang multi-port wall plates are designed to be fully compatible with all QuickPort® snap-in
modules, including connectors and blank fillers. Made from high impact plastic, these wall plates are field
configurable to support your multimedia applications.
Stainless Steel Wall Plate
Leviton Stainless Steel Wall Plates are designed for field configurable flexibility and accept QuickPort® snap-in
connectors and adapters to support your commercial or residential needs. They are UL Listed and comply with
TIA/EIA568-B and meet FCC Part 68. The single gang is available in 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6 ports. Use different colored
connectors for easy port identification.
QuickPort® Single and Double Gang Wall Plates with Designation ID Windows
Leviton's single gang multi-port wall plates with designation ID windows are designed to be fully compatible
with all QuickPort® snap-in modules including connectors and blank fillers. Made from high impact plastic
these wall plates are field configurable to support your multimedia applications. In keeping with Leviton's high
quality standards, these wallplates are UL Listed, CSA Certified, NEC Article 800 Compliant, and TIA/EIA 568B Compliant. Available in 5 colors and in 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ports. Leviton's Dual Gang Flush Mount wall plates with
designation windows are used whenever high density port configurations with port ID capabilities are required.
Each wall plate is designed in a single piece housing with a choice of 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 12 ports that can be
configured with any combination of QuickPort® Snap-in modules.
LEVITON SURFACE MOUNT HOUSINGS
Leviton QuickPort® Surface Mount Housings are UL Listed, compliant with NEC Article 800, and available in 1, 2, 4, 6,
and 12 port housings to meet your exact requirements. QuickPort® snap-in modules are field configured and easily
installed. The 2 port box comes with a black filler to cover and protect one unused opening. The 4 and 6 port surface
mount housings are configured to cover a single gang NEMA box opening. The 12 Port fits over a single or dual gang
NEMA box opening. Leviton QuickPort® Surface Mount Housings contain knockouts to accommodate raceway and
cable entry, with built-in strain relief to assure undisturbed connections and easy cover latches allow for easy add-ons,
moves, changes, and rearrangements.Housings contain screws and adhesive mounting tape for your choice of
mounting application. There is ample space to identify ports and stations next to each port or the designation window.
Features
Field configurable
Built-in strain relief for undisturbed connections
Knockouts on housings for cable entry or raceway
Easy cover latches
Screws and mounting adhesive included (2 Port includes a blank filler)
Perfect fit for all QuickPort® snap-in modules
UL Listed and NEC Article 800 Compliant
Available in Black, Gray, Ivory, White
106
QuickPort® CAT5e GigaMax™ Snap-in Connector
Used for high bandwidth applications or high traffic networks, Leviton's 8 position 8 conductor
Gigamax™ CAT5e Channel rated QuickPort® Snap-In Connectors are designed to both T568A and
T568B wiring standards with dual color coded wiring labels and 110 termination for fast and accurate
installations. A quality connector that meets standards for TIA/EIA 568A-B, UL Listed, CSA Certified,
NEC Article 800 Compliant, FCC Part 68 Compliant, and ACA Compliant. Available in 15 colors.
Features
Connectors meet or exceed the requirements for channel level performance for TIA/EIA Category 5e
applications with 1000 Base T performance
Includes unique pair separation towers allowing quicker and easier terminations
The connectors configured in a 180-degree configuration such that the punch field is in the back,
allowing for rear termination
Leviton's GigaMax5e connector is designed to be used with any QuickPort® housing in surface mount, flush mount, or
modular furniture outlets and field configurable panels
TIA/EIA cULus Listed (UL94V-O)
These jacks include Leviton's patented "Retention Force Technology" which promotes consistent performance over the
life of the system
For use with 8 Conductor UTP Copper CAT5, CAT5e, CAT6 Cable
Colors: Almond, Brown, Crimson Red, Black, Gray, Ivory, Blue, Orange, Purple, Dark Red, Light Almond, Green, White,
Yellow
LEVITON PATCH PANELS
eXtreme® 6+ QuickPort® Patch Panels (PRELOADED)
Designed for use in high speed data applications such as Gigabit Ethernet, Leviton's eXtreme® 6+ Patch
Panels are an industry standard. They are ideal for labor saving installations onto 19" racks and
cabinets and they include Leviton's patented "Retention Force Technology" which promotes
consistent and reliable network performance over the life of the system. These patch panels are
preloaded with Leviton eXtreme 6+ connectors (black) and meet or exceed requirements for
Category 6 as described in TIA/EIA-568B.2-1 as well as the Class E requirements described in
ISO/IEC 11801-B.
LEVITON CONNECTORS
GigaMax™ 5e QuickPort® Patch Panels (PRELOADED)
Leviton's GigaMax™ 5e QuickPort® Patch Panels are ideal for labor saving installations onto standard 19"
racks and cabinets and they include Leviton's patented "Retention Force Technology" which promotes
consistent and reliable network performance over the life of the system. These patch panels are preloaded
with Leviton GigaMax™ 5e+ RJ-45 connectors (black).
GigaMax™ 5e Universal Patch Panels and U89 Patch Block
Leviton GigaMax™ 5e Patch Panels and patch blocks are one of the most popular patch panel systems for
providing outstanding Category 5e performance with user friendly features. It is an easy-to-install panel for any
modular cross connect system with 110 punch downs in the rear of the panel with six port RJ-45 modules on the
front.
107
12 PORT MINI-VERTICAL PATCH PANEL
Vertical 12-Port Patch Panel is ideal for smaller applications with it's compact design. For added efficiency, all port
identification and writable areas are silk-screened on the panel for easy administration.
With Patch Panels your phone and automation wiring systems can be easily organized no matter how complex the
application. By plugging all your cables into this hub you avoid the confusion of messy and untraceable wires. The panels
can also be used for Ethernet Cable configurations.
Performance is exceptional and is ideal for your current and future high speed expanding bandwidth applications.
12 Port Mini-Vertical Patch Panel
PART #
CATEGORY
PORTS
COLORS
J-V12-5-B
CAT5
12 Port
Black, Blue, Green, Red, Yellow $45.00
J-V12-5e-B
CAT5e
12 Port
Black, Blue, Green, Red, Yellow $45.00
J-V12-6-B
CAT6
12 Port
Black, Blue, Green, Red, Yellow
UNSHIELDED PATCH PANEL CAT 5E AND CAT 6
With Patch Panels your phone and automation wiring systems can be easily organized no matter how
complex the application. By plugging all your cables into this hub you avoid the confusion of messy and
untraceable wires. The panels can also be used for Ethernet Cable configurations.
Our CAT 5e patch panels are used for high speed LAN's transmission rates up to 155Mbps, these patch
panel was developed with a proprietary printed circuit board technology which results in performance to
meet EIA/TIA 568A Category 5E Enhanced specifications.
Unshielded Patch Panel CAT 5e and CAT 6
PART #
CATEGORY
PORTS COLORS
COLOR
J12-5EB-BK
CAT5e
12 Port
Black
Black
J12-6B-BK
CAT6
12 Port
J24-5EB-BK
CAT5e
24 Port
Black
J24-6B-BK
CAT6
24 Port
Black
J48-5EB-BK
CAT5e
48 Port
Black
J48-6B-BK
CAT6
48 Port
Black
J96-5EB-BK
CAT5e
96 Port
Black
J96-6B-BK
CAT6
96 Port
Black
PANDUIT® CORPORATION DP5E™ AND DP6™ PLUS PATCH PANELS
With Panduit patch panels your network and phone systems can be easily organized no matter how complex
the application. By plugging all your cables into this hub you avoid the confusion of messy and untraceable
wires. The panels can be used for Cat 5e or Cat 6 Ethernet Cable configurations.
Panduit CAT 5e and Category 6 patch panels are used for high speed LAN's transmission rates up to
155Mbps, these patch panels were developed with a proprietary printed circuit board technology which
results in performance to meet EIA/TIA 568A Category 5E Enhanced and Category 6 TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1
specifications.
Category 6 performance allows transmission of Gigabit Ethernet and other high speed applications.
108
The Fast Ethernet Media Switching Converter as a cost effective solution for expanding or extending
an existing Ethernet/Fast Ethernet network. It is a compact, reliable media conversion solution that
provides network administrators the ability to migrate or upgrade copper based networks to fiber
optic based networks.
Our single-mode converter is capable of handling the various cable whether data is transmitted
over single mode or long haul single mode fiber optics or operating in full or half duplex.
Our multi-mode converter is also capable of handling various configurations whether data is
transmitted over multi-mode, single-mode fiber optics, or operating in full or half-duplex.
These media converters have features such as remote and local loop back testing, auto negotiation, and link fault
signaling for total reliability. It also features seven DIP switches for manual activation of the enhanced features
ensuring the ability to be quickly integrated into a network configuration.
The single-mode series can support a variety of fiber optic cables and connectors that can extend distances up to
60km (37.28 miles) and the multi-mode can extend to distances up to 2km (1.24 miles). Both offer flexibility in the
migration to 100Base-FX networks!
Benefits
LINK FAULT SIGNALLING -- The LFS feature supports the creation of a redundant or secondary connection. This can be ideal
for those mission critical or constant service applications such as fiber to the building (FTTB) or Fiber to the Curb (FTTC). The
LFS LED provides immediate indication of when a cable has been severed or when some other cause of disruption in service
has occurred. Simultaneously, data transmission will be switched to the redundant link resulting in "non-stop" connectivity.
LOOP BACK TEST -- Once enabled via a DIP Switch, the remote or local Loop Back test feature allows the administrator to
instantly determine the status of the cable connection. This offers a simpler approach to trouble shooting; no manual inspection
of cables and wire closets are needed.
SUPPORT NWAY -- These media converters have the advantage of intelligent connection technology to support auto
negotiation, thereby eliminating the hassle of manually configuring or monitoring the settings. This ensures Plug and Play
operability.
CABLE FLEXIBILITY & SCALEABILITY -- They allow you to install fiber cabling anywhere within the network without having to
replace existing copper based cable. Its compact, modular design facilitates easy deployment in a narrow desktop location or
wall mount.
Features
Available for SC Single-mode; SC and ST Multi-mode
Device DIP switches allow multiple configuration options
Automatic MDI/MDI-X selection on RJ-45 port
Auto Negotiation, NWay support on RJ-45
Link Fault Signaling (LFS)
Remote and local loop back test
AC Power Adapter included and UL (E161450) approved
LEDs for at-a-glance device status
Extend distances ranging to 2km (multi-mode fiber) to 60km (single-mode fiber)
Store-and-forward at full wire speed
Internal and external power supply options
FCC Class A & CE Approved
Lifetime System Warranty
FAST ETHERNET MEDIA CONVERTERS
Back of ST Model
Back of SC Model
PART #
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR TYPES
IT-MC-100-MM
IT-MC-120-SM-SC
Enhanced 10/100 Base-TX to 100 Base-FX Multimode
Enhanced 10/100 Base-TX to 100 Base-FX Singlemode
ST, SC
SC
109
CORNING CABLES AND CONNECTORS
OFNP MIC® Riser
Corning Cable Systems OFNP MIC® Cables are perfect for routing cable inside buildings, building backbone, horizontal
installations in riser shafts, telecommunications rooms and work stations for all high speed data applications. These
cables utilize 900 µm TBII buffered fibers surrounded by dielectric strength members with a flexible, flame retardant
outer jacket. Corning Cable Systems OFNR MIC® cables meet NEC® (National Electrical Code) Article 770 application
requirements and are OFNR, UL 1666, ICEA S-83-596 listed.
OFNP MIC® Plenum Cable
Corning Cable Systems OFNP MIC® Plenum Cables are perfect for routing cable inside buildings, building backbone, horizontal installations in
plenum areas, riser shafts, telecommunications rooms and work stations for all high speed data applications. Small diameter and bend radius
allow easy installation in space constrained areas. All dielectric cable construction requires no grounding or bonding These cables utilize
900mm Tight Buffered Fibers surrounded by dielectric strength members with a flexible, flame retardant outer jacket. Corning Cable Systems
OFNP MIC® cables meet NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 770 application requirements and are OFNP and FT-6 listed.
Riser
CORNING Transmission Performance
Flame Resistance UL-1666(for riser and general building applications)
Performance option code: 30: 62.5/125m
Available with MSHA (Mine Safety & Health Administration Approval)
Maximum Attenuation: 3.5db. /1.0km
Availability with Approval for TEMPEST applications
Typical Attenuation: 3.0db. /1.0km
Minimum LED Bandwidth: 200 Mhz/500km
Serial Gigabit Ethernet Distance: 300/550m
Plenum Features
Features:
Flame Resistance NFPA 262(for plenum, riser and general building applications)
Gigabit Ethernet Distance Guarantee: 300/550m
900µm TBII Buffered Fibers enable easy, consistent stripping
Small diameter and bend radius allow easy installation in space constrained areas
Fiber Counts from 2 to 24 strands
62.5/125µm as standard offering (50/125µm, and single mode available upon request). Higher fiber counts also available.
All dielectric cable construction requires no grounding or bonding
Listed OFNR and FT-4
Meets NEC Article 770 OFNR, CSA FT-4, ICEA S-83-596
CORNING UniCam® Connectors
Corning UniCam® connector is the perfect solution for all field installable multi mode and single mode fiber optic
connector requirements. The quick installation reduces overall labor costs of connectorization making the Unicam
connector cost effective for all fiber applications, from the main-cross connect to the workstation. The Unicam® connector
can best be described as a mini pigtail. It contains a factory installed fiber stub that is fully bonded in the ferrule. The
other end is precisely cleaved and placed into the patented alignment mechanism of our mechanical splice. Both the field
fiber and the fiber stub are fully protected from environmental factors. This labor saving field installable connector
requires no polishing unlike other non epoxy connectors.
PART #
DESCRIPTION
IT-95-000-40
IT-95-000-50
IT-95-000-99
SC Multimode UniCam Connector 62.5 fiber
ST Multimode UniCam Connector 62.5 fiber
LC Multimode UniCam Connector 62.5 fiber
CORNING UniCam® Fiber Optic Termination Tool Kits
Corning Cable Systems UniCam Connector Installation Tool kits are designed with the installer in mind. Conveniently packaged in an easy to carry
ballistic nylon bag, the tool kits are compact and easy to carry around the job site. We carry all Corning Connector Tool kits including the TKT-UNICAM,
TKT-UNICAM-CTS, TKT-UNICAM-CTS-SF and the newest Tool kit called the Elite™ TOOL KIT. Both the CTS Continuity Test Set versions of the
UniCam® Connector Tool Kit set of products provide a visual feedback feature when terminating UniCam SC, LC, ST compatible or MT-RJ connectors.
110
Our Fiber Optic Jumpers assemblies are U.S. manufactured in an ISO 9001:2000 certified factory using only the highest quality
components. Each jumper is fully tested, to Telcordia standards, for insertion loss and back reflection prior to shipment. Singlemode
jumpers are also tested for APEX, radius and undercut.
Each jumper is packaged in a sealed plastic bag with cleaning instructions.
Our quality assemblies provide the solution for such protocols as Ethernet, Fibre Channel, Infiniband, ATM and Internet Protocol.
Custom colors and lengths available upon request.
Fiber Optic Patch Cords - Singlemode
Singlemode is an optical fiber, with a small core (2-9 microns that supports one mode). The mode
size (standard ie 8.3/125) is stamped on the yellow cable jacket. Singlemode is most commonly used
for high speed, long distance applications.
Whether you require ST or SC connectors, our quality assemblies provide the simple solution.
SC-SC | SC-ST | SC-LC | SC-FC | ST-ST | ST-SC | ST-LC | ST-FC | LC-LC | LC-SC | LC-ST | LC-FC
Fiber Optic Patch Cords - Multimode (62.5/125um)
Multimode is an optical fiber with a core (25-200 microns) that supports several modes. The core
commonly 62.5/125 or 50/125 is stamped on the cable jacket.
Always check equipment requirements or the cable jacket to determine which core size you need.
Multimode is most commonly used for lower speed, short distance applications.
Whether you require STor SC connectors, our quality assemblies provide the simple solution.
SC-SC | SC-ST | SC-LC | ST-ST | ST-SC | ST-LC | LC-LC | LC-SC | LC-ST
Fiber Optic Patch Cords - Multimode (50/125um)
Multimode is an optical fiber with a core (25-200 microns) that supports several modes. The core
commonly 62.5/125 or 50/125 is stamped on the cable jacket.
Always check equipment requirements or the cable jacket to determine which core size you need.
Multimode is most commonly used for lower speed, short distance applications.
FIBER OPTIC PATCH CORDS
Whether you require STor SC connectors, our quality assemblies provide the simple solution.
SC-SC | SC-ST | SC-LC | ST-ST | ST-SC | ST-LC | LC-LC | LC-SC | LC-ST
Fiber Optic Testers
Fiber optic testers check the continuity of the network from one point to another. The Pulse
Suppressor Test Boxes are used to eliminate “dead zones.” Dead zones exist where the Optical Time
Domain Reflectometer, or OTDR, is unable to measure the distance and loss between two points.
Pulse suppressors are available for single fiber or 12 fiber configurations. Connector-adapter
cleaning kits are also available.
111
WALL AND RACK MOUNT FIBER OPTIC ENCLOSURES
CableOrganizer offers a variety of Wall mount and rack mount fiber optic patch and splice enclosures.
These data cabinets are available pre-loaded with any connector interface required.
Stubbed boxes are available with stranded, ribbon or loose tube cable.
Please call for pricing. We will need to know:
• Do you need single mode or multimode?
• How many strands of fiber are needed?
• Is this enclosure going to be for indoor or outdoor use, or both?
• Does this system have to be riser or plenum rated?
• What is the length of cable that you need?
Wall Mount Fiber Patch Panel Enclosures
Features:
Pre-loaded patch panels
Can be used for 19” or 23” racks
Bend radius controllers are mounted so as to maintain optimal bend radius for cable
slack whether patching or splicing
Rack Mount Fiber Patch Panel Enclosure
LEVITON OPT-X® 1000 RACK-MOUNT ENCLOSURES
Leviton OPT-X® 1000 1 RU Fiber Optic Enclosures can be utilized for any 19” rack mount fiber applications
that require the patching, cross-connect and/or splicing of up to 24 single-mode or multi-mode fibers. They
are ideal for installations where space is limited. The 1 RU enclosures feature front and rear tilt up lids for
unobstructed access to adapter and mounting plates. Made of 18 gauge steel, the OPT-X® low profile rack
mount enclosure meets or exceeds all applicable standards: TIA/EIA-568-B, -606, and –607. They are UL
listed and CSA certified.
Dimensions: 1.75” H x 19.0” W x 12.0” D
Leviton Opt-X® Adapter Plates
Opt-X® Adapter plates provide a perfect fit onto Leviton’s line of fiber Opt-X Enclosures and their
multimedia adapter bracket. They are used with ST®, FC, SC, LC and MT-RJ QuickPort® snap in
connector applications. Adapter plates are available loaded or unloaded.
Dimensions: 1.25” H x 4.94” W x .06" D
110 BLOCK WIRING, 66 PHONE CONNECTIONS
110 Block Wiring, 66 Phone Connections
Features for the 66 Blocks:
Open ends to make installation simpler
25 pair connector and/or modular components can be mounted on the sides or the back of brackets
Molded brackets made from flame retardant thermoplastic
Features for the 110 Blocks:
Durable and convenient design
Ideal for many applications such as cross-connect and consolidation point applications
Interchangeable colored labels can be mounted in the center or on the outside of the wiring block
66 Connecting Block
110 Wiring Block
112
Panduit Pan-Punch 110 Connecting blocks provide a highly reliable 110 termination solution.
These patented category 5 compliant connecting blocks exceed the TIA/EIA-568-B.2 standard and
are RoHS compliant. Constructed of sturdy high impact polycarbonate and UL listed 94V-0. They can
be used with 22-26 AWG solid or stranded UTP cable. They are available in 3, 4,or 5 pair styles.
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e bases feature an exclusive deeper channel that provides more space
for the cable jacket, which can be brought up to the point of termination to help maintain the pair
twists within 1/2”.
Features:
Highly visible RING color-coded wiring slots for easy identification
Can be used with single or multiple punchdown tools
Can be utilized with discrete wires or Pan-Punch® Patch Cord Connector
Made of UL 94V-0 high-impact polycarbonate material
Metal contact is retained in the single piece connector housing
Connecting block color is electric ivory
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5 5-Pair
Connecting Block
The Panduit GIGA-PUNCH™ Category 6 Punchdown System, made up of CAT6 connecting blocks
and high density bases, is used as a Category 6 interconnect or cross connect of workstation cabling
to equipment cabling, or as a consolidation point in zone cabling applications. GIGA-PUNCH™ high
density bases can be substituted for existing 110 installations, yielding a 44% increase.
Features:
Base positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 punchdown connecting blocks
Uses existing 100- and 300-pair 110-style base footprint and mounting dimensions to ensure familiarity
to existing installations
High density bases available with or without legs for a variety of mounting options
Multiple mounting holes available
Delivers CAT6 performance using discrete wire or patch cords
Positioning of contacts delivers maximum performance by reducing wire pair untwists
Highly visible, color-coded wiring strip improves ease of termination and troubleshooting
Sturdy polycarbonate one-piece design
Color of base is electric ivory
GIGA-PUNCH CAT6
High Density Base
PANDUIT® 110 CONNECTING BLOCKS AND BASES
ECONOMY TELECOM BACKBOARDS
Economy Backboards provide an extremely cost effective alternative to cutting, priming and painting
Building System Backboards yourself. These pre-fabricated backboards are pre-packaged in
quantities of 4 panels in the most common sizes to fit with your telecommunication products. Made
of exterior grade ¾” plywood, these panels meet project specification requirements. All panels are
primed and coated with Flame Spread treated latex paint on all sides. Panels are available in
White, Gray, or Black and are packaged with 1/16” foam pad in between panels to protect the
coating on the surface during shipping.
Features:
Pre-fabricated 3/4” exterior grade plywood
Primer sealer is applied to plywood substrate
Flame spread treated latex paint (Fed Spec TP-29-J) applied to all sides
Flame Retardant Treatment tested by U.S. Testing Co., Inc. Lab 106
Treated latex ASTM-E84 Class “B” Flame Retardant
Available in White, Gray or Black. Mounting fasteners and touch-up paint sold separately
Sizes:
Bulk 2’H x 2’W (3/4” Plywood)
Bulk 4’H x 2’W (3/4” Plywood)
Economy Panel Kit - 4’W x 8’H (3/4” AC)
113
KVM Switches
4-PORT DESKTOP KVM SWITCH (USB)
The Tripp Lite 4-port USB KVM Switch controls up to 4 USB computers from one keyboard, mouse, and
monitor. The 4-port USB KVM switch features keyboard and mouse emulation for error-free boot-ups and
works on all operating systems. The KVM switch also supports 180MHz video resolutions up to 1920 x 1440
pixels without any noticeable degradation. The USB KVM Switch has a compact design and does not require
external power, software, or complicated set-up procedures.
Part # TL-B006-004-R
8-PORT 1U RACKMOUNT KVM SWITCH
The Tripp Lite 8-port KVM Switch controls up to 8 computers (combination of PS/2, AT, Mac, Sun, & USB) from
one keyboard, mouse and monitor. Multiple (purchased separately) KVM switches can be daisy-chained
together in order to control up to 512 computers. Computers can be switched using the On Screen Display
(OSD), keyboard hot key or front panel switch. The 8-port KVM switch features keyboard and mouse emulation
for error-free boot-ups and works on all operating systems. Supports ultra high 180MHz video resolutions up to
1920 x 1440 pixels without any noticeable degradation. Adjusts to use as either a rackmount or stackable unit.
Part # TL-B007-008
NETDIRECTOR™ 8-PORT 1U RACKMOUNT CONSOLE KVM SWITCH
The Tripp Lite NetDirector™ 8-port KVM Console Switch controls up to eight (8) computers from one keyboard,
mouse and monitor. This single unit includes an 8 port KVM switch, keyboard, 15" LCD monitor and touchpad - all in
only 1U of rack space. The console stores neatly in the rack and slides out when needed. Up to 504 computers may
be controlled from this single console by daisy-chaining additional 16 port KVM switches (model TL-B022-016). Ports
can be switched using the touchpad with On Screen Display (OSD), or by using the keyboard "hot key" functions.
Ability to control PS/2, USB, or SUN systems with the optional cable kit.
Part # TL-B020-008
NETDIRECTOR™ 16-PORT CONSOLE KVM SWITCH
The Tripp Lite NetDirector™ 16-port KVM Console Switch controls multiple computers from one keyboard, mouse
and monitor. The single unit combines a 16 port KVM switch, keyboard, 15" LCD monitor and touchpad. Stores
neatly in a 1U rack space and pulls out when needed. Controls up to 512 computers from a single console by
daisy-chaining additional 16 port KVM switches (model TL-B022-016). Switch ports using the touchpad with On
Screen Display (OSD) or by using keyboard "hot key" functions. Controls PS/2, USB, or SUN systems with the
appropriate cable kit.
Part # TL-B020-016
Includes:
TL-B020-016 16-port KVM Switch
AC power adapter
Instruction manual
Flash-upgrade cable
TL-B015-000 USB to PS/2 adapter
1 year Warranty
Control an entire network in just
1U of rack space
114
Racks / Enclosures
Quest's 400 series enclosures are available in a variety of heights and colors and are
designed for mounting Telecommunications, Datacommunications, Security, Broadcast
and other 19" electronic equipment. Quest enclosures are manufactured to ANSI/EIA
RS310-D Standards.
All 400 series enclosures feature louvered side and rear removable and keyed panels for
increased air-flow and ventilation.
These enclosures come complete with dual fans, 4 (2 front, 2 rear) adjustable mounting
rails tapped with EIA spaced #12-24 threading, casters, leveling feet, ground bus and
lockable acrylic front door. Shipped fully assembled.
SPECIFICATIONS AND FEATURES:
Floor Equipment Enclosure With Removable Panel
Construction
Structure: Cold Rolled Steel - 16 AWG
Side and Rear Panels:
Cold Rolled Steel, 18 AWG (3, 4 & 5 ft. Heights), 16 AWG (6 & 7 ft. Heights)
Base: Cold Rolled Steel - 14 AWG
Rails: Laminated Steel - 16 AWG
Front Door: Smoked Acrylic -with ventilated steel frame
Features
Removable side and rear panels utilizing dual latching keepers and keyed for security. Ventilated on all panels for
excellent air circulation characteristics.
Top panel features cutouts for fans and cutouts for cable access.
Platform with cutouts for cable access.
Features 4 fully adjustable internal equipment rails tapped for #12-24 mounting screws in EIA universal spacing.
Front door is reversible for left or right opening.
Quick-turn keyed door latch for securing.
Comes packaged complete with 50 equipment screws, 4 internal mounting rails, leveling feet, casters, grounding bus
and 2 ventilation fans 60 cfm each.
Meets or Exceeds EIA 310D Standards.
Shipped Fully Assembled.
Racks / Enclosures
ENCLOSURE RACK 400 SERIES
Finish:
Paint: Electrostatic Microfinish
Colors: Ivory or Black
*Custom colors available. Minimum quantities apply.
FLOOR ENCLOSURES 400 Series 19''x24''
PART#
INTERNAL INTERNAL
HEIGHT
DEPTH
WEIGHT
FORMAT
U/RMS
OVERALL
HEIGHT
OVERALL
WIDTH
DEPTH
QFE4019-20
20
3'
22.5''
24''
35''
21.5''
128 lbs
19''
QFE4019-28
28
4'
22.5''
24''
47''
21.5''
159.50 lbs
19''
QFE4019-34
34
5'
22.5''
24''
59.5''
21.5''
204 lbs
19''
QFE4019-40
40
6'
22.5''
24''
70''
21.5''
227.04 lbs
19''
QFE4019-45
45
7'
22.5''
24''
78.5''
21.5''
250.36 lbs
19''
115
Racks / Enclosures
GREAT LAKES ENHANCED SERVER ENCLOSURE
Enhanced Series Enclosures provide a feature-rich enclosure for housing telecommunication equipment, computer hardware,
LAN equipment and other electronic equipment. The Enhanced Series modular design accommodates initial installation and
future additions in today's progressive network environment. Enhanced Enclosure shipments are the quickest in the industry.
When it's delivery that really counts, we can provide the fit, the quality and the service you deserve - on time.
Specifications:
Dimensions:
84”H x 29”W x 42”D and 84"H x 24"W x 42"D
Shipping Weight: 400 - 475 lbs.
Rack Spaces: 44U EIA 310-D Compliant
Colors: Black
Weight Capacity: 1800 lbs. on levelers, bolted to floor, or on casters
Made in the United States
Features:
Base unit with 3 pair of powder coated 19" M6 rails and M6 hardware
Note: 10/32 tapped rails available, must be specified at time of order
Adjustable Levelers (4.00" in height) - set of 6*
Two mesh steel doors for 84"H x 29"W Base Unit
Four Solid lift-off side panels w/lock & finger release latches, 2 required per side
Perforated top panel
Vertical cable management
Waterfall cable management, 29"
Two Horizontal Cable Management, front to back
16 position power strip with circuit breaker and 15 ft. cord
Accessories:
Doors, Side Panels, Removable Top & Bottom Panels, Cable
Management, Stationary Shelves for 19” Mounting, Sliding
Shelves for 19” Mounting, Fan Trays, Cooling Equipment, Power
Outlet Strips, Copper Bus Bars & Cooling Equipment, Casters,
Levelers, Mounting Rails & more.
To get more information on accessories for these cabinets
please visit our website or contact us at: 866-222-0030
GREAT LAKES S² SERIES COMPLETE SOUND AND SECURITY ENCLOSURES
The S² Sound and Security computer armoires series is designed for the broadcast, video, audio, security, networks and
communication industries.
Specifications:
Dimensions:
84”H x 24”W x 32”D and 84"H x 24"W x 36"D
Shipping Weight: 275 lbs..
Rack Spaces: 45U
Colors: Black
Weight Capacity: 1200 lbs.
Features:
4 vertical rails are fully adjustable and tapped for #10-32 mounting screws, EIA 310-D
compliant, cage nut mounting optional, mounting hardware included
Reversible hinge doors, front and rear, for left or right opening
Quick release lift off and lockable solid side panels
Removable top panels, all with 2 4" wide horseshoes cable access knock-outs. Makes it
Accessories:
possible to replace top panel even with cabling installed (3 styles: louvered with fan provision, Doors, Removable Top Panels, Cable Management, Stationary
Shelves for 19” Mounting, Sliding Shelves for 19” Mounting,
solid, and 10" fan - 550 C.F.M.)
Power Outlet Strips, Copper Bus Bars & Cooling Equipment,
All doors have keyed lock swing handle
Casters, Levelers, Mounting Rails & more.
Doors and frame have grounding lugs provided
To get more information on accessories for these cabinets
please visit our website or contact us at: 866-222-0030
Shipped fully assembled - installed with desired accessories
116
Racks / Enclosures
B-Line offers a comprehensive line of standard and custom cabinets for the
telecommunications, electronics, data and computer industries. The full lines of
B-Line's electronic enclosures includes both free-standing and wall-mountable
styles, as well as a complete selection of complementary accessories.
Access Cabinet System Utilizing unique tubular top and base frames combined
with extruded aluminum center posts, the Access cabinet's cornerless frame
design offers unmatched accessibility and usable space.
Tubular frame construction provides maximum cable access through the top and
base of the cabinet. Quick release, lockable hinged doors provide for ease of
entry and required security.
Specifications:
Dimensions:
52.5"H x 23.625"W x 26.6"D, 52.5"H x 23.625"W x 36"D, 61.25"H x 23.625"W x 26.6"D, 61.25"H x 23.625"W x 36"D,
73.5"H x 23.625"W x 26.6"D, 73.5"H x 23.625"W x 36"D, 78.75"H x 223.625"W x 26.6"D, 78.75"H x 23.625"W x 36"D,
87.5"H x 23.625"W x 26.6"D, 87.5"H x 23.625"W x 36"D
Shipping Weight: 138-160 lbs.
Rack Spaces: 27U, 32U, 39U, 42U, 49U
Colors: Light Gray with Blue Trim & Black with Black Trim
INCLUDES: Access Rack, Frame with Standard Corner Plates and Jacking Feet, 19" panel mount rails (piercing for cage nuts), No Front Door,
Vented Rear Door (Hinged Left), Plain side panel sets, Top Panel: Plain front, Vented rear. Complete with 50 #12-24 cage nuts and screws
Also Available With Glass Front Door. Visit our website for more information
GREAT LAKES ENHANCED-SERIES 19" RACK MOUNT ENCLOSURE
Enhanced Series Enclosures provide a feature-rich enclosure for housing telecommunication equipment,
computer hardware, LAN equipment and other electronic equipment. The Enhanced Series modular
design accommodates initial installation and future additions in today's progressive network
environment. Enhanced Enclosure shipments are the quickest in the industry. When it's delivery that
really counts, we can provide the fit, the quality and the service you deserve - on time.
Racks / Enclosures
ACCESS CABINET/ WIRE MANAGEMENT CABINET
Specifications:
Dimensions:
72”H x 24"W x 32”D, 72"H x 24"W x 36"D, 72"H x 29"W x 32"D, 72"H x 29"W x 36"D
84"H x 24"W x 32"D, 84"H x 24"W x 36"D, 84"H x 29"W x 32"D, 84"H x 29"W x 36"D
Shipping Weight: 300 - 400 lbs.
Rack Spaces: 37 U, 44U EIA 310-D Compliant
Colors: Advantage Gray, Black or Nitro Blue.
Weight Capacity: 1500 lbs. on levelers, bolted to floor, or on heavy duty casters
Features:
Base unit with two (2) pair of powder coated 19" universal (M6) rails and M6 hardware
Adjustable Levelers (2.50" in height) - set of 4*
Top panel & fan assembly w/550 CFM 10” fan & 6ft. cord for 24” or 29” W base unit
Plexiglas door with locking swing handle
Perimeter vented steel rear door with locking swing handle
Pair of solid lift-off side panels w/lock and finger release latches
16 position power strip with circuit breaker and 15 ft. cord
Accessories:
Doors, Side Panels, Removable Top & Bottom
Panels, Cable Management,
Stationary Shelves for 19” Mounting, Sliding
Shelves for 19” Mounting, Power Outlet Strips,
Copper Bus Bars & Cooling Equipment,
Casters, Levelers, Mounting Rails & more.
To get more information on accessories for
these cabinets please visit our website or
contact us at: 866-222-0030
117
Racks / Enclosures
BUD INDUSTRIES TURN KEY CABINETS
Completely installed and made in the USA , these Bud Industries turn key rack mount cabinets are ready for
use and can equip up to 1200 pounds of equipment.
Quality, Value and reliability are the basis for all of Bud Industries’ products including their economical turnkey
cabinets.Bud makes a commitment to 100% quality assurance to you, our customer.
Our cabinets are made of cold rolled steel that is welded for durability. These cabinets come with two pairs of
#10-32 tapped rails and do not have a need for cage nuts. Panel Mounting Rails are installed at full height with
E.I.A. Spacing.
Features
Louvered side panels and rear door for extra ventilation
Smoke Gray Plexiglas Door
Ventilated top suitable for (QBI-FN1282) exhaust fan
Accepts 19” E.I.A width panels
Panel rails are tapped#10-32 on E.I.A Universal spacing made from 12 gauge steel
Vertical rails are 14-gauge steel
1200 lb. Load capacity for your heavy-duty equipment
Four 4.00” diameter cable access holes in the top and one 9.56” square hole in the base.
Installed locking Plexiglas door in Smoke Gray finish
Two pairs of installed full height panel mounting rails
These shelves are Rated to 200 pound load capacity with all hardware and additional brackets included.
Mounting holes are pierced for optional casters (QBI-RC-7758)
For more information about dimensions and
Shelves are shipped unassembled, packed inside the rack.
various accessories, please visit our website or
Housing all your electronics in a secure environment
call toll free (866) 222-0030
GREAT LAKES - ENVIRONMENTAL ZONE 4 ENCLOSURES
If you need a seismic rated telecommunications enclosure for your structural environment, Great Lakes GL720
Zone 4 enclosures are a great choice. They have been tested to meet or exceed Telcordia GR-63-CORE seismic
zone 4 standards which require that each enclosure frame, with doors and side panels installed, be capable of
withstanding significant seismic shocks in both essential and non-essential structural environments.
Features:
39 RMU
1500 lbs load capacity
Seismic Rated to Telcordia GR-63-CORE zone 4 standards
Heavy-duty base unit, bottom corner plates reinforced for floor anchoring
Two pair of zinc plated 12-gauge steel rails with #10-32 tapped holes
Solid steel side panels removable from the inside
Steel front and rear doors with double X-brace
Rear door has perforated bottom, and locking 3-point latch assembly
One set of seismic anchors included
Choice of 19" or 23" rails (please specify when ordering)
Made in the USA
118
Racks / Enclosures
The Compact 100 series wall-mount enclosures offers the installers an economical solution to 19"
wall-mount applications. Made from 1-piece construction, this series provides a cost effective
solution for mounting electronic equipment and components. For 19" Rack-mount equipment.
The Compact 200 series wall-mount enclosures features removable side panels for easy
access to equipment and wiring and are key-locked for secure access. Available in various
sizes and colors. For 19" rack-mount equipment.
Compact 100 series
The Compact 300 series wall-mount enclosures features Swing-out wall mount enclosure with
vented side panels. Top and Rear panels feature cutouts for cable access and top panel
ventilation fan cutout.
Designed with internal mounting rails tapped for #12-24 mounting screws in accordance with EIA
standards. Meets or Exceeds EIA-310D Standards
Compact 200 series
Construction:
Structure: One-Piece Construction
Rails: Laminated Steel- 16 AWG
Panels: Laminated Steel- 20 AWG
Front Door: Smoked Acrylic Door, Steel Frame With Key Lock
Finish:
Paint: Electrostatic Microfinish
Colors: Ivory or Black
Compact 300 series
WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES WS & WM SERIES - GREAT LAKES
The Wall Mount/Swing Out WS Series Enclosures provide 19" 310-D compliant mounting in a
heavy duty distribution unit. This durable enclosure features a center swing out section for
outstanding front and rear access to cables and equipment. A simple finger pull-latch mechanism
located inside the enclosure swings the 18.375" deep center swing section open from the rear.
With only an 18" depth, the new WM Series Wall Mount/Swing Out Enclosure is the perfect solution
for securing equipment wherever space is a premium. The design allows for on-site decisions for a
left or right-hand door swing. The top and bottoms are the same, allowing the enclosure to be
flipped over to change the opening doors.
Racks / Enclosures
WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES - QUEST
WS series
WM series
Features WS Series:
UL listed per STD 508, Type 1
ISO 9001:2000 registered
Choose your front door style (solid or plexiglas)
Front door locks
Interchangeable side panels
Two pairs of 12-24 tapped 19" EIA rails (12 Gauge)
Swing out center section
Front and rear cable access
Provisions for 2 low profile 75 cfm fans at top or bottom (does NOT include fans)
Knockouts designed for 1", 2", and 3" conduit at top, bottom and rear sections
Reversible mounting to conserve space
Features WM Series:
Made of 14 Gauge cold rolled steel fully welded,
front door (16 Ga)
UL listed per STD 508, Type 1
UL Listed: UL60950-1 Standard for IT & Comm.
Equipment, Cabinet Enclosures and Rack Systems
ISO 9001:2000 registered
Choose your front door style (solid or plexiglas)
Two pairs of 12-24 tapped 19" EIA rails (12 Gauge)
Sides of center section have vented slots at top
and bottom
Provisions for 2 low profile 75 cfm fans at top or
bottom (optional)
119
Racks / Enclosures
NEMA 12 WALLMOUNT ENCLOSURES - GREAT LAKES
Great Lakes' NEMA 12 Wall Mount Enclosures have been tested and certified to NEMA 250-1997 Type 12
requirements. These sturdy and attractive 14-gauge steel wall mount cabinets are designed to prevent the
ingress of dust, water and oil in dirty environments. Front and side doors are keyed for security.
Features
Certified to NEMA 250-1997
19" EIA 310-D Compliant
Shipped fully-assembled, with 50 additional #12-24 screws
Two pairs of 12-gauge #12-24 threaded mounting rails
Rails are adjustable front to back
Available in 3 heights: 12 RMU, 19 RMU, 26 RMU
Load capacity: up to 300 lbs (for 26 RMU)
Keyed locks have dust covers
WALL MOUNT ELECTRONICS ENCLOSURE - COOPER B-LINE
The Cooper B Line offers the innovative wall mount electronics enclosure server cabinet models with
designs and features to fit most applications. All Cooper B Line cheap network wall mount enclosures
conform to EIA 310-D universal hole spacing and are manufactured from high-quality steel or aluminum.
Features
High-quality 16 ga. (1.5 mm) steel construction
Heavy duty, field reversible, hinge and lock system
300 lbs. (136 kg) equipment capacity
Mounting holes 16” (406mm) on centers for easy mounting 16” stud spacing
Fully adjustable E1A-310-D front mounting rail system with 12-24 tapped holes
Top and bottom cable/conduit knockouts
Power strips and cable management can be mounted on back panel or optional mounting rails
Grilled bottom with filter option for increased air flow
Powder coat finish in three standard colors—Light Gray, Black, Beige
KENDALL HOWARD COMPACT SERIES SOHO SERVER RACK
These sleek and robust server racks are specially designed for the small business, home office, or IT
professional who wants better than just "good enough." With locking, yet lift off, front and back doors,
casters, adjustable rails (with universal mounting holes), mesh front and rear doors, and plenty of venting,
the new low profile Compact Series SOHO Server Racks are perfect for those small, tight environments.
Features
Available heights: 8U, 12 U
Width: 23.125"
Depth: 31.125" (outside) - 29" (usable space)
Rail depth: Adjustable from 3 to 29 inches
Front and Back Doors lock with same key and Southco lock
Ultra Quiet Fan included and installed
Casters included
Venting: all sides providing increased airflow
Weight capapcity: 400lbs
Riveted frame with 4 rack angle gussets
Textured powder coat finish (back)
For more information about dimensions and
various accessories, please visit our website or
call toll free (866) 222-0030
120
Racks / Enclosures
Features:
"U" shaped rails 3'' x 1 1/4'' and 3” x 3/16” tapped with #12-24 both front and rear with EIA
compliant RMS spacing
Complete with assembly hardware and set of #12-24 tapped equipment screws
Meets or exceeds EIA-310D standards
Laminated Steel 14 AWG Mounting Brackets
Available only in Black Powder Coat Finish
Swing -Out Wall Mount Rack
Swing-Out Wall Mount Racks 500 Series
WIDTH
HEIGHT
WEIGHT
PART#
U/RMS
QSR1935-20
20
35''
19''
18''
42.76 lbs
QSR1943-25
25
43.75''
19''
18''
49.10 lbs
DEPTH
Fixed Design Wall Mount Racks 500 Series
PART#
U/RMS
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
WEIGHT
QWR1922-13
13
22.75''
19''
12''
16.50 lbs
QWR1928-16
16
28''
19''
12''
17.16 lbs
QWR1935-20
20
35''
19''
12''
18.04 lbs
Wall Mount Fixed Design
WALL MOUNT RACKS FROM KENDALL HOWARD
If you are looking for strength, durability and aesthetics in a wall mount rack design, Kendall
Howard has a great rack for you. Its two-piece design installs in less than 5 minutes and
supports over 250 pounds. Whether you are using this rack in a small office, home office or
Telecom environment, this rack is ideal with an adjustable width to meet any requirements.
They are made from a system of steel truss cutouts in the side panels not unlike what you
would see on a hanging bridge or home roof truss. Each bar or truss carries the weight of
the one above it until the ultimate load is carried back to the wall itself. The strength is
unprecedented and the wallmount will never pull away from the wall.
Racks / Enclosures
WALL MOUNT RACK BY GREAT LAKES
Features:
Available in 8 RMU and 12 RMU sizes
16- gauge steel; .90 gauge rails
Load capacity 250 lbs
2 piece steel design installs in 5 minutes
Adjusts to any size width: 19” EIA, 24” telecom or any width required Desk mountable, wall mountable,
ceiling mountable
Universal mounting holes for most common hardware
Side cutouts for easy cabling
Standard pre tapped 10-32 rail holes
Strength and durability of our Kendall Howard Modular Rack
Made in the USA
PART #
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
QKH-1915-3-001-08
QKH-1915-3-001-12
Wall Mount Rack - 8U
Wall Mount Rack - 12U
14.25” H x 18” D
21.25” H x 18” D
11 lbs
15.2 lbs
121
Racks / Enclosures
BUD INDUSTRIES STEEL OPEN FRAME RELAY RACK
With a 650 lbs. load capacity, these extremely strong open frame 2 post relay racks are made to hold your
heavy LAN, computer or other equipment with ease. It is constructed of a chassis type base with supporting
angles and come in 5 sizes.
Compliant to EIA standards and E.I.A. universal spacing these racks are drilled to hold casters if needed. The
rails are tapped for 10-32 standard screws.For your preference you can choose from metallic gray or textured
black finishes. Racks are shipped with all necessary hardware included for installation. These Racks stand out
in value with extraordinary quality!
Features
100% Quality Assurance Guarantee!
They are made proudly in the USA
650LB. Load capacity
Exceptionally Strong Design Made of 12 Gauge Steel
These quality Steel Racks come in 5 Sizes to meet your requirements: 18U, 21U, 38U,
41U and 44U
Panel Rack of standard 19” Width
Rails are tapped #10-32 on standard Universal E.I.A. Spacing
Choose either Metallic Gray or a Black Textured Finish
Racks are shipped knocked down in two cartons with all necessary. Hardware Included
For more information on sizes and accessories, please visit our website or call us toll free at (866) 222-0030
CABLE COVE™ 2 POST RACK
The Kendall Howard Cable Cove 2-Post Rack is a great inexpensive way to mount components. These open racks are excellent for
wire cabinets, telephonic devices, and general network components.
Made from US steel, each rack post has a generous 4 inch internal cove for cable routing. Side panels have routing holes and
ganging holes to mount multiple units together. Rails have universal mounting holes that are compatible with virtually every cage
nut size available on the market today. These racks can be freestanding or bolted to the floor (floor mount hardware not included).
PART #
QKH-1911-3-000-41
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSIONS (IN)
HEIGHT X WIDTH
WEIGHT
Cable Cove 2 Post Rack
41U x 19”
81lbs
FOUR-POST KNOCKDOWN OPEN FRAME RACK
The new knockdown Four Post 41U Open Frame Rack from Kendall Howard is revolutionizing the rack industry. Shipping in just
one box Kendall Howard delivers one of the strongest adjustable knockdown racks manufactured today. Made from square
tube steel patent pending design and assembled with just a few bolts makes this racking system both affordable and versatile.
122
Part #
Description
QKH-1940-3-001-41
Four Post Rack Frame
Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth
41U x 19” x 36”
Weight
110 lbs
For features and accessories, please visit our website or call toll free (866) 222-0030
Racks / Enclosures
Universal Self-Support Rack
Features
Universal junction hole pattern matches most manufacturers racks
#12-24 panel mounting holes
Load Rating: 1000 lbs. (453kg) weight capacity when evenly distributed
for the height of the rack
Standard height 84" (2133mm). Other heights available
Protective packaging for parcel shipment
Includes 30 dog point mounting screws
Double sided universal (.625" (16mm), .625" (16mm), .5" (13mm)) or
wide 1.25" (32mm),
.5" (13mm)) mounting spacing
Twin 1.5" (38mm) x 1.5" (38mm) top angles for rigidity
Self-squaring with tapped assembly holes
UL Listed (File # E171936)
Material: 6061-T6 aluminum alloy
Finish: Brushed 2B finish (BRSH), Telco Gray Powder Coat (TG), Flat
Black Powder Coat (FB) or Computer White Powder Coat (CW)
RLA SERIES ALUMINUM TWO-POST OPEN FRAME RACK
Racks / Enclosures
UNIVERSAL SELF-SUPPORT RACK
If you're looking for versatility and durability at a great price, you can't go wrong with RLA Series aluminum two-post racks by Middle Atlantic.
Not only are these open frame racks TIA/EIA-compliant, they're also available in heights of 45 and 51
rack units. Both sizes feature 15' deep bases constructed of sturdy 1/4" thick aluminum, which include
precut holes and screws for secure floor mounting. This product is perfect for applications that require
tough racks with hefty weight capacity: the 45U size can support 400 lbs, and the 51U model has the
capability to support up to 1600 lbs when anchored!
Features
UL listed in the USA and Canada
EIA/TIA Compliant
Heavy Duty 3/16” thick extruded aluminum uprights are
12-24 threaded front and rear
Heavy Duty 1/4” thick aluminum top angle provides extra stability for
cable ladders
Racks ship flat and are easy to assemble, due to their simple and
convenient "knockdown" design
Includes 25, 12-24 rack screws
Made in the
Lifetime Warranty
For more information or choices, please visit our website or contact us at: (866) 222-0030
123
Racks / Enclosures
COMPUTER WORKBENCH W/FULL BOTTOM SHELF
The Kendall Howard Performance WorkBench is a high-quality, versatile computer work station. The completely modular system allows you to design
any computer workbench layout according to your specific electronic workbench requirements. The Computer WorkBench is available in four (4)
different sizes from 24" to 96" wide. These work stations are perfect for a small home/office network, or, a sophisticated corporate Local Area Network
(LAN) computer management center. Each bench frame is made from high-quality American-Made tube steel, welded and assembled at the Kendall
Howard, Minnesota, USA manufacturing facility.
Features
Patent pending open frame design
Completely modular
Universal preset accessory mounting holes
Knock down design allows for easier transport to your facility
24” Computer WorkBench
Work surface height = 34"
Work Surface weight capacity = 500 lbs.
Upper shelving height = 32" - 80"(adjustable)
Upper shelf depth = 16"
Upper shelf weight capacity = 300 lbs.
Lower shelf depth = 14"
Lower shelf weight capacity = 500 lbs.
Bench depth = 30"
Bench width = 24"
Inside from bottom shelf to upper shelf = 25.75"
Overall Capacity = 1000 lbs.
Ships in a fully enclosed crate to ensure no shipping damage
Easy to follow directions; Assembles in less than 20 minutes
Fully adjustable upper shelving in any increment
Layer laminate coating on the main surface to protect against damage
Upper shelving height = 32" - 80"
Bench depth = 30"
Bench width = 48"
Inside from bottom shelf to upper shelf
= 25.75"
Bench depth = 30"
Bench width = 72"
Bench depth = 30"
Bench width = 96"
Keyboard tray, drawer, and
accessory bar are optional
(Shown with Full 28" Bottom Shelf)
124
Racks / Enclosures
Our modular racks are ideal for office, trade shows, industrial environments or
anywhere a rugged portable rack is needed. These server racks are equipped with
interlocking corners for easy stacking and expansion. Each rack is rated to support
more than 500 lbs. Composed of 4 pieces of solid steel, this portable server rack
measures 20 inches from rail to rail and is the strongest modular rack currently on the
market. The heavy-duty, spring-loaded side handles allow for easier transportation and
optional casters make it even easier. Caster sets are available with 4 poly wheel
casters and the mounting hardware that can support 800 evenly distributed pounds.
(Casters Not Included).
Other accessories are available for these units including an adjustable shelf and hardware for installing this portable rack including rack screws
and cage nuts. The adjustable rack shelf adjusts from 22” to 40” maximizing the use of space and supports up to 350 lbs. The steel rack screws
are packed in a reusable tin and are cold forged and heat-treated to prevent stripping of the black finish. The cage nuts are also made of forged
steel and are shipped in a reusable tin.
Features:
Made in the USA
Interlocking corners for easy stacking and expansion
Modular rack supports up to 500 lbs
Strongest modular rack currently available
Heavy-duty, spring-loaded side handles for easy transportation
Modular Server Rack
PART#
U/RMS
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
QXK-1920-3-000-08A
8U
21” X 17.31” X 20”
45 lbs
QXK-1920-3-000-12A
12U
21” X 24.31” X 20”
63 lbs
QXK-1920-3-000-20A
20U
21” X 38.31” X 20”
82 lbs
Racks / Enclosures
MODULAR SERVER RACK
ACCESSORIES - RACK SHELVES
4 Point Adjustable Shelf - Kendall Howard
Imagine a 4 point shelf that will expand to fit in almost any 19" rack. This shelf is one of the
most versatile and innovative products that we manufacture. Capable of adjusting from 22"
all the way to 40" deep!
Because of its unique design this shelving unit can hold 350 lbs evenly distributed.
An absolute must for any racking system.
PART #
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
QXK-1906-3-006-02A
24" x 23" x 4"
18 lbs
Full 20" Rack Shelf - Kendall Howard
This solid design will support up to 300 lbs. This shelving unit is perfect to help support
heavy servers and UPS backup systems. This unit is mounted on both the front and rear
rails for maximum stability.
Each unit comes with ½” sidewall fl angles to ensure whatever you place on these
shelves does not slide off. This shelf is made with .074” (14-gauge) steel.
This unit may only be used on rack systems with 20” deep chassis.
PART #
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
QXK-1904-1-001-01A
19” X .5” X 20”
10 lbs
125
Racks / Enclosures
1-Piece Double-Sided Non-Vented - Quest
The 1-piece double-sided shelves are center mounted between the upright rails of all standard
19'' panel width open racks and are offered in non-ventilated and ventilated designs. Made of 16
AWG steel construction in black powder coat finish. Available in Black
PART#
UNITS
DIMENSIONS (inches)
Width
Depth
Width
QES0819-0218
2U
19"
18"
9.46 lbs
QES0819-0225
2U
19"
25"
11.66 lbs
1-Piece Double-Sided Vented - Quest
The 1-piece double-sided shelves are center mounted between the upright rails of all standard
19'' panel width open racks and are offered in non-ventilated and ventilated designs. Made of 16
AWG steel construction in black powder coat finish. Available in Black
PART#
UNITS
DIMENSIONS (inches)
Width
Depth
Width
QES0619-0218
2U
19"
18"
10.56 lbs
QES0619-0225
2U
19"
25"
10.78 lbs
2-Piece Double-Sided Split - Quest
The 2-piece divided split-design shelves allow the installers to easily mount each side individually
without the need of removing existing equipment. These are mounted on the upright rails of all
standard 19'' panel width open racks and are offered in non-ventilated and ventilated designs.
Made of 16 AWG steel construction in black powder coat finish.
PART#
TYPE
UNITS
DIMENSIONS (inches)
Width
Depth
Width
QES0919-0225
Non Vented
2U
19"
25"
11.88 lbs
QES0719-0225
Vented
2U
19"
25"
11.22 lbs
Keyboard Shelf w/Reversible Mouse Tray - Quest
The stationary keyboard/ mouse shelf mounts on any 19'' width open rack and accommodates
standard keyboards and its mouse tray can be mounted on the left, right or center of the tray.
Takes up 1 RMS (1.75'') and comes in black powder coat finish. Available in Black
PART#
QES1019-0108
126
UNITS
1U
DIMENSIONS (inches)
Width
Depth
Width
19"
8"
5 lbs
For more options, see our website or call us toll free at (866) 222-0030
Racks / Enclosures
Single Sided Shelf Ventilated - Cooper B-Line
Use to support large monitors, CPU's, modems or other equipment requiring ventilation
3 mounting spaces required
100 lbs. load capacity
Includes 2 shelves and #12-24 mounting hardware
Material: 5052-H32 aluminum sheet
Finish: Brushed 2B, Telco Gray Powder Coat, Flat Black Powder Coat
Available in Black & Brush Aluminum
PART #
RACK WIDTH
‘A’
‘B’
‘C’
WEIGHT
SB747V1910
19"
17.5"
10"
18.31"
2.3 lbs
SB747V1915
19"
17.5"
15"
18.31"
3.2 lbs
SB747V2310
23"
21.5"
10"
22.31"
2.5 lbs
SB747V2315
23"
21.5"
15"
22.31"
3.1 lbs
Heavy Duty Shelf - Cooper B-Line
Use to support large monitors, CPU's or printers
4 mounting spaces required
200 lbs. load capacity (when used as shown)
Includes 2 shelves and #12-24 mounting hardware
Can be mounted individually or matched, front and rear, for larger shelf area
Material: 5052-H32 aluminum sheet
Finish: Brushed 2B, Telco Gray Powder Coat, Flat Black Powder Coat
PART #
‘A’
‘B’
‘C’
‘D’
WEIGHT
SB596S191002M
19.31"
18.31"
8.5"
10"
5 lbs
SB596S191502M
19.31"
18.31"
13.5"
15"
6 lbs
SB596S231002M
23.31"
22.31"
8.5"
10"
6.2 lbs
SB596S231502M
23.31"
22.31"
13.5"
15"
7.2 lbs
Racks / Enclosures
19" Single-Sided Non-Vented Shelves - Quest
For cabinets/ enclosures & open racks. The Solid equipment shelves are designed for 19''
rack mount widths and are made of 16 AWG steel. The 1-piece design allows for strong
support. Finished in durable black powder coat. Available in Black
PART#
UNITS
DIMENSIONS (inches)
Width
Depth
Width
QES0319-0110
1U
19"
10.5"
4.84 lbs
QES0319-0115
1U
19"
15"
6.16 lbs
QES0319-0210
2U
19"
10.5"
5.28 lbs
QES0319-0215
2U
19"
15"
7.04 lbs
Sliding/ Tilting Keyboard - Cooper B-Line
Use to mount keyboard allowing adjustment to convenient working angle
Side allows keyboard to be recessed when not in use
Two mounting spaces required
Up to 50 lbs. load capacity
Includes: #12-24 mounting hardware
Material: .090 5052-H32 aluminum sheet
Finish: Telco Gray Powder Coat, Flat Black Powder Coat or Computer White Powder Coat
127
Racks / Enclosures
Hide-Load Capacity Slide-Out Tray - Quest
With a depth of 23'' and heavy-duty construction, this slide-out shelf design allows a load
capacity of 150 pounds when extended. Designed for heavy equipment such as servers, UPS,
batteries and other large weight equipment. These can be mounted on standard 19'' width racks
and enclosures and come in black powder coat finish. Available in Black
PART#
UNITS
QES0119-0123
DIMENSIONS (inches)
Width
Depth
Width
19"
23"
18.04 lbs
1U
Sided-Out Shelf - Quest
This design allows for easier access to equipment by sliding out the ball-bearing mounted tray which
extends a full 14 inches from its closed position. The telescopic rear support mounts on the rails of an
open bay rack. Made from 16 AWG steel and comes in a durable black powder coat finish. Black only
PART#
UNITS
QES0419-0114
DIMENSIONS (inches)
Width
Depth
Width
19"
14"
9.02 lbs
1U
Fixed & Sliding Shelves - Cooper B-Line
These shelves feature a flow-through perforated design for maximum equipment ventilation. All
fixed and sliding shelves feature adjustable shelf mounting brackets that adapt to all rail depths.
Sliding shelves can be fully extended for easy access to equipment. All shelves are
manufactured from 14 gauge (2.0mm) steel. Available in Black & Gray
MINIMUM
CABINET WIDTH
MAXIMUM RAIL
ADJUST.
DEPTH
WEIGHT
E2SHSS1920
26.6"
18"
20"
13.6"
E2SHSS1924
36.03"
22"
24"
16.3"
E2SHSS1930
36.03"
28"
30"
20.4"
PART#
19" Single-Sided Vented Shelves - Quest
Vented shelves allows for added flow-thru ventilation. They are designed for 19'' rack mount
widths and are made of 16 AWG steel. The 1-piece design allows for strong support. Finished in
durable black powder coat. Available in Black
PART#
UNITS
DIMENSIONS (inches)
Width
Depth
Width
QES0219-0110
1U
19"
10.5"
4.40 lbs
QES0219-0115
1U
19"
15"
5.72 lbs
QES0219-0210
2U
19"
10.5"
5.06 lbs
QES0219-0215
2U
19"
15"
7.04 lbs
Sliding/ Swivel Keyboard Shelf - Cooper B-Line
The sliding/ swivel keyboard shelf is designed to support main frame type keyboards.
The shelf installs in 1U. Available in Black & Gray
PART #
EIA Mounting Width
Nominal Shelf Depth
Weight
E2SHKBSR1U1921
19"
21"
28.8 lbs
E2SHKBSR1U1924
19"
24"
30.4 lbs
E2SHKBSR1U1930
19"
30"
33.7 lbs
128
Racks / Enclosures
The Kendall Howard™ Rackmount Keyboard Drawer is designed for standard 19" EIA
compliant server racks (either two posts or four posts). The Rackmount Keyboard
Drawer is easy to install because it attaches securely to the rack at only two points.
The retractable Rackmount Keyboard Drawer conserves space because it requires
only 1U rack space. The front retract locking mechanism enhances network and
computer server security.
EQUIPMENT RACK MOUNTED DRAWERS
The slide-out rack mounted drawer is convenient storage for either a standard 19 inch
EIA equipment rack, or, a standard 23 inch EIA equipment rack. The rack mount
equipment drawer can store up to 100 lbs. The rack mount drawer opens from the top
with a keyed lock for security. CableOrganizer.com offers a complete selection of
Racks and Enclosures to meet any data center or computer center requirement.
Features:
Slide-out Rack mount equipment drawer
Keyed top-mounted lock
100 pounds storage capacity
16 Gauge CRS/Powder Coat, Black Texture
Slide Travel: 17.5"
ACCESSORIES - PANELS
Racks / Enclosures
RACKMOUNT KEYBOARD DRAWER
Blank Panels - Quest
The Blank panels are used to cover gaps or free spaces in racks or enclosures. They may also
be used for drilling and mounting specialized equipment or components. Made of 16 AWG
cold rolled steel and available in various rack height sizes. Finished in black powder coat.
Sizes Available: 1U, 2U and 3U Format: 19”
Blank Panels - Cooper B-Line
Blank panels are ideal for closing off unused sections of cabinet, providing a clean
finished look and controlled air flow. 3 styles of blanks are available in 2 widths and 12
different U heights. Material is 16 Ga.(1.5mm) powder coated steel. Panels include all
mounting hardware.
Sizes Available: 1U, 2U, 3U and 4U Format: 19”
Hinged and Non-Hinged Wall Mount Bracket - Quest
Rack mount brackets provide simple and efficient mounting of rack mount components to
walls or open frame racks. Available in both non-hinged and hinged designs in various
RMS capacities and in 6'' and 12'' depths. Hinged designs for easy access to the rear of
the components and non-hinged designs for more competitive solutions. Made of 16 AWG
steel with EIA spaced threaded mounting holes. In black powder coat finish.
Sizes Available: 1U, 2U, 4U and 6U Format: 19”
129
Racks / Enclosures
ACCESSORIES - HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS
Managed Cable Minder - Kendall Howard
Designed to organize patch cables. Provides organized movement for horizontal and
vertical routing of patch cables on 19". Made of 18 - gauge cold rolled steel / Finish: Epoxy
- polyester powder painting treatment. Available in Black & Computer Gray.
PART#
UNITS
DIMENSIONS (inches)
1U
19" 1.75" x 5"
Width
QKH-1903-3-000-01
Horizontal Cable Managers - Middle Atlantic
Horizontal Cable Managers from Middle Atlantic help keep your patch cords organized
and protected. They maintain the required bend radius and also provide strain relief for
your cables and patch cords. Finished in a durable black powder coat these rack and
wall mount cable managers are not only durable but stylish. Also available are
individual d-rings which can be appropriately fastened to the rack or wall mount for a
more customized and secure wire management solution.
19'' Horizontal Cable Managers - Quest
These rack mount and vertical mount wire managers provide an efficient method for
organizing patch cords and cabling and at the same time maintaining required bend
radius. These are available in a wide choice of styles and sizes to meet most cabling
requirements. Made of durable and quality materials, these cable organizers will provide
many years of quality performance. Mounting holes are compatible for open rack or
enclosure mounting applications. All come in black powder coat finish.
Patch Cord Organizers - Cooper B-Line
Patch cord organizers manage and provide strain relief for your horizontal and vertical
cable runs. Patch cord organizers are powder coated steel with polyethlylene wire
saddles. All mounting hardware is included.
Available in Black & Light Gray
PART#
U /RMS
EIA Mtg. Width
# of Wire Saddles
Weight
SB719191
1U
19"
24"
2.3 lbs
SB719192L
2U
19"
24"
2.8 lbs
Plastic Cable Hoops
These plastic cable hoops are a new innovation to the D-Ring. The hoops provide easy
cable bundle management and are made from fire-retardant SR5 polypropylene.
Mounts directly on 19" rails. Attaches at a single point. Hinged gate clip action.
Multiple mounting positions. Material: Gray flame-retardant polypropylene.
130
Racks / Enclosures
Neat-Patch has developed and patented a design on several cable management products. This product
is a patch-cable storage solution that the network cabling world has never known. Its unique design
enables the customer to store their excess patch cable into a neat and tidy compartment. Instead of
wading-up the slack and stuffing it into a finger-duct, the end-user simply coils the excess and slides it
into place.
Features:
Neat-Patch promotes bend radius compliance in patch cable management.
Neat-Patch provides more patch cable storage than its competitors products.
Neat-Patch is a unique one piece plastic molded design that is non-conductive and therefore
cannot be associated with electrical issues such as surges and grounding.
Patch cables are easier to trace from panel to electronics.
Neat Patch
PART#
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
Q-NP2
Neat Patch Cable Management Unit
2 lbs
Q-NP2K6
Neat Patch Cable Management KIT with 24 2ft CAT6 Molded Cords
5 lbs
PANDUIT® VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS
NetRunner™ Vertical Standard Slotted Duct
Standard bracket allows side mounting WMPVCB kit option allows mounting to adjacent racks
Duct finger progression equivalent to one rack space (1.75"), allowing clear pathway between horizontal and vertical
cable management when finger is removed
Organizes cables on front and rear of telecommunication racks
Rear mount options for use with standard 3" channel racks
Front mount options for standard deep channel racks
Covers are easily removable so cables are accessible for quick revisions
Cables pass through holes for front to rear cabling
Racks / Enclosures
NEAT PATCH - PATCH CABLE MANAGEMENT
PatchLinkTM Horizontal Cable Managers
Lightweight plastic construction provides durability and easy installation
Patented dual hinged cover allows cable access without removing cover
Rounded edges on fingers protect cables from snags and damage to cable
Increased finger spacing provides larger area for high performance Category 6 cables
Pass through holes allow front to rear cabling
Mounts to standard 19" EIA racks and cabinets. Covers, #12–24 and M6 mounting screws included
ITPAN-WMPH2E
ITPAN-WMPVF45
131
Racks / Enclosures
ACCESSORIES - FANS & VENTILATION UNIT
Fans & Ventilation Unit - Quest
Fans and a ventilation unit provide increased air flow ventilation and hot air evacuation in enclosures.
Offered are single 4'' 60cfm fans and a rack-mount 4-fan assembly for mounting in 19'' racks and
enclosures occupying just 1 RMS of space. The ventilation unit comes in an aluminum housing.
PART#
DESCRIPTION
RMS
CFM
FORMAT
QF04-6000
Fan
NA
60
4" Square
QF19-6004
Ventilation Unit
1
60 X 4
19" Horizontal
Rack Mount Fan Shelf- Cooper B-Line
These rack mount fan shelves are typically located in the bottom or middle of the cabinet to help
pull cool air from floor. The fan unit is rated at 110 volt, 60 hz, 0.37 FLA and has a 6 ft. long grounded
cord. Installs in 3U.
Available in Black & Light Gray
PART#
CABINET DEPTH
WEIGHT
E2SHSS1920
20"
16.5 lbs
E2SHSS1924
24"
18.9 lbs
E2SHSS1930
30"
22.5 lbs
BRUSH GROMMET PANEL
Having trouble with cables falling into difficult to get to spaces behind desks or computer racks?
Our brush grommet panel may be the solution. This easy to install grommet can be used in both
rack mountable and table top applications. The nylon brushes are enclosed in a steel case.
The brush grommet panel occupies 1 RMS and is mountable in standard EIA compliant 19” racks. This product is also compatible with M6 rails. To install
the panel, place it into the desired space and tighten the 4 screws on the unit. Once installed, cables can be slid in between the nylon bristles and secured.
While in the brush, the cables will be held above the desktop surface or in easily accessed rack spaces. This allows the user to unplug cables without the
possibility of them falling into unreachable spaces. After this brush grommet panel is installed the user will never have to worry about lost cables again.
U /RMS: 1U
Dimensions: 19"W x 1-3/4"H
CASTERS
Portable Rack Caster Kit
Our medium duty rack caster kit comes with four medium duty casters, and all the
hardware necessary for mounting to any Kendall Howard Portable Rack System.
Casters come with poly wheels to ensure they do not leave marks on tiled or other hard
surfaces.
Each caster will support 200 lbs (evenly distributed) giving your total caster weight
capacity of 800 lbs per rack.
PART #
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
QXK-0013-2-004-00A
4.25” High (3” wheel)
7 lbs
132
Power/Data Distribution
AC/DC Power Distribution Panels for a Precise Power Distribution Network
• 12
switched outlets - 2 front, 10 rear (6 duplexes), voltage
monitor, RFI/EMI filter
15 AMP Surge, Part # SP120-1
• 12 outlets, 2 front panel unswitched outlets and 10 back
panel switched outlets.
(6 duplexes), voltage monitor, RFI/EMI filter
15 AMP Surge, Part # SP120H-10
• 12 outlets - 2 front, 10 rear (6 duplexes)
15 AMP Non Surge, Part # BR120-10
• 12 outlets - 2 front, 10 rear (6 duplex 15 amp receptacles)
20 Amp Non-Surge, Part # BR120-1020
• 12 outlets - 2 front, 10 rear (6 duplexes)
• 12 outlets - 2 front, 10 rear (6 duplex 15 amp receptacles)
• 10 outlets on rear (5 duplexes)
• 10 outlets on rear (5 duplex 15 amp receptacles)
• 10 outlets on front (5 duplexes) with recessed housing
15 AMP Non Surge, Part # BRF100-10
• 10 outlets on front (5 duplex 15 amp receptacles) with
recessed housing
20 AMP Non Surge, Part # BRF100-1020
• 10 outlets on front (5 duplexes) with recessed housing
15 AMP Surge, Part # SPF104-10
• 10 outlets on front (5 duplex 15 amp receptacles) with
recessed housing
20 AMP Surge, Part # SPF104-1020
• 8 ninety degree, transformer spaced outlets - 4 front, 4
rear (8 individual)
15 AMP Non Surge, Part # BRX080-10
• 8 ninety degree, transformer spaced outlets - 4 front, 4
rear (8 individual)
15 AMP Surge, Part # SPX084-10
HORIZONTAL POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITS (PDUS)
• 10 outlets on rear (5 duplexes), Digital Current Meter
15 AMP Non Surge, Part # BRC100-10
• 10 outlets on rear (5 duplex 15 amp receptacles), Digital Current Meter
20 AMP Non Surge, Part # BRC100-1020
• 10 outlets on rear (5 duplexes), Digital Current Meter
15 AMP Surge, Part # SPC104-10
• 10 outlets on rear (5 duplex 15 amp receptacles), Digital Current Meter
20 AMP Surge, Part # SPC104-1020
133
ELECTRIC VERTICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Organize your power electrical distribution system to efficiently run your
AC/DC power with our vertical power distribution boxes. These units are
available for a variety of powering applications and can also be equipped
with current monitoring meter. These units include mounting clips.
Power Distribution Unit Single Phase Systems
For your power electrical distribution, trust in the following features:
• UL tested and recognized
• Digital current meter 0-20.0 Amps
• Accuracy: +/- .1 Amps
• Sampling Rate: 2.5 per second
• 15, 20 and 30 Amp units
Configurations & Options::
NEMA and IEC
125V, 250V, 125/250V and 120/208V WYE
15 Amp, 20 Amp, 30 Amp, 40 Amp (2 circuits @ 20 Amp) and 60 Amp
Surge and Non-Surge
IP Addressable
Digital Current Monitoring
Auto A/B Transfer Switching
Multiple Circuits
On/Off Power Switches – Optional on most units
Straight Blade Plugs, Twist-Lock Plugs and Hardwired Connections
Cord Length Options from 2’ to 25’
Numerous Mounting Options – Including Zero "U"
Three Digit Display
Optional Current Monitoring
Feature Pictures
JBN200-102D20DST5
This vertical dual circuit power distribution unit is ideal for use in datacenter, industrial and laboratory environments. This 66”, dual circuit, two
20 amp breaker unit, contains 20 outlets (10 duplex 20 amp receptacles)
10 outlets per circuit, full length 180 degree swivel mounting standard
bracket, two 10’ power cords and no power switches.
VRTDN200-10310TL
This vertical power distribution unit is ideal for use in data-center, industrial
and laboratory environments. This 66”, 30 amp unit, two 15 amp circuit
breaker unit, contains 20 outlets (10 duplex 20 amp receptacles), 10
outlets per circuit, full length 180 degree swivel mounting standard
bracket, 10’ power cord, and no power switches.
VHVBN202-102D20
and laboratory environments. This 66", 250V @ 20 Amp unit, contains 20
outlets (10 duplex 20 amp receptacles), full length 180 degree swivel
mounting standard bracket and a standard 10’ power cord.
VHVDN202-102D20
and laboratory environments. This 66", dual circuit, 250V @ 20 Amp unit,
contains 20 outlets (10 duplex 20 amp receptacles) 10 outlets per circuit,
full length 180 degree swivel mounting standard bracket and a standard
10’ power cord.
VHVDN200-103D20TL6
and laboratory environments. This 66”, 30 amp, 250 volt unit, with four 15
amp breakers, contains 20 outlets (10 duplex 20 amp receptacles), 10
outlets per circuit, 10’ power cord, no power switches, and full length 180
degree swivel mounting standard bracket.
VRELN100-103C13TL6
This vertical power distribution unit is ideal for use in data-center,
industrial and laboratory environments. This 17”, 250V @ 30 Amp
unit, contains 10 IEC320 type C-13 outlets (2 banks of 5), 10' cord
with a NEMA L6-30P twist-lock plug, four 15 Amp thermal breakers (2
per 5 outlets), NO power switch and 2 SLB-4 L-shaped brackets for
vertical mounting as well as horizontal/panel mounting brackets.
134
The APC Metered Rack Power Distribution Unit (PDU) provides power distribution, and, the ability to monitor the aggregate
current draw as equipment is connected to the unit. The Metered Rack PDU also has alarm thresholds that will alert users
of potential power problems. These features help eliminate the possibility of an overloaded circuit
APC Metered Rack PDU - Zero U, 20A, 120V, (24) NEMA 5-20R
Features:
Rack PDU, Metered, Zero U, 20A, 120V, (24) NEMA 5-20R
Alarm Thresholds
Flash Upgradeable
Local Current Monitoring Display
Network management
Remote Current Monitoring
Toolless Mounting Capabilities
Vertical Mounting Capabilities
Includes: Cord Retention Bracket(s), Installation Guide, Rack Mounting
Brackets, User Manual
APC Metered Rack PDU - Zero U, 5.7kW, 120V, (42) 5-20
Features:
Rack PDU, Metered, Zero U, 5.7kW, 120V, (42) 5-20
Alarm Thresholds
Flash Upgradeable
High Power Density
Local Current Monitoring Display
Multi-branch power input
Remote Management Capabilities
Toolless Mounting Capabilities
Vertical Mounting Capabilities
Includes: Installation Guide, Rack Mounting Brackets, Toolless Mounting Kit, User Manual
APC Switched Rack PDU - Zero U, 5.7kW, 120V, (24) 5-20
The APC Switched Rack Power Distribution Unit (PDU) is a premium solution to many power management problems,
including unauthorized use of power outlets, locked-up equipment, in-rush current, overloaded circuits, and the need of
remote access to power outlets in the rack. The Switched Rack PDU addresses these problems through individual outlet
control, power on and off delays, current monitoring, alarm thresholds, and network management. Individual outlet control
allows users to turn outlets on, turn outlets off, or recycle power to equipment to reboot locked-up equipment and avoid
unauthorized use of outlets. Power delays determine the order in which equipment is powered up or down to avoid in-rush
current and overloads. Monitoring the current draw at the rack level is key to avoiding downtime due to overloaded circuits.
The Switched Rack PDU provides an aggregate current draw, which can be viewed remotely or locally, via digital display.
In addition, alarms will be generated based on user-defined thresholds to alert users of potential circuit overloads. Users
can access, configure, and control the Switched Rack PDU through Web, SNMP, or Telnet Interfaces.
APC POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT (PDU)
Also Available
Switched Rack PDU 120V output, 208V - 3PH input with 10' Cord
135
APC UPS BATTERY BACKUP
APC Smart-UPS®, 750VA / 480W
The APC Smart-UPS® is perfect for protecting critical network equipment. Rack Mount UPS versions are
suitable for rack mounted servers and appliances, and network switches and hubs.
The PowerChute® management software for servers and workstations provides safe system shutdown and advanced UPS management. Connectivity is
through serial or USB port. Additional manageability is available through the SmartSlot, an internal accessory slot that allows optional accessories to enhance
performance. Network connection with Web browser management and/or environmental monitoring, serial port expansion, and out-of-band management
options are available. Pure sine-wave output will ensure compatibility with all connected devices. Intelligent Battery Management ensures a highly available
UPS, and an advanced 16 segment bar graph display provides information and management.
Features:
Rack mount UPS, 750 VA, 480W
Input 120V/Output 120V
Disconnected battery notification
Front-access servicing
USB connectivity
Adjustable voltage sensitivity
Adjustable voltage-transfer points
Audible alarms
Automatic restart of loads after UPS shutdown
Automatic self-test
Boost and Trim Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR)
Cold-start capable
Generator compatible
Hot-swappable batteries
Intelligent battery management
LED status indicators
Network manageable
Power conditioning
Predictive failure notification
Resettable circuit breakers
Safety-agency approved
Serial Connectivity
SmartSlot
Temperature-compensated battery charging
Topology: Line Interactive
Includes: CD with software, Rack Mounting Brackets, Rack
Mounting support rails, Smart UPS signaling RS-232 cable, USB
cable, User Manual
APC Smart-UPS®, 1440VA / 980W
Input 120V/Output 120V, Interface Port DB-9 RS-232, SmartSlot, USB,
Rack Height 2 U
Includes: CD with software, Rack Mounting Brackets, Rack Mounting support rails, Smart UPS
signalling RS-232 cable, USB cable, User Manual
Features:
Rack Mount Smart UPS, 1440VA, 980W
Front-access servicing
USB connectivity
Audible alarms
Automatic self-test
Cold-start capable · Generator compatible
Network manageable
Power conditioning
Serial Connectivity
SmartSlot
Includes: CD with software, Rack Mounting Brackets, Rack
Mounting support rails, Smart UPS signaling RS-232 cable, USB
cable, User Manual
136
APC Smart-UPS®, RT, 1500VA / 1050W and 2000VA / 1400W
APC Smart-UPS RT is a high-density, performance UPS for voice and data
networks, medical labs, and light industrial applications. Featuring double
conversion on-line topology, the Smart-UPS RT protects data by supplying reliable,
network-grade power. An unlimited number of matching battery packs can be added
to comply with aggressive runtime demands of 24/7 business-critical systems. Rack-optimized models are an ideal choice for space limited
environments. Capacity up to 10kVA in a convenient rack-mountable 6U form to support blade servers or heavily loaded equipment racks.
Extremely tight voltage and frequency regulation, internal bypass, and input power factor correction.
Features:
Audible alarms
Automatic internal bypass
Automatic self-test
Cold-start capable
Flash-upgradeable firmware
Frequency and voltage regulation
InfraStruXure Manager compatible
Input power factor correction
Network manageable
Plug-and-Play external batteries
Power conditioning
Rack/Tower convertible
Scalable runtime
Serial Connectivity
Includes: CD with software, Documentation CD, Installation Guide,
Rack Mounting support rails, Smart UPS signaling RS-232 cable,
USB cable, User Manual
APC Smart-UPS®, RT, 5000VA / 3750W and 5000VA / 4000W
APC Smart-UPS® protects data by supplying reliable, network-grade power in Rackoptimized form factors for space constrained business critical applications. The APC
Smart-UPS® is perfect for protecting business critical fileservers (Intel or UNIX
based), minicomputers, network switches and hubs, Point of Sale, retail/bank back
office and ATM's. Rack Mount versions are the choice for rack optimized servers,
server appliances, blade servers, other blade devices and rack-mounted network
switches and hubs. The PowerChute® management software for servers and workstations provides safe system shutdown and advanced
UPS management (All major operating systems supported). Connectivity is through serial port. Additional manageability is available through
the SmartSlot, an internal accessory slot that allows you to install optional accessories to enhance performance.
Features:
Audible alarms
Automatic self-test
Cold-start capable
APC UPS BATTERY BACKUP
Network manageable
Power conditioning
Serial Connectivity
Includes: CD with software, Rack Mounting support rails, Smart
UPS signaling RS-232 cable, User Manual
APC Smart-UPS® XL also features:
Plug-and-Play external batteries
137
COMPUTER AUDIO VIDEO, POWER DATA CENTER
The Altinex Tilt ‘N Plug Jr offers an attractive and sleek solution for integrating computer, computer video, audio, network, and AC power connections
directly into your tabletop or into your home theater system. These desktop outlets allow the user to hide the connections by closing the lid when not in
use and conveniently access them when they are needed by opening the spring loaded unit. When closed this unit is flush against the tabletop surface
making it virtually invisible.
Each input plate may contain computer video (15-pin HD), computer audio (stereo mini), modem (RJ11), and network (RJ45) connections, depending on
the model chosen. Each input plate of the desktop can run simultaneously without interfering with the connections to any other user. All sources connected
to the Altinex Tilt ‘N Plug Jr. are made under the tabletop and no signal processing or buffering occurs. Individual cable bundles are located on the
underside of the unit for each input plate.
Features:
Mounts into tabletop
Opens and closes by pressing on top panel
Multi-media and AC power connectors
All signals pass-through the underside of the table
US Patent No. D437, 827 and other patents pending
PDC-TNP124
Four input plates, two per side ,Multi-media &
AC power connectors, Services four
simultaneous users.
PDC-TNP122
Two side-by-side input plates, Multi-media &
AC power connectors, Services two
simultaneous users.
PDC-TNP121
Single Input Plate, Multi-media & AC power
connectors, Services one user.
PDC-TNP123
Three side-by-side input plates, Multi-media &
AC power connectors, Services three
simultaneous users.
PDC-TNP151
One input plate, Auto-tilts open, Dual network
and AC power connectors.
PDC-TNP131
Circular bezel allows for angled positions in
tabletop, Single input plate, Multi-media and AC
power connectors
PDC-TNP142
Two input plates, facing opposite directions
,Multi-media & AC power connectors, Services
two simultaneous users.
PDC-TNP162
Two reversible side-by-side input plates, One
plate has computer AV, data and power
connectors, Other plate has two CAT-5 and AC
power connectors, Auto-tilts open
PDC-TNP152
Two side-by-side input plates, Auto-tilts open,
Dual network and AC power connectors.
PDC-TNP431
Single Input Plate, Multi-media & Europeancompatible power receptacles, Services one
user.
138
The Altinex Pop ‘N Plug Slim Tabletop Interconnect Box is designed for installation into presentation room tabletops. These Pop-up outlets
contain a variety of multi-media, network and AC power connections to supply your presentation rooms, boardrooms and classrooms with the
necessary connections. All signals are routed to the unit from the AV system under the table. These pop-up electric outlets have a tower type
construction with a pneumatic suspension and a mechanical latching mechanism. To release this spring loaded retractable electric outlet from
its hidden and flush closed position, simply press on the top panel so that it releases into the raised position.
Features:
Distinctive slim profile design
Uses pneumatic lift and mechanical latching mechanism
Variety of multi-media, network and AC power configurations
US Patent No. D446, 188 and D422, 143
PDC-PNP300
One input plate ,Mechanical latching mechanism,Plate holds computer video (15-pin HD), COM
Port/RS-232 (9-pin D), Video (RCA), Audio (2-RCAs), computer audio (stereo mini), and
modem (RJ45) connections.
PDC-PNP402
Preconfigured multimedia sectional plates on both sides ,Sectional plates include two standard
US power connections, computer video (15-pin HD), COM Port/RS-232 (9-pin D), composite
video (RCA), S-video (4-pin mini-DIN), audio (2-RCAs), computer audio (3.5mm), modem (RJ11)
and network (RJ45) input connectors, Six foot cable attached to feed through bottom of the unit.
PDC-PNP350
One input plate ,Input plate holds six network CAT-5e (RJ45) connections and two standard AC
outlets.
POP 'N PLUG POWER AND DATA CENTER
The Pop 'N Plug Power Data Center allows you to save the hole cut-out from your wood table
and install it as the top of the Power Data Center. This design allows you to continue to display
the original wood grain and finish of your table when the Pop 'N Plug Power Data Center is
closed. The unit opens and closes when you press on the wood top. The Pop 'N Plug can be
custom configured to your specific Audio / Visual needs. The standard model PDC-PNP417 is
pre-configured with quantity (2) PDC-DS901-120 sectional plates (included connectors are listed
within the Features below).
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK POWER, DESK OUTLET
Features:
Customizable to all tabletops
Connector compatible, Holds up to 8 optional connector plates
Smooth look on all sides
Wood Grain matches perfectly because the original table cut-out is used for the top
Accommodates round, rectangular, or square table cut-out
Simple, slide-in installation
Opens and closes by pressing on the top
All connectors and power receptacles include 6 FT. fully terminated cables
139
TABLE BUDDY™ TABLETOP INTERCONNECT BOX
The Altinex Table Buddy™ Tabletop Interconnect Box is designed for temporary or permanent attachment to a
table in a presentation system. The Table Buddy™ Interconnect Box is a convenient way for a user to
access multi-media input connections and provide orderly cable management by passing signals from the
back of the input plate around the edge of a table. The Table Buddy™ can be easily modified to your
requirements with a variety of input connector plates (Sectional Plates) to attach to the front face of the unit.
The Table Buddy™ attaches quickly and non-destructively to the edge of a presentation table or desk (up to
1.5" thick) with hand-tightened clamps. The temporary clamp can be removed and the Table Buddy™ can be
permanently attached to the tabletop using wood screws.
The connector side of the Table Buddy™ Tabletop Interconnect Box allows up to six (6) Sectional Plates
(ordered separately), for user-defined input connector configurations. The Sectional Plates include
combinations of audio, video, computer and AC power connectors, providing extensive flexibility. The
sectional plates are easy to install in the field. The "blank plate" option enables you to install a custom panelmount connector configuration for your specific application.
Features
Black anodized finish
Connects to edge of a table up to 1.5 inches (4 cm) thick
Dual hand clamps used for fixed or temporary installations
Removable clamps for permanent (fixed screw) installations
Offers user-configurable input connector plates for a variety of configurations
Integrated cable tie-wrap bar
Perfect for staging and rental non-fixed furniture applications
Three-year warranty against manufacturer defects
Above is a sample layout of a pre-assembled standard
layout
Blank Plates
Available in 1-Slot to 6-Slot
sizes
PDC-SP3205AV
DVI-D Female to Male 6 FT, Sectional
I/O Plate (1 Slot) Single Link DVI
PDC-SP3204AV
4-PIN MINI DIN; RCA Female; 3.5MM
Stereo Female (1 Slot)
PDC-SP3201AV
15PIN HD Female to Male+ 3.5MM
Stereo Female to Male 6FT. cables
(1Slot)
PDC-SP3206AV
DB9 Female to Male 6 FT,
Sectional I/O Plate (1 Slot)
Power Plates
1 to 2-Slot Panels available with Dual
AC Power US, Empty Dual XLR, and
others. See our website for more
140
Looking for a modular solution to plug your laptop computer or video projector into your
conference room table? Tired of crawling under your furniture to plug these items into your wall
jacks or electrical outlets? We have the solution for you. Similar to the Altinex Tilt N’ Plug and Pop
N’ Plug, the Cable Nook is a great way to access fixed connectors right from the tabletop. It also
gives you the advantage of being able to store cable ends in a box below the surface of your
computer furniture or conference room table. The box is mounted to the table, and the door opens
up to expose the connections or cables. When closed, the half circle opening in the door allows
for access to several wires and cables while the door is closed. The standard color is Matte Black.
The Cable Nook offers much more flexibility and many more ports that the Tilt N’ Plug or Pop N’
Plug.
The Cable Nook is completely customizable. It comes as an empty box, and can be configured in
many different ways. You can add electrical outlets, phone (RJ-11) snap-in jack, RJ-45 (network)
jacks, USB, BNC, Video connectors, and audio connectors. You can very easily hook up a video
projector, laptop computer, and a phone.
The Cable Nook comes with 24 screw holes. All accessories come with associated retaining
screws. You can only fit as many accessories as screw holes. A
typical configuration would have 2 dual AC modules, and 6 port
plate and a 3 port plate (or a two port video and/or audio plate).
Typical System Layout
For a complete listing of plates and accessories, see our website.
CABLE CATCHER™
The Cable Catcher™ is a perfect, economical power and data center to manage the wires and cables to
the top of your desk or table. The Cable Catcher™ is designed to allow easy access to cable ends by
holding the cable or wire connectors at the edge of a table or desk so they don't fall back on the floor.
The adjustable rack accommodates various types and sizes of cables. By running cables up to the
desktop and through the Cable Catcher™, each connector is within reach and ready for access. All wires
are within reach without crawling under the table. The Cable Catcher™ is easily installed to the edge of
a table or desk by way of a non-destructive screw-tight clamp. The Cable Catcher™ is available in
standard black anodized finish.
CABLE NOOK MODULAR TABLETOP INTERCONNECT BOX
Features
Mounts to the edge of any table or desktop up to 1.5 inches (4 cm) thick
Cable Catcher rack to "catch" cable ends
Convenient access to computer or Audio Visual cable connectors without crawling under table
Screw-tight clamp for quick, non-destructive attachment to a desk or table
Ideal cable and wire manager for offices and conference rooms
141
INTERPORT
Interport is the first power/data center of its kind. Lift the lid, plug in.
Leave open or closed. Slip cords through the holes. Stand alone, or in
modular multiples.
Features:
Stand alone or in modular multiples
May be in closed position while in use
Reversible without removing base from work surface
2 Simplexes
6 Ft., 15 Amp cord
2 Voice/data ports
1 Voice/Data Adapter Kits to accept voice/data couplers & jack
UL Listed & CSA Certified (pending)
Available in molded colors, soft touch finish and film coating
Assembly required
1
The flip up unit enables users to easily
access power and data utilities
Interport's low, sweeping profile makes a
distinctive design statement
4
3
2
Cables pass through routing portals
When the Interport is closed, power and
data ports remain in use
Interport
PART#
ABOVE DESK SIZE
BELOW DESK SIZE
HEIGHT
COLORS
PDC-INTERPORT
5" Wide x 7" Long
4 1/2" Wide x 6" Long
2"
Molded Black, Molded Transparent
PDC-INTERPORT-F0X
5" Wide x 7" Long
2"
Nickel Mica, Silver Mica, Charcoal Mica, Matt Black
PDC-INTERPORT-D0X
5" Wide x 7" Long
2"
Filament, Matrix
EE
Voice/Data Adapter Kit
ADAPTER
TYPE OF COUPLER/JACK
ADAPTER OPENING
AA
AT&T / Lucent Technologies Cat 5
.654 x .700
BB
Amp Cat 5 / Panduit Cat 5 / Allen Tel Cat 5
.594 x .792
CC
Amp Cat 3 / Krone Cat 5 / Hubbell Cat 5
594 x 752
CC
DD
Blank (no coupler/jack)
No Opening
DD
EE
Ortronics TracJack Cat 6/5E/5
.665 x .930
*Jacks & couplers sold separately
AA
BB
Interport Dimensions
Amp 6-Pin RJ11 Coupler (Phone)
Amp 8-Pin RJ45 CAT3 Coupler
RJ45 CAT5 Jack
142
The Miniport is the sub-compact series of the Interport family. This work space accessory
provides the convenience of power and data distribution within a smaller footprint.
Features:
Stand alone or in modular multiples
May be in closed position while in use
Reversible without removing base from work surface
2 Simplexes
6 Ft., 15 Amp cord
2 Voice/data ports
UL Listed
Assembly required
Miniport Dimensions
Miniport
PART#
ABOVE DESK SIZE
BELOW DESK SIZE
HEIGHT
COLORS
PDC-MINIPORT
3" Wide x 7" Long
2"
PDC-MINIPORT-F0X
3" Wide x 7" Long
2"
Nickel Mica, Silver Mica, Charcoal Mica, Matt Black
PDC-MINIPORT-D0X
3" Wide x 7" Long
2"
Filament, Matrix
POWER DATA CENTER - EDGE MOUNT
The Edge Mount PDC provides two simplexes to accept standard power cords or AC
adapters and provides two ports for the installation of voice/data. It is typically attached to
the edge of the work surface or table.
Features:
2 Simplexes,
6 Ft. 15 Amp cord
Adjustable rear clamp attaches to a variety of work surface thicknesses
(used to attach to the edge of the work surface)
2 Voice/data ports
Voice/Data Adapter Kits to accept voice/data couplers & jack
UL Listed & CSA Certified
Assembly required
Available in molded color, soft touch finish and film coating
MINI-PORT
Power Data Center - Edge Mount Dimensions
Power Data Center - Edge Mount
PART#
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
COLORS
PDC-EDGE
7-5/8"
3"
2-3/4"
143
"ASSEMBLE" POWER / DATA DISTRIBUTION UNIT
The "Assemble" Power and Data Center (PDC) is an extremely professional and easy way to provide power
and data to your table or desktop. The Assemble PDC is finished in clear anodized aluminum for a very rich
appearance. Installation is simple because there is no cutting required. The Assemble power / data center
installs simply with an edge-mount clamp to the edge of any 3/4" thru 1 3/4" thick table or desktop. The
Assemble power data center provides professional computer power and data organization with little effort and
no modifications.
"Assemble" Power / Data Center comes with 6 FT or 10 FT long power cord
Part # PDC-BE01819-3-2-A-EFA
Features:
Clear anodized aluminum
Mounts to edge of work surface, does not require cutout in work surface
Quantity (3) Simplex (3 prong) plug outlets
Quantity (2) Voice/Data ports
Choice of either 6 FT long cord or 10 FT long cord
15 Amp capacity cord
UL Listed
"MHO" POWER / DATA DISTRIBUTION UNIT
The "MHO" Power / Data Distribution Center (PDC) is a one touch, retractable, power and data cable
management center in clear anodized aluminum. The beauty of this power and data cable management unit
is unmatched. One touch, and the fluid single door opens or closes with ease. The MHO PDC is a great
addition to any executive office to achieve ultimate data / power cable management.
"MHO" Power / Data Center comes with 6 FT or 10 FT long power cord
Part # PDC-BE01820-M-2-2-EFA
Features:
Fluid one touch accessibility
Quantity (2) Voice/Data ports
Includes: One (1) Part # PDC-ADP-KIT Voice/Data Adapter Kit and Base Plate
to accept couplers & jacks
UL Listed
4" x 7-7/8" work surface cutout
UL listedFits in tops 3/4" thru 1-3/4" thick
144
The MHO² Power / Data Distribution Center (PDC) is a one touch, retractable, scalable power or
data center in clear anodized aluminum. The beauty of this power and data cable management
unit is unmatched. The MHO² PDC can be closed during use to conceal all connectors and plugs
- without any disruption of work. While closed, viewers experience the professional clear
anodized aluminum finish of the data / power unit. One touch, and the fluid double door opens or
closes with ease. The MHO² PDC is a great addition for any executive office to achieve ultimate
data / power cable management.
Part # PDC-BE01820-M2-3-4-EFA
Features:
Fluid one touch accessibility
Double door can be closed while the data / power unit is in use
4 Voice/Data ports
Includes: One (1) Part # PDC-ADP-KIT Voice/Data Adapter Kit and Base Plate to accept couplers & jacks
UL listedUL Listed
Fits in table tops 3/4" to 1-3/4" thick
DEQUORUM™
FLIP-UP WORKSURFACE PORTAL
The deQuorum™ Worksurface Portal (Power Data Center - PDC) by Wiremold® is installed into
existing conference tables, workstations, mobile teaming tables, or any other worksurface. The
deQuorum™ power and data center transforms ordinary tables into smart workstations by
providing ready access to power, voice, data, or audio/video. The deQuorum™ Worksurface
Portal is designed to allow wires and cables to exit the device while the extremely professional
Black or Stainless finish cover is closed and flush with the table. Optional "Open System
Modules" are available to accept a variety of communications connection outlets. The
deQuorum™ Flip-Up power and data center has a sturdy die cast cover and base to provide extra
durability and long service life.
Part # PDC-KP2345CM
Features:
Available in Black or Stainless finish
deQuorum™ Work Surface Portals can be configured to meet most power and/or
communication requirements including UTP (unshielded twisted pair), audio, video, and fiber
optics.
Many data communication connectivity options. The deQuorum™ WorkSurface Portal
accepts industry standard and proprietary connect devices from a range of manufacturers to
provide a seamless and professional interface for voice, data, audio, and video applications.
Choose either 15 Amp or 20 Amp gasketed dual power plug and receptacle (Note: 20 Amp
model requires non-standard NEMA 5-20 plug outlet).
Includes 12 ft. long Power Cord and includes Holecut installation instructions and template.
deQuorum™ WorkSurface Portals meet latest UL spill test requirements against accidental
spills. Dust and moisture resistant. Product is not for use in floors or in wet or damp locations
UL listedListed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. UL listed E61020 (Relocatable power
tap).
Made in the USA
"MHO²" POWER / DATA DISTRIBUTION CENTER
145
RETRACTABLE POWER/COMMUNICATION CENTER
The Retractable Power/Communication Center provides two simplexes to accept standard power cords or AC
adapters and provides one modular furniture opening for the installation of voice/data. It allows easy access above the
work surface and hides excess cords when retracted below the work surface. Note: Unit cannot be retracted when AC
adapters are used.
Features:
2 Flush mounted 15 Amp simplexes accommodate a variety of 5-15P power cords & adapters
Complete with Grommet/Cover Kit
Style: A-Round, B-Oval, C-Rectangular
Color: Available in molded colors, soft touch finish and film coating
(Standard molded colors are: B-Black, N-Neutral, G-Gray)
1 Adapter Face Plate
Interior septum provides complete separation of power & communications utilities
UL listed
Adapter Face Plate
Retractable Power/Communication Center
PART#
ABOVE HEIGHT
BELOW HEIGHT
COLORS
PDC-RETRACT-PC-GR
7-1/2"
8-1/2" Minus Thickness of work surface
Retractable Power/Communication Center Dimensions
RETRACTABLE POWER AND COMMUNICATION CENTER
The Retractable Power and Communication Center is a combination of the Retractable Communication Center and the
Retractable Power Center. The unit allows easy access when either or both centers are above the work surface and hide
excess cords when retracted below the work surface.
Features:
Retractable Communication Center
Temporary Power Tap with:
3 Simplexes, 6 Ft., 15 Amp cord (standard), 10 Amp circuit breaker
Double grommet/cover kit
2 Adapter Face Plates
UL Listed and CSA Approved
Adapter Face Plate
Retractable Power and Communication Center
PART#
PDC-RETRACT-PC
DBL-GR
DESCRIPTION
Retractable Power and
Communication Center
ABOVE HEIGHT
7 1/2"
ABOVE POWER TAP
5-1/8"
BELOW HEIGHT
8-1/2" Minus Thickness of
work surface
BELOW POWER TAP
8-1/2" Minus Thickness of
work surface
COLORS
Molded Black,
Molded Transparent
146
The Communications Sphere (half) provides two ports for voice/data and will form a complete sphere
when combined with the Power Sphere or another Communications Sphere. It is used on the work
surface for easy accessibility.
Communication Sphere Features:
Power Sphere Features:
Will accept voice/data jacks
1 Voice/Data Adapter Kits to accept voice/data
couplers & jack
Assembly required
Available in molded colors, soft touch finish and
film coating.
Temporary power tap
6 Ft. 15 Amp cord
2 Simplexes
Will receive power transformers
UL Listed & CSA Certified
Communication & Power Sphere
PART#
DESCRIPTION
WIDTH
HEIGHT
COLORS
PDC-COM-SPH
Communication Sphere
3-3/8"
3"
PDC-POW-SPH
Power Sphere
3-3/8"
3"
QUICKCONNECT™ CABLE
USB has become the preferred connector technology for installing scanners, video cameras, and
external hard drives to a computer. Connect various USB devices without purchasing multiple cables!
The USB QuickConnect™ 5 in 1 Cable provides five different USB connector configurations in one
package. The option to change to either USB A Male, USB B Male, Mini USB A Male, Mini USB B
Male, USB A Female connector allows multiple configuration options.
The FireWire was designed to allow computer users the ability to share information between the
computer, home stereo, digital television, digital camera, and more. Now, connect various FireWire®
devices without purchasing multiple cables. The FireWire QuickConnect™ 3 in 1 Cable provides
three different FireWire® configurations in one package. The option to change to either a 4-pin or 6pin FireWire connector allows multiple configuration options.
See our website for different cable lengths.
POWER STRIP LIBERATOR
Save space while increasing your power with the Power Strip Liberator! Get the most efficient use of your power strips and UPS outlets with
this high quality 1' adapter cable. Just plug the cable between your power adaptors and your previously unusable outlets.
Have a power cord that just won't reach the outlet? No problem! Just use the 1' Power Strip Liberator as an extension cord, and forget about
those long, tangled extension cords. Great for use with entertainment centers, desks, furniture and more.
COMMUNICATION & POWER SPHERE
Double up the number of power adapters you can connect to one power outlet with the Y-splitter Power Strip Liberator. Why add expensive
additional outlets or bulky looking power strips to your configuration when low current draw power adapters can easily be doubled-up and
connected to one power outlet with this "Y" splitter? Makes a perfect addition to a tech bag or tool bag.
Features:
Length: 1' (18" for the power Strip Liberator II ("Y") )
18 AWG wire
Rated 125VAC/10 Amps max.
Heavy duty molded ends
UL/CSA listed
Connectors: 1 male 3-prong, 1 female 3-prong
1 male 3-prong, 2 female 3-prong("Y")
Comes in black
1 year manufacturer warranty against defects
147
POWER SENTRY® POWERSQUID™
The Power Sentry® PowerSquid™ "Contractor Series" Power Multiplier easily multiplies one grounded power
outlet into five grounded adapter-ready outlets. The PowerSquid wire and cord organizer is tough enough to
withstand the physical abuse of a workshop, jobsite, and industrial applications. The 4 ft. long, 14 gauge
power cord passes thru a 15-amp surge protection circuit breaker before it divides into 5 power plug outlets.
The Power Squid is the solution to accessory adapter and transformer wire management as it allows you to
easily plug-in 5 plug-in devices without struggling with powerstrip space requirements.
Features:
Converts 1 grounded outlet to 5 grounded "adapter-ready" outlets
4 ft. length, grounded 14/3 power cord
Flexible grounded receptacle cords in varied lengths of 6, 8, and 10 inches.
Yellow lighted master switch with 15-amp circuit breaker
Circuit breaker protection for 1875 watts maximum.
PART #
Built-in keyhole slots on back for easy flush mounting.
PD-100596
Lifetime manufacturer limited product warranty.
DESCRIPTION
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
Power Squid 5 Outlet Power Multiplier
18.125” L x 4.625” W x 1.875” D
POWERSQUID™ HOME THEATER SURGE PROTECTOR
The PowerSquid™ Home Theater Surge Protector is one of the most sophisticated and effective power
appliances around. The numerous added features offer supreme surge protection for you home theater,
computer, or general electrical equipment. The enhanced reach, flexibility, and room for adapter plugs
make the PowerSquid™ easier to use than traditional strips. This premium edition comes equipped with a
fail-safe circuit and alarm to provide superior protection in the event of a lightning strike or severe power
surge. There are also high frequency capacitor filters for EMI/RFI noise reduction to improve performance.
The shielded gas tube coaxial cable protection with gold plated connectors help to reduce signal loss and
provide reliability. The 3,000 joule rating and $500,000 in connected equipment warranty make it a perfect
addition to any home theater setup.
PART #
DESCRIPTION
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
PD-SQ3K-CALAMARI
Power Squid Home Theater
Surge Protection
17.875” L x 6.75” W x 1.125” D
POWERSQUID™ COMPUTER/TELEPHONE SURGE PROTECTOR
The ingenious design and multi-purpose functionality of this PowerSquid makes it one of the most versatile
power management devices available. Featured are 6 outlets on flexible arms, that easily accommodate
bulky adapters and awkward spaces-perfect for tight spots in the home, office or anywhere that requires
power. This surge protector provides the ultimate in reliability, featuring patented Power Blocker automatic
shutdown technology to isolate connected equipment in the event of a damaging power surge or outage.
Features
540 joules
Telephone/DSL line protection with 1-line splitter
Power Blocker automatic shutdown technology
EMI/RFI noise filtration up to 40dB
Protection and Ground indicator lights
Great for home theater components, computers, telephone/DSL, and general purpose items
PART #
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
PD-100592
Power Squid Surge Protecter
4.6 lbst
18.125” L x 4.625” W x 1.875” D
148
The PowerStation Cable Organizer allows you to charge your cell phones and
small electronics without all of the clutter associated with charger cords. The
hidden power strip enables you to plug in 3 devices for charging all at once. This
innovative solution secures your devices with sliding dividers and keeps the cords
neatly tucked away inside. Included are 5 cable ties to secure the cords and an
extra cord for use with oversided plugs. Available in Black and Gray.
Features
Charges 3 devices at once
Hides cord clutter
Secures devices with sliders
Extra cord accommodates oversided plugs
5 cable ties included to secure the cords
UL Listed UL# E244904
The PowerStation Traveller™ can charge up to 3 portable small electronic
devices all at once while at home or on the road. Plug in your cell phone or
other device, then attach the DC adapter to your car's plug and your devices
are being charged. The carry case allows you to conveniently tote your
devices and accessories with ease. It can also be used with the AC/DC
power adapter for use indoors. (ADAPTER NOT INCLUDED)
Traveller™ Features
Charges 3 devices at a time from your car charger
Eliminates the need for a car AND home charger
Adjustable sliders hold items securely while driving
Provides additional storage
UL Listed UL# E244904
POWERSTATIONS
Carry Bag Features
Luggage quality construction
Self healing coil zippers
Padded hand strap and adjustable, detachable shoulder strap
Power cord stores in back pocket. 5’ DC power cord for your car included
11” W x 7.5” H x 4”D
149
AUTO-RETRACTABLE PHONE/MODEM CORD
A perfect way to login at trade shows. This handy and inexpensive travel companion is a must for anyone who has
ever wrestled with short, tangled or broken phone cords trying to get connected. The auto-retractable spool
provides 8 feet of phone cable in a compact, durable case. This retractable phone cord fits right in your pocket!
Available in translucent blue.
Dimensions: 2.5" x 2"
Weight: 0.07 lbs. Cord length: 8 ft.
RETRACTABLE ETHERNET CORD CAT5E 8FT
Connect your laptop to a local LAN with this Retractable ethernet Cord Winder. This all in one device eliminates
loose, tangled network cables and is made to withstand repeated pulling and retracting. This Ethernet Retractable
Cord is 8' long, and comes in Blue, Black & Red case.
The release button allows the cable to retract automatically and allows you to dispense the needed length of cord for
tension-free use over extended distances. It eliminates the need to travel with space-consuming accessories.
Dimensions: 4.25" X 3" Cord length: 8 ft
RETRACTABLE USB A/B CABLE WITH AA EXTENSION
Get rid of the cable clutter on your desk with this retractable USB cable. The unique retractable system allows you
to adjust the length of the cable any time. Whether you need a little or a lot, just pull on both ends of the retractable
cable to adjust the length. When you are finished, just pull one more time on both ends and the cable will retract
back to its original size. It's ultra compact size makes it a breeze to fit in any pocket or computer bag. This is a
must have for any business traveler.
Retractable USB
PART#
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSIONS RETRACTED
WEIGHT
RET-USB
Retractable USB Cable
3.5"L x 1"W x 9/16"H
0.6 oz
MINI RETRACTABLE OPTICAL MOUSE
This Mini Retractable Optical Mouse is the perfect solution for the business traveler who needs to save space and
avoid wire tangles. It lets you work in tight spaces and packs easily and neatly. The "scroll button" allows you to
scroll up or down a page. Comes with a standard USB connection and a PS-2 mouse port adapter.
Power Data Center - Edge Mount
PART#
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSIONS RETRACTED
WEIGHT
RET-OPTMSE
Retractable Optical Mouse
3"L x 1.5"W x 0.9"H
1.6 oz
150
Cable Ties & Wraps
Cable ties are a secure, convenient and inexpensive way to handle your wire management.
Cable ties are, by far, the most economical way to secure bundles of wires. These nylon
cable ties can not be reused, but because of their low price this is hardly ever an issue.
General purpose nylon 6/6 is suitable for use in most practical applications at a continuous
temperature up to 150°F. Nylon 6/6, the grade most often used for cable tie production,
meets UL 94V-2 flammability ratings. Its working temperature range is from 40° F to 185°F.
Black, Gray, White, Clear, Neon Pink, Red, Orange,
Features:
Yellow, Neon Yellow, Neon Green, Teal, Neon Blue, Purple
Smooth, rounded edges do not cut insulation and are comfortable to work with
Closely spaced positive-locking teeth allow fine adjustment to tie bundles of all sizes
No metal parts; head and pawl are integrally molded for added strength and durability
Self-locking, one-piece, low-profile head conserves space
V-shaped raised ridges on bent tip give a sure grip and easy pull-up
Cable Ties
All cable ties have a bent tip for easier pickup, insertion and pull-up
Cable Tie Kit
Cable ties are a secure, convenient and inexpensive way to handle your wire management. Cable ties are one of the
most economical ways to secure bundles of wires. Cable ties are also remarkably strong and secure.
650 Pieces Cable Ties for home, garden, electrical, auto/marine
100 - 4" (10cm) Natural
200 - 4" (10cm) Colored (red, blue, green, yellow)
300 - 8" (20cm) Natural
50 - 11" (27.5cm) Natural
HELLERMANNTYTON® DUAL CLAMP CABLE TIES
Cable Ties & Wraps
CABLE TIES
The patented HellermannTyton® High Impact Dual Clamp Cable Tie features a dual head located at the center
of the strap. With a one piece design dual head, the cable tie is capable of wrapping two separated bundles.
The dual cable tie wrap provides parallel spacing between hoses, wires, cables, or tubing. A mounting hole is
included to secure bundles along walls, or the chassis of vehicles or trailers. Hellermann-Tyton cable tie products
are committed to quality, evident by its certification to QS 9000 and ISO 9001 quality system requirements.
Every cable tie from Hellermann-Tyton is designed and manufactured to high quality standards to ensure a high
performance cable tie. Packaged in labeled bags of quantity 50 pieces. U.S. Patent Number 5,966,781.
DCT90HIRK2
DCT110HIRK2
Dual Clamp Cable Ties, Black, 12.9" length 50/pk
Dual Clamp Cable Ties, Black, 19.2" length 50/pk
Available in Black
Available in Black
PANDUIT® CABLE TIES
Panduit Pan-Ty® Nylon Cable Ties can be used in countless applications from projects in your garage to bundling wires
together in the house. These nylon cable ties are adaptable to any environment and can be used both inside and
outside of the house. Pan-Ty® cable ties are made with a one piece construction to provide consistent performance
and reliability. Cable bundles for these panduit cable ties can have a diameter up to 13” or 330mm or can be linked
together to house even larger bundles.
The Pan-Ty® nylon cable ties are UL-94V-2 rated and have a maximum continuous operating temperature of 185 ° F.
They also have the lowest threading force of any other cable tie currently on the market. Using these cable ties in
conjunction with our adhesive mounting bases make a perfect cable securing wire management solution.
Available sizes are 4”, 7.4”, 11.5” and 14.5” long
151
Cable Ties & Wraps
THOMAS AND BETTS TY-RAP® SPEC GRADE CABLE TIES
It is made of smooth, weather-resistant nylon and designed to protect cable insulation and hoses from wear or damage
as can occur with metal clamps. The clamp may be used for both indoor and outdoor applications. It installs in the framing
channel with a simple push and twist. Plus there are no screws, nuts or tools required.
Available sizes are 4”, 7” and 8” long
Features:
Metal bar for smoother surface than standard plastic ties. Won't damage sensitive wires.
Smooth, rounded edges do not cut insulation - or hands - and are comfortable to work with.
Closely spaced positive-locking teeth allow fine adjustment to tie bundles of all sizes.
Head and pawl are integrally molded for added strength and durability
Self-locking, one-piece, low-profile head conserves space.
Cable ties have a bent tip for easier pickup, insertion and pull-up
UL Recognized. File# 49405
RELEASABLE CABLE TIES
General purpose nylon 6/6 is suitable for use in most practical applications at a continuous temperature up to 150°F.
Nylon 6/6, the grade most often used for cable tie production. Its working temperature range is from 40°F to 185 °F. Our
cable ties are widely used . Available sizes are 5”, 8” and 11” long
5" cable ties are used to secure up to a 1 3/4" diameter cable bundle.
8" cable ties are used to secure up to a 2 1/4 " diameter cable bundle.
11" cable ties are used to secure up to a 3" diameter cable bundle.
For additional lengths and tensile strengths, please call us.
Features:
Smooth, rounded edges do not cut insulation - or hands - and are comfortable to work with.
Closely spaced positive-locking teeth allow fine adjustment to tie bundles of all sizes.
No metal parts; head and pawl are integrally molded for added strength and durability
Self-locking, one-piece, low-profile head conserves space.
V-shaped raised ridges on bent tip give a sure grip and easy pull-up.
Rounded tip for easier pickup, insertion and pull-up
HELLERMANNTYTON® STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES
Features:
Grade 304 and Grade 316 Stainless Steel suit most general purpose applications & withstand most environmental conditions.
Grade 316 Stainless steel is highly resistant to corrosion, and is widely used in marine environments where chemicals,
salts, acids, and temperature extremes may affect the bundling application.
Low profile, self-locking, ball bearing head mechanism with fully adjustable strap provides quick and easy installation.
Fully enclosed head does not allow dirt or grit to interfere with locking mechanism
High tensile strength adds strength and safety on heavy duty applications
Smooth rounded edges ensure safe, efficient handling
Temperature Range (Grade 304 and Grade 316 Stainless Steel)
-112°F (-80°C) to 1000°F (538°C)
Usefull in extreme temperature environments
Flame retardant and non-toxic
152
Cable Ties & Wraps
The Smart Band® is an ideal alternative to expensive non-corrosive metal banding or strapping.
The Smart Band® offers strength and non-corrosive characteristics to realize a competitive
advantage over expensive non-corrosive metal banding. The Smart Band® also has the added
features of being lightweight, safe (no sharp edges to cut the operator), and easy to install.
The Smart Band® is available in three (3) different width sizes:
10mm (3/8 inch), 7mm (1/4 inch), and 4mm (1/6 inch). Installation tools are also available.
Features
Lightweight Nylon 6/6 material suitable for most environments
Resistant to corrosion
Band moulds securely to the contours of the product
Non-corrosive design reduces maintenance
No sharp edges improves installer safety and equipment safety
Band reel allows you to cut each band to required length and save fitting time
Non-conductive, non-magnetic, and no electrolysis
Installs with manual or pneumatic installation tool, or simple hand pliers
Manufactured to international quality standard BS EN ISO 9001:2000
Color: Black
Smart Band® 10mm Kit
Smart Band® Type A installation tool
Smart Band® Reel 48 feet
Qty 30 Releaseable Heads
Cable Ties & Wraps
SMART BAND® NYLON CABLE LASHING TIES
For more information, please visit our website or call (866) 222-0030
SMART BAND® INSTALLATION TOOLS
Part #
Description
Weight
SB-Type-A-Tool
Smart Band® Manual Type A Hand Tool
1.6 lbs
Part #
SB-Pneumatic-Tool
Description
®
Smart Band Pneumatic Air Tool
Weight
2.75 lbs
153
Cable Ties & Wraps
SPEEDYTIE™ RELEASABLE CABLE TIES
The HellermannTyton® SpeedyTie™ is a fully re-usable, easily releasable cable lashing tie. The
SpeedyTie's unique design allows it to be released with one hand. The SpeedyTie™ is perfect
for temporary bundling of unfinished parts or cables in an assembly line or a construction project.
The SpeedyTie™ is also excellent for temporary bundling of copper or plastic tubing. The
SpeedyTie™ is available in .5 inch width and 29.6 inch length. Any excess SpeedyTie™ tail can
be tucked away neatly for added safety. The 200 lb. tensile strength is strong enough for most
applications.
Part #
Description
Weight
Quantity
RTT750HR-NX1P
SpeedyTie™ Releasable Cable Tie, Qty 25 Pack
0.8 lbs
25
RTT750HR-NX900
SpeedyTie™ Releasable Cable TIe, Qty 5 Pack
0.5 lbs
5
Secure two bundles simultaneously by first
inserting the tail through the open slot forming
the first loop, then inserting the tail through the
slot with the red lever, forming the second loop.
HELLERMANNTYTON® HEAVY DUTY LASHING TIES
The HellermannTyton® Heavy Duty Lashing Ties offer a minimum tensile strength of 175 pounds, and are available in
lengths up to 52 inches. The heavy duty, lightweight, high strength, nylon 6/6 plastic cable ties have been tested to
meet Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. UL 1565. HellermannTyton® cable tie products are committed to quality, evident
by its certification to QS 9000 and ISO 9001 quality system requirements. Every cable tie from HellermannTyton® is
designed and manufactured to high quality standards to ensure a high performance cable tie. The HellermannTyton®
Heavy Duty Lashing Ties are also extremely useful in HVAC applications as HVAC Straps. The Heavy Duty Lashing
Ties are available in a labeled bag of 25 pieces quantity. All lashing ties have a width of 0.35 inches.
Description
Part # Natural Color
Part # Black Color
Heavy Duty Lashing Ties 15” length
T150R9X2
T150R0X2
T150M9X2
T150M0X2
T150L9X2
T150L0X2
T150LL9X2
T150XL9X2
T150LL0X2
T150XL0X2
T150XLL9X2
T150XLL0X2
STRAPAC SP-2 CABLE TIE POUCH
The Strapac SP-2 is the perfect tool belt accessory for telecommunications technicians
doing retrofit and new installations. This pouch is excellent for holding your flexible cable
ties and keeping them close at hand. The SP-2 is made of a durable, light weight material
that will keep your straps on your hip no matter what job you're doing.
Features
Swivel Quick Release for fast and easy detachment
Elastic closure secures ties in the bag
Eliminates loss of zip ties
Saves time and money
Comfortable to wear
Field tested and approved
Can be worn together or independently
Part #
Description
Weight
SC-SP-2
Strapac SP-2 for 12” & 8” Ties
0.125 lbs
154
Cable Ties & Wraps
Plas-Ties Model 604 Tie-Matic
The Plas-Ties Model 604 Tie-Matic large capacity twist tie machine is ideal for bundling
wire and cables and bulk products in bags with diameters up to 5/8“. Tie-Matic Machines
are well-suited for the bundling of Cables, Coils of Wire, Hoses, Cord Sets,Wire & Harness
Sub-assemblies. The semi-automatic twist tie machine delivers up to 45 tied bags or
bundles per minute with minimal effort. Simply insert the bundle at front slot to trigger the
tying mechanism and get a perfect twist tie with 2 ½ twists. The ergonomic design of the
Model 604 Tie-Matic twist tie machine improves employee safety and increases productivity.
The Model 604 Soft-Touch is faster and easier to use. The Model 604 Soft-Touch
Assisted Power Switch uses an electronic signal to trigger the machine instead of the
standard manual trigger. Recommended for high-volume production of 900 bundles per day.
Part #
Description
Weight
PT-604
5/8” Large Capacity Tie-Matic
20
PT-604-ST
5/8” Soft-Touch Large Capacity Tie-Matic
20
Plas-Ties Model 608 Tie-Matic
The Plas-Ties Model 608 Tie-Matic extra-large capacity twist tie machine is designed for
bundling wire and cables and bulk products in bags with diameters up to 7/8“. Tie-Matic
Machines are well-suited for the bundling of Cables, Coils of Wire, Hoses, Cord Sets,Wire &
Harness Sub-assemblies. The semi-automatic twist tie machine delivers up to 45 tied bags or
bundles per minute with minimal effort. Simply insert the bundle at front slot to trigger the tying
mechanism and get a perfect twist tie. The ergonomic design of the 608 Tie-Matic improves
employee safety. To secure larger diameter products, try the Tie-Matic 608 for a safe and
efficient solution. The Model 608 Soft-Touch is faster and easier to use. The Model 608 SoftTouch Assisted Power Switch uses an electronic signal to trigger the machine instead of the
standard manual trigger. Recommended for high-volume production of 900 bundles per day.
Features for Plas-Ties Models 604 and 608
Increase Productivity with 45 ties per minute and 2 ½ full twists per tie.
Reduce labor costs by working 5 times faster than tedious hand tying.
Ergonomically designed
Portable
Durable, all metal frame
Production Counter
UL Listed / CE Certified
110 Volt
Applications
Cables & Wires: fiber optic, harnesses
Plastic & Paper Products: cups, plates, trays
Bulk Packaging
Ice Bags
Loose Film & Peanuts
Computer Connectors
Part #
Description
Weight
PT-608
7/8” Large Capacity Tie-Matic
20
PT-608-ST
7/8” Soft-Touch Large Capacity Tie-Matic
20
Cable Ties & Wraps
TIE-MATIC TWIST TIE MACHINES AND ACCESSORIES
Specifications
Capacity: 5/8"
Tie Length: 4” (Model 604) 5 " (Model 608)
Number of Twists: 2 ½ full twists
Speed: Up to 45 ties/minute
Spool Size: 8 ½" x 2" wide
Power: 120 VAC, 60 HZ 4.1 AMPS (220V Option)
Weight: 19 lbs.
Length: 22", Height: 11", Width at Top: 5 ½", Width at Front Feet: 9½"
155
Cable Ties & Wraps
TIE-MATIC TWIST TIE MACHINES AND ACCESSORIES
Tie-Matic XL-2 Model 510
The Tie-Matic XL-2 twist tie machine is ideal for bundling wire, cables, and other bulk products with
diameters of 3/8” to 2”. Tie-Matic Machines are well-suited for the bundling of Cables, Coils of Wire, Hoses,
Cord Sets,Wire & Harness Sub-assemblies. The semi-automatic twist tie machine delivers up to 30 tied
bundles or bags per minute with minimal effort. Simply insert the bundle at the front slot to trigger the tying
mechanism and get a perfect twist tie. The ergonomic design of the XL-2 Tie-Matic improves employee
safety and increases productivity.
Features and Benefits
SPEED: Faster than tedious hand tying
SAFETY: Ergonomically designed
COST-SAVINGS: Semi-automatic, standardized packaging with 2 ½ secure twists per bundle
ACCOUNTABILITY: Production Counter can be used as a management tool for daily productivity analysis
30 ties per minute, 2 ½ full twists
Durable, all metal frame
Part #
Description
Production Counter
PT-510
Tie-Matic XL-2 Bench Model
UL Listed
PT-505R033
Pedestal Stand with XL-2 Bracket
110V motors
PT-56108
Horizontal Mounting Frame
Adjustable tying diameter from ½" - 2"
Horizontal or vertical mounting option
Applications
Extension Cords
Battery & Ignition Cables
Aircraft Wire Harness Assemblies
Telecommunication Cables
Uniform Hanger Sets
Hoses
Heavy Mil/Thick Poly Bags
Bag in Box Applications: powders, soap, plaster
Weight
80
120
10
Specifications:
Capacity: variable ½" thru 2"
Tie Length: 3 ½" - 9 ½"
# of Twists: 2 ½ full twists
Speed: 40 ties/minute
Spool Size: 10” x 4” wide (2000’ - 4000’)
Power: 120 VAC, 60 HZ 4.6 AMPS
Weight: 60 lbs.
Length 40", Height 17 ½" Width at Top 14" Width at Front Feet 16"
Digicart Digital Printer Kit for Plas-Ties
Tie Matic Twist Tie Machines
Part #
PT-K001090
Description
Digicart Digital Printer Kit
Weight
7
ECONOMICAL CABLE TIE TOOLS
Cable Tie Installation Tool
Cable Tie Gun
Cable Tie installation tool - Tie width
from .1" to .2" - Automatic tie cut-offmetal frame construction.
Our Tie Gun helps secure cables
permanently. It cuts ties up to .
19" wide and is very easy to use.
156
Cable Ties & Wraps
Protects CAT & Fibre, Reduces Waste, Improves Safety
Mille-Tie is an advanced cable management tool that is based upon the concept of a multipurpose waste-free tie strip. It uses a unique chain-like design that contains numerous
apertures, each of which is actually narrower than the Mille-Tie itself. Yet magically the Mille-Tie
slips easily through any aperture you choose!
When made from advanced polymers, this patented design yields a strong yet extremely soft and
flexible cable tie, that is perfectly suited for use on all modern performance data cabling types.
In use, Mille-Ties are more functional and convenient than other cable management strips, and
are of particular benefit when installing sensitive cabling such as Category 6 and optical fibre.
You can find out about the many different ways of using a Mille-Tie in our User Guide section, while our cable protection, waste management
and environmental impact sections illustrate the growing need for advanced cabling techniques.
Features:
Soft & flexible
Won't crush cables
Removable & reusable
Reduces waste
LSOH & UL1565 available
Mille-Tie Won't Crush Your Cables
Standard Mille-Ties - Black (UV stable)
Mille-Tie is a quick fit fastener for Primary use in data cabling installations.
The standard 305mm long strips are made from high grade polyurethane which imparts both strength
and flexibility to the product, making Mille-Ties ideal for gently securing delicate cables.
The revolutionary design makes full use of this inherent softness by incorporating a pressure-sensitive
latch. This is preset to slip if too much force is applied, and thereby helps prevent the type of cable
compression that can lead to reduced performance from the system. This is known as the "intelligent
grip" system, and is a cabling safety feature unique to the Mille-Tie.
Cable Ties & Wraps
MILLE-TIE
Ideal for most cable management requirements, standard black Mille-Ties are resistant to ultra-violet
exposure and are suitable for both indoor and outdoor cabling.
Max Rec Temp : - 20°C to +60°C (28°F to 140°F)
Max Loop Strength : >100N (22lb)
Flammability : UL94 class HB
Features:
305mm cable management strip (33 cells)
Optimized for CAT6 and fibre optic use
Removable and reusable
Unique, versatile design
Reduces waste
Speeds installation
Fits wide size range
LSOH and UL1565 (Plenum) available
Approved by leading datacom companies.
Standard Mille-Ties - Black (UV stable)
PART #
LENGTH
WIDTH
THICKNESS
WEIGHT
QUANTITY
CTMIL-ST100-BK
12 in. (305mm)
0.35 in. (9.0mm)
0.04 in. (1.0mm)
0.5 lbs
100/ Pack
157
Cable Ties & Wraps
HELLERMANNTYTON® CABLE TIE INSTALLATION TOOLS
TytonTwister Cable Tie Tension and Cutoff Tools
The HellermannTyton® TytonTwyster cable tie tension tool is a lightweight and economical cable tie tool. The
TytonTwyster 1 can tension cable ties from .10" to .18" in width. The TytonTwyster TWT1 is available in Orange
color. The TytonTwyster 2 can tension cable ties from .30" to .35" in width. The TytonTwyster TWT2 is available in
Blue color. Both the TytonTwyster TWT1 and TWT2 are pocket cable tie tools for speed and efficiency.
Cable Tie High Tension and Cutoff Tool MK7HT
The patented HellermannTyton® MK7HT cable tie high tension and cutoff tool has top of the line design features to
install industry standard plastic cable ties. The MK7HT is equipped with three adjustable tension ranges for
increased tension needs. The cable tie tension tool has a padded foam grip handle for comfort and control. The
MK7HT cuts the tie to the desired length. Replaceable blade kit may be ordered separately. The MK7HT cable tie
tool can accommodate cable ties from .14" to .18" in width and 50 lbs. Miinimum Tensile Strength.
Cable Tie Tension and Cutoff Tool MK9
The patented HellermannTyton® MK9 cable tie tension tool has top of the line design features to install industry
standard plastic cable ties. The MK9 can tension cable ties from .10" to .50" in width. The MK9 cable tie tension
tool has a padded foam grip handle for comfort and control. The MK9 cuts the tie to the desired length.
Replaceable blade kit may be ordered separately. The MK9 cable tie tool can accommodate cable ties from .10"
to .50" in width and 250 lbs. Minimum Tensile Strength.
Heavy Duty T150 Cable Tie Tool
The HellermannTyton® T150 is a heavy duty cable tie installation tool for field use. The hand operated cable tie tool
has pliers type action to provide mechanical advantage. The navy blue vinyl and foam grips add comfort and
control. The T150 heavy duty cable tie installation tool is excellent for heavy duty HVAC tie wrap installations. The
T150 cable tie tool can accommodate cable ties .35" in width and 175 lbs. Minimum Tensile Strength.
Stainless Steel Cable Tie Tension and Cutoff Tool
The patented HellermannTyton® MK9SST cable tie tension tool is adapted for use with Stainless Steel cable ties.
The MK9SST cable tie tension tool is suitable for either 304 or 316 Stainless Steel cable ties. The MK9SST cable
tie tension tool has a padded foam grip handle for comfort and control.
ONE MAN TIED - CORD TIDY
The One Man Tied cord organizer is the perfect desktop cord organization tool. He will let you wrap your table top
cables around him to keep them out of your way, and his suction cup base will ensure that he and your wires will stay
firmly in place.This miniature wire tidy is made out of durable plastic so you can take your wire frustrations out on him.
At about 4 inches tall and 2 wide, he can stand on most desks and tables with ease.The One Man Tied isn't your boring
run of the mill desk organizer.This wire organizer is great for use in dorms, offices, households, and any other desktop
environment that may have rampant cords
158
Cable Ties & Wraps
TM
Get your cable jungle organized with the Cable ManagerTM. This flexible coil wraps easily around any number of
cables and cords to keep them safely and neatly tucked away. Unwrapping is just as easy and done in no time. The
Cable Manager™ keeps its shape, so you can wrap and unwrap as many times as you want. The coil is about 1/4
in. thick and rubber coated for more safety and a better grip. The Cable Manager is ideal for college students and
electrical contractors who don't have time to deal with rearranging cables all the time, but want to keep their
equipment nice and neat and out of the way.
The package includes 2 identical coils. Colors: Black, Royal Blue, Red, Yellow, Grape, Gray.
PART#: CM
QUANTITY: 2 coils
COLORED SPIRAL WRAP
Spiral Wrap is used to organize multiple wires into one bundle. It protects wire from abrasion and
allow breakouts of single or multiple wires for re-routing or replacement.It is pretty easy to wrap this
material around several wires and it brings them all together into a neat bundle that is easy to work
with. With the flexibility of Spiral Wrap, you can break out one or more cables at any point in the
bundle. Also it will keep a tight wrap around any bundle between .313" and 0.7"
Part #: SW NOMINAL SIZE: 3/8” LENGTH: 5’ & 10’
White, Clear, Black, Red, Yellow, Blue,
Neon Green, Neon Yellow, Neon Pink.
The Neon Colors or the A/V cable wrap products
are UV reactive.
CORD CADDY™ ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEM
Cord Caddy is the only proactive medical cord storage and retrieval
system that...
Provides a safer work environment for patients & staff
Establishes protocol for medical cord storage
Creates a professional appearance in patient care areas
Increases infection control
Improves staff response time
Eliminates frustrating, nonproductive untangling efforts
Prevents roll over damage and premature lead breakage
Cable Ties & Wraps
CABLE MANAGER
CABABO FROG DESIGN CABLE WINDER
This cable organizer shortens a long cable and stores the excess cable neatly inside the cable box. Now you
can shorten that annoying long USB or firewire cable or that pesky mouse or keyboard cable that is way too
long. Simply wind the cable around the cable winder and the extra cable length tucks neatly away inside the
enclosure. Cababo cable organizer is the only way to unclutter your desk with a cool design!
PART #: ANI-FROG SIZE: 3.25” H 2.75” D
CAT CABLE CLIPS - SET OF 3 PCS
Ani cable clips come with a set of three animal clips to organize your desktop. Use your cable clips to hold several
cables together neatly, eliminating cable clutter from your desktop. Or you can use your cable clip to shorten one
long cable. Works will all types of cables including USB, Firewire, power supply and A/V cables.
PART #: ANI-CAT SIZE: 2” H x 1-1/2” W
159
Cable Ties & Wraps
CABLE TURTLE®
Do you ever have the situation where you have a six foot cord when all you need is a one
foot cord? With the ultra-convenient and good looking Cable Turtle, you can keep
unsightly electric wire and cable out of site. With a turn of the hand wind the excess wire
around the open Cable Turtle®.
Close the shell and all wires are out of sight. The mini cable turtle holds around 2.3 feet
of cabling. The small cable turtles hold about 5.5 feet of US two prong wire. The Large
Cable Turtles take about 3 cords or longer lengths of single cable. This device is designed
to handle up to 1000W load per turtle.
Grab a Box
Gray, Orange, Light Yellow, Green, Blue
Black, Brown, Dark Yellow, Red
Open the shell
Aren't they cool?
Wrap the wires &
close the shell
CORD-IT™ CORD MANAGER
Eliminates cable clutter and tangled cords
Simple and easy-to-use, Cord-It is the world's first adjustable cable management system. Great for
home or office. Compact and lightweight for business travelers. Perfect for tight spaces. Bring order
to your cord chaos. Cables and cords can be coiled and uncoiled with just a twist or by gently
pulling on both ends of the cord. The innovative spinning wheel design of this device stores a
variety of cords, cables and wires up to 5 mm in diameter.
Cord-It™ Cord Manager
PART#
DIAMETER
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
CORDMAN-MD
80 mm 3"
Medium Cord Manager
Black
CORDMAN-LG
100 mm 4"
Large Cord Manager
Graphite, Clear, White
Cable for demonstration only.
Sold separately.
CABLEYOYO™
Cableyoyo™ is designed for use with low voltage cords such as cell phone chargers, USB cords, and other digital
accessories. The cord is manually wound around the Cableyoyo™ for easy, effective, and convenient cord
management. It comes supplied with an adhesive attachment that adheres and mounts to almost any smooth and
convenient surface. Available in white, silver, or black, the Cableyoyo™ will make an invaluable addition to anyone.
CABLE FISH - CABLE WINDER
Get organized with the CableFish cable-winder!
Excess flex and cabling for lights, computers, DVD, TV, office and household equipment can be easily organized with
this cable winder. Just ind excess flex around the Cable Fish and fixate the wire in the openings. Made of plastic, it
can handle a maximum of 32 in. / 81.28 cm of cabling, and is available in red, white, black, grey, or brown.
160
Cable Ties & Wraps
WireMate Features:
Protects wires and connectors
Neatly conceals wires of varying thickness
Simplifies set-up, clean-up, modifications and relocations of cables
Innovative design optimizes wire storage capacity
No assembly, easy setup, mounting materials included
Made of high-impact resin
Measures 14"L x 8"W x 2"H
Available colors are Black, White and Gray
WireMate
CABLE-SAFE™ COMPLETE CABLE MANAGER
The Cable-Safe lifts all cables, power adapters and power strips off the floor and out of harms way. It hangs
cables in neat tangle-free loops that are easy to move, trace or replace. It labels every cable in 3 places
identifying them all the way from source to destination.The Cable-Safe is a great solution to organize the
average computer workstation with 12-14 cables.
PART# : CSAFE PART#: CSAFE-CS QUANTITY: 1 case (6 units/case)
Includes:
1 DeskClamp™ Assembly
1 CableTrack™
3 CableHooks™
18 CableStraps™ (on Roll)
4 CableClips™
3 10" Bungee Straps
4 Screws
1 Installation Guide
1 Label Sheet (12 label sets)
After
Before
Cable Ties & Wraps
WIREMATE™ CORD ORGANIZER
CABLECARRIER
CableCarrier will help any audio, lighting, video, music, audio-visual, sound reinforcement or camera professional who has ever had to
replace a cable in a rush or emergency situation. With the CableCarrier, they can carry an extra cable (or two) on their tool belt and be
prepared for any cable problems. It can also be used as a temporary hanger for cable runs during events.
Hook size: 2-1/6" (5.2 cm), Maximum opening: 1/4" (0.6 cm), Hook Color: Black Only
PART#
SIZE
QUANTITY/PACK
STRAP COLOR
VW6-J06-1BK
1" x 6"
1
Black
VW6-J06-1YL
1" x 6"
1
Yellow
3-1/8" Aluminum Carabiner
Carabiner size: 3-1/8" (8 cm), Carabiner max opening: 1" (2.5 cm), Carabiner color: Matte Black
or Matte Silver. The maximum opening on the 3-1/8" Carabiner is 1" - allowing it to hang from a
wide range of supports and equipment.
PART#
SIZE
QUANTITY/PACK
COLOR
Black
VW6-B6-1BK
1" x 6"
1
VW6-B6-1GY
1" x 6
1
Gray
VW9-B9-1BK
1" x 9"
1
Black
161
Cable Ties & Wraps
HEAVY DUTY CINCHSTRAP
We've made wrapping it up a cinch
CinchStrap is the heavy duty utility strap with extra strength and holding power that exemplifies our exacting
standards for the best quality. We use only the highest quality materials and double stitch - never glue or heat
weld - to insure the CinchStrap will hold up to years of heavy use. There are thousands of possible
applications for industrial and home use.
HEAVY DUTY CABLEHANGER
Introducing a brand new solution for suspending your cable woes
The patented design locks the CableHanger® firmly onto a vertical post. An extra heavy duty 50 lbs. nylon tie
is supplied to lock it in place. The CableHanger are easily released and re-tied, so adding, subtracting and
replacing cables is a snap. Hook and Loop fastener are gentle and will preserve the integrity of structured
cabling and Fiber Optics. Sizes: 1" x 6" and 1" x 9"
CABLECATCH
Introducing a brand new way to organize cables against a surface
Adhesive backing permanently adheres to any smooth, flat surface. CableCatches have a convenient pull tab
for fast and easy release. The CableCatch allows the user to change or move cables easily just by pulling the
tab - only one hand is needed.
Colors: Black, Gray. Other colors available upon request: Blue, Brown, Green, Orange, Red, Violet, White,
Yellow. Sizes: 1" x 4" , 1" x 8" and 1" x 12"
HEAVY DUTY CINCHSTRAP-EG
Cable management for professionals
The CinchStrap-EG lets you take the stress off horizontal cable runs and safely organize cables from wiring
racks, mobile carts, along walls, over doorways and in wiring closets.
Made from durable hook and loop material and a solid brass spur grommet. Features double stitching and
fabric pull-tab. Sizes: 1" x 7" and 1" x 10"
ECONO SERIES
Econo Series Cable Organizers at budget prices!
EconoCinch has many uses; bundling cables, hoses, and strapping equipment to desks or carts. The loop lock
acts like a pulley, giving you leverage to pull the strap as tight as needed. The non-metallic buckle is safe to
use around electrical and magnetic.
Sizes: 3/4" x 12" and 3/4" x 18"
Econocinch-EG
EconoCinch-EG has a solid brass grommet with an ID of 1/4" It can be attached with a metal fastener to walls,
carts, equipment racks and van interiors.
Features:
At least 1000 re-fastening.
Available in 3/4" width, 5", 7" and 10" lengths.
Permanently attachment with solid brass grommet.
162
Cable Ties & Wraps
Solve your wiring problems with Cable Wrapz™!
Rubber bands are earth friendly and reusable. Rubber is an organic substance providing a greater
biodegradability factor than plastic wraps. Use our line of Cable Wrapz™ to bundle your cables,
wires, harnesses, hoses, and much more. They can be used indoors as well as outdoors. They are
weather resistant and will last for years. They are ideal in the IT/industrial and commercial business,
law enforcement, fire/rescue/EMS, army, navy as well as for home or small office use.
Features:
Quick release capability
UV, Ozone, and Chemical Resistant
Stretchable and adjust to the load
Durable, tough and weather and chemical-resistant
Available in black & desert camo
You can write on lighter shades with a permanent maker or
pen (labeling names and IT cables, etc.)
Cable Wrapz™
PART#
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
QUANTITY
WRAPZ-4BAG
Black Cable Wrapz
4"
5/ BAG
WRAPZ-7BAG
Black Cable Wrapz
7"
5/ BAG
WRAPZ-HOLY
Holiday Cable Wrapz
6 Red 4" & 4 Green 7"
10/ PACK
Camo Gear Wrapz™
Give you the ability to tie up, strap down and bundle together all those awkward items that never seem to
stay in place. This is the extra hand you've needed for all the places you work and play tough, durable black
rubber bands to silence and secure military field equipment, military ropes, cords, hoses, etc... Camo Gear
Wrapz™ to secure and organize with shock-proofing protection and quick release capability.
Made from weather-resistant quality rubber, you can use Camo Gear Wrapz™ time and time again.
UV, Ozone, and Chemical Resistant.
CORD ORGANIX™ KIT
Features:
Package Includes:
Quick and easy to organize all cords and cables
Bunch, hold, fix, identify & run cord in the location you desire
Safeguard against accidents / damages
Installation require no tool or special skill
Provide flexibility of reconfiguration and expansion
Designed to accommodate cords and cables of different diameters
Gives your system a clean, organized appearance
Cable Hanger Clip - 10 Pieces
Adjustable Clamp - 5 Pieces
Management Strap - 10 Pieces
Beaded Wrap - 10 Pieces
Spacer Clips -5 Pieces
Cord Identifier - 50 Pieces
User's Guide
Cable Ties & Wraps
CABLE WRAPZ™
CABLE SNAKE™ - CABLE SASH™
The Cable SnakeTM cable organizer will change the look of connective cables.
Cables, although necessary, can be messy, unsightly and unsafe. The Cable
SnakeTM was created to eliminate these characteristics by providing a practical,
stylish and easy to use cable organizer. No longer will your feet get tangled in your
computer cables. No longer will the cables on your computer or stereo ruin the décor
of a room, in fact, the Cable SnakeTM may just enhance it!
The Cable SnakeTM is made of rugged outdoor fabric and fastens together with hoop
and loop type fastener. At each end of the Cable SnakeTM, cord locks cinch tight to keep the Sash from slipping.
163
Cable Ties & Wraps
PERFORATED RIPWRAP™
Low cost, non-adhesive, self-griping tape
RipWrap™ can be used to bundle Fiber Optic and structured cables instead of nylon wire ties; in fact, many cable manufactures are recommending "softhold" hook and loop ties for use with sensitive data cables. There are unlimited number of applications: Wire Harness assembly, Medical Tubing, Home
Theatre, Audio equipment. Because it is so inexpensive and weather resistant, it can also be used in Nurseries, Orchards, Vineyards, Tree Farm, Florists, etc.
Features:
Available in perforated rolls for quick and easy install without any tools
1/2” wide. 45 pieces per roll. Reusable at least 20-25 times
5 different colors - black, blue, white, yellow, or orange (other colors available upon request.
2” overlap yields 3.0 psi shear strength.
Other widths and continuous lengths available upon request. Minimum quantities apply)
CLOSED-LOOP / HOOK AND LOOP FASTENER
The hook and loop cable fasteners are the easiest way to keep your cables under control. You life will be so much better
once that mess is securely fastened and tangle-free.
Simply insert the end of the cord through the opening in the middle, (step 1) then pinch it
down around the cord (step 2). It will stay on the cord until you take it off. Then just coil it up
(step 3) and wrap the Cord-Lox around it. Size: 1” x 7”. Quantity: 5 per Bag
VELCRO® BRAND ONE-WRAP® WIRE WRAP
Are you tired of messy cables all over your office or garage? Do you need help with organizing and clutter control?
If so, these straps are for you. ONE-WRAP® wire wraps are easy to use and make a world of difference. Simply wrap
the strap around one wire then thread it through the loop on the end of the strap.
Eliminates the clutter in your Home, Workshop, Office, Home Theater, Boat, Garage, RV and more.
Quantity per package: five (5) 8 in. VELCRO® brand straps.Colors available are Black, Blue and Red.
Features:
Easy to install - just snug around cables or fiber optics and touch one side of the strap
(the "hook" side) to the other (the "loop" side) - no buckles or snaps to get in the way.
No tools or training needed
Re-usable - simply peel hook and loop sides apart with your hands
Infinitely adjustable - secure closure every time
Eliminates the potential for damage to fiber optics or cables caused by overcinching or accidental cutting
ONE-WRAP® Strap 889 is a Flame Retardant version of ONE-WRAP® technology,
made of polypropylene (FR) hook laminated to an FR treated nylon loop. This product
meets acceptance as a Wire Positioning Device (16SA) in air handling spaces, in
accordance with Section 300-22 paragraph (c) and (d) of the NEC. This allows for
ONE-WRAP® Straps 889 to be used for wire or cable management above a hung
ceiling or below a raised floor. Ideal for network installations, electrical cord and cable
control.
Wire Wrap
PART#
COLOR
SIZE
PUT OUT
VWOW-1PK
Black, Blue, Red
3/4"x8"
5/PK
VWOW-900RL
Black/White
3/4"x8"
900/ROLL
VELCRO® brand ONE-WRAP® Flame Retardant Wire Wrap
PART#
COLOR
SIZE
PUT OUT
VWOWFR-1PK-CY
Cranberry (Flame Retardant)
3/4"x8"
5/PK
VWOWFR-900RL
Cranberry (Flame Retardant)
3/4"x8"
900/ROLL
164
Cable Clips & Saddles
Adhesive Backed Cord Clips
Cord Clips hold a single cord or cable firmly in any desired route. They are useful for other applications, such as
wiring for stereo, telephone, etc. Thick, strong retaining arm with round contour holds larger cords, cables or wire
bundles. Extra-wide opening allows easy insertion and removal. Retaining platform keeps cord in place.
Adhesive-backed base may also be stapled to mounting surface for added holding strength.
Part #
ACC3
ACC6
Dimensions 5/8" x 5/8"
Dimensions 3/4" x 3/4"
10 per bag
10 per bag
Natural & Black
Natural & Black
ADHESIVE MOUNTING BASE
Mounting bases are used together with nylon cable tie to secure cables or other items to walls, ceilings, desks, or any
other structure. They are extremely versatile because of the use of a rubber-based adhesive. The adhesive provides
high initial tack and quickly reaches maximum holding strength. It will hold under continuous temperatures up to 125 °F
(52° C). The continuous straight-pull rated load is 1 lb. per square inch of adhesive. Adhesive-backed mounting bases
are intended for attaching to clean and dry, metal, plastic, glass, paper and painted surfaces. They can also be used
with concrete, bare wood or other porous or irregular surfaces with an optional screw mounting.
3M INNOVATION™ CORD CLIPS WITH COMMAND™ ADHESIVE
Benefits:
Anchors cords, cables and wires neatly along surfaces and out of the way.
Comes off cleanly. No surface damage or residue
Re-usable and environmentally friendly, no more throwing away nylon cable ties.
3M Innovation™ Cord Clips
PART#
DESCRIPTION
DIAMETER
PIECES/PACK
COLOR
CT-17017
Standard Clips
.20" (5mm)
4 hooks, 5 strips
White
CT-17302
Small Cord Clips
.20" (5mm)
8 clips, 12 strips
White
CT-17301
Medium Cord Clips
.38" (10mm)
4 clips, 5 strips
White
CT-17303
Large Cord Clips
.5" (12mm)
2 clips, 3 strips
White
CT-17379
Variety Pack
several
17 clips, 24 strips
White/Gray
CT-17200
Replacement Strips
n/a
8 sm., 4 med., 4 lg.
White
CABLE CLIPS
NYLON CABLE CLAMPS
P-Clamps provide one-piece bundling and mounting. Easy-to-read maximum bundle diameters are molded in.
Smooth, rounded internal edges protect wire insulation and are safe, comfortable to work with.
They are available in light-duty styles. Plastic P-Clamps will not cut, bend or crush plastic tubing, as metal clamps
can. They won't cause leaks, or restrict or stop the flow of fluids. Using nylon cable clamps on metallic tubings, like
copper or aluminum, eliminates the possibility of galvanic corrosion at such contact points.
Features:
Mounting hole for 0.203” (standard No. 10 screw).
Strong, flexible, one-piece injection-molded construction.
Molded in open "V" position for easy cable or wire bundle insertion.
165
GROMMETS
Desk wire grommets are products that find an application in almost every office: cables, wires and cords that originate at telephones, computers and other
desk stationed appliances often use your desk platform and edges trying to find their way to the nearest outlet. This wire-jungle can be eliminated when
running all your wires through a neat wire grommet that matches your desk in color (available in black or neutral). Plastic Round grommets are available
in three sizes and are black in color. The flexible round grommet allows the user to route wires into different directions when reaching the desktop surface.
The slits around the edge of the inside of the grommet allow cables to be snugged into place. Oval wire desk grommets fit through a 2 1/4" x 3.75" oval
hole and are available with round, oval or rectangular covers in black or neutral. Also available is the double grommet which is made with two oval holes
side-by-side.
Plastic desk grommets permit the routing of power, communication and data cables through the work surface. It can be used by itself or with any
Retractable Power and Communication Center .
Oval Desk Grommets
Round Grommet
Oval Grommet
Rectangular Grommet
Round Desk Grommets
Round Grommet
Transparent
For available sizes, visit our website or call us toll free at 866-222-0030
METAL DESK GROMMETS
These metal desk grommets are a fashionable way to cover cable holes in your desk. They are
available in 7 commonly used finishes to match your existing furniture accents, yet still remain
completely functional. The smooth metal helps to protect your cables from abrading due to rough or
sharp edges. The metal grommets also allow you to neatly route your cables through the 21mm x
29mm (1-1/7" x 5/6") opening will accommodate most electrical outlets.
Chrome Polished
Available Finishes:
Brushed Bronze, Antique Copper, Chrome Polished, Black
Epoxy, Matte Nickel, Brushed Nickel, Brass Polished
Black Epoxy
Brushed Bronze
RUBBER GROMMETS
Whether you are in the manufacturing business and have to run your wires through small
openings or around sharp curves, or simply want to protect your cables when exiting
openings with rough edges, these small rubber grommets come in all sizes to perfectly fit
your application. Just press them into their designated hole or tube with your fingers, and
they will prevent your wires and cables from being damaged and subsequently your
hardware from loss of power or malfunction. Due to packaging and handling, a minimum
order of 10 grommets is required. Made out of SBR rubber, 60 durometer commercial
rubber.
Please visit our website for sizes and specs
166
Clamping
The HellermannTyton® Snapper Cable or Hose Clamp is a lightweight, corrosion
resistant nylon hose clamp manufactured from high performance, thermoplastic
materials. The simple ratchet closure provides reduced assembly time. Release is
achieved by initiating opposed lateral movement of the ratchet ends. The Snapper
cable or hose clamps are stable in a wide variety of chemicals including salts, bases,
alcohols, ethers, detergents, gasoline, lubricating oils, and greases. The Snapper is
available in standard sizes ranging from 1/4" to over 3" interior dimension. The
Snapper Cable or Hose Clamps are available in white.
For more information on sizes, visit our website or contact us: (866) 222-0030
HELLERMANNTYTON® SNAPPER CLAMP TOOLS
Clamping
HELLERMANNTYTON® SNAPPER CLAMP
HellermannTyton® Snapper Clamp Tools are mechanical hand tools made especially to fasten Snapper Clamps. These tools work with a
"scissors stroke" to make the installation and fastening of Snapper Clamps easier.
ASNP2-22
Adjustable to assemble Snapper
Clamps size 2 thru 22
ASNP24-70
Adjustable to assemble Snapper
Clamps size 24 thru 70
MSNP1-70
Assemble or disassemble snapper
clamps from size 1 thru 70
CABLE CLAMP®
This innovative and easy-to-use cord management and organizational tool is superior to tape, cable ties, and hook & loop products. The
Cable Clamp® is forever reusable and can be easily opened and closed with one hand utilizing its unique Quick-connect…Quick-release
feature. Constructed with durable polymers and stainless steel, it features self-aligning, self-adjusting, and self-locking technologies.
Tremendously useful with real-world applications, the Cable Clamp® is the solution to your wiring nightmares!
Currently available in three convenient sizes: small, medium, and large, all are designed to accommodate a wide array
of applications, including organizing standard desktop computer wiring to bundling extension cords as long as 100’.
Additionally, it is offered in an attractive assortment of colors and
private labeling is available.
Cable Clamp®
MODEL
PIECE SIZE MEDIUM
PIECE SIZE SMALL
TOTAL PIECES/KIT
UE-012
1-Gray
2-Beige, 1-White, 1-Black
5
167
Label Maker, Label Printer
UNITAG LABELS
Unitag cable identification tag products were developed to provide a quick, easy method to clearly identify your
cables. Unitag cable labels are easy to read. They can be oriented to be easily read in hard to reach areas,
behind computer desks and crowded wiring closets. The marking surface can be rotated 360 degrees for easy
viewing. Unitag cable labels are easily written on or applied on adhesive backed labels (not included).
PART #: U-200-010 SIZE: 5/8" x 2" QUANTITY: 10 per pack
WIRE MARKER DISPENSER
Each dispenser contains 10 rolls of marker tape, numbered 0 - 9. Each roll contains 76 individual markers with a
pre-determined 1-1/4" L x 1/4" W. A total of 760 markers per dispenser in a convenient size to accommodate most
commonly identified wire sizes. Each individual marker is mounted on a silicone release liner and has an acrylic
adhesive, which is resistant to oil and water, and has a usable temperature range of -40°F to +250°F. The marker
assures durability and minimize the potential of tearing during application.
PART #: ZT-MM-WMD (Numbers Loaded) - PART #: ZT-MM-WMDCOL (Colors Loaded)
BROTHER P-TOUCH® LABEL PRINTERS
PT-80 Label Printer
The Brother PT-80 is a compact, handheld, all in one, affordable label maker. The PT-80 prints high resolution
labels in 9 type styles, 6 type sizes and can print up to 71 different symbols including underlining and framing of
the text. You can print non-laminated labels 3/8” & 1/2” wide. The PT-80 has a 12-character LCD display and a
typewriter-style QWERTY keyboard. The PT-80 is easy to use at home or in your office to organize anything
from applications to storage containers.
1/2” Black on White “M” starter tape and a User Manual comes with the PT-80.
PT-1650 Label Printer
The PT-1650 Electronic Labeling System is one of the most durable and rugged handheld automatic labelers.
The labeling system uses new Flexible ID tape and rotated print for cable wrapping and flagging, industrial
strength laminated tapes for patch panel labeling, and standard laminated tapes for faceplate labeling. The
handheld Brother P-Touch® label maker can create labels with graphics and bar codes up to 1" wide. The label
maker has the ability to download databases, custom templates and graphics. The memory functions store
frequently used label designs. Many uses and applications in Telecom, Cabling, Asset Management, Property
Management, Manufacturing, and General Office.
PT-18R Label Maker
The Brother PT-18R is a rechargeable label printer. It runs on a rechargeable battery which you can recharge in
the sleek charger base. It is easy to bring with you when you are going to get organized. The PT-18R can be
connected to a PC, easily for the creation of professional looking labels. This model features a easy-swap tape
cassettes and print preview so you can preview label layouts before printing.
Includes: One 1/2" black on white "TZ" starter tape, AC adapter, USB interface cable, PT-Editor Software, User's
Manual
QL-650TD PC Label Printer
The QL-650TD can print on labels up to 2 3/7” wide. It is fast and can print up to 56 labels per minute with the
resolution of 300 dpi. It has Direct Thermal Printing which means you don’t have to change ink, toner or anything.
The user can print from any 8 pre-set label designs or 10 custom label designs. This is great for products like
food and medical labs that need time and date validation. You can connect it to the computer to create
professional looking labels and print labels directly from Microsoft Word, Excel and Outlook. The QL-650TD also
has a Serial interface for ESC/P emulation that can be connected to a device that can output ASCII data.
Includes: One standard address starter label roll; One 1" circular starter label roll; USB cable.
168
The DYMO® RhinoPRO 1000 handheld labeler is an easy to use unit that creates durable and easy to
peel labels to adhere to home electronics, audio and visual components, circuit panels and many other
home and office applications. Hot keys are used for easy one touch labeling of cables and wires, lengths
for faceplates, punch blocks and panels, audio/visual symbols, electrical symbols, and common safety
symbols. The Dymo RhinoPRO 1000 label printer can print horizontally and vertically making labeling
racks and bins simple. Two label widths are available to print two lines of text in three different sizes.
RhinoPRO labels use thermal transfer print technology that is durable, smearproof, and resists chemicals,
solvents, grease, heat, moisture, and other harsh elements and are available in permanent polyester,
flexible nylon and heat shrink varieties.
Dymo RhinoPRO 1000
The DYMO® RhinoPRO 3000 is an affordable portable label printer that was specifically designed for use
in residential and light commercial A/V, Data and security installations whether in the home or on the job
site. Most common uses for this model are wire and cable networking, home automation, communication,
entertainment, HVAC and security systems. The RhinoPRO 3000 uses thermal transfer print technology to
produce labels that are that are durable, smearproof, and resists chemicals, solvents, grease, heat,
moisture, and other harsh elements.
Dymo RhinoPRO 3000
The DYMO® RhinoPRO 5000 Installer Kit includes the impact-resistant bumper, one 3/4” black-on-white
flexible nylon label cassette, one 1/2” black-on-white permanent polyester label cassette, one 1/2” blackon-white metallized label cassette, 6 “AA” batteries, Quick Start Guide and Instruction Manual.
The DYMO® RhinoPRO 5000 Hard Case Kit includes a durable carrying case, one black-on-white 3/4”
flexible nylon label cassette, one 3/4” black-on-white permanent polyester, impact-resistant bumper, 6
“AA” batteries, Instruction Manual, and AC adapter.
RhinoPRO 5000 Hard Case Kit
DYMO® LabelWriter Twin Turbo
LabelWriter Twin Turbo offers efficient labeling technology with two spools that let you breeze through a
range of labeling taskes without switching rolls. The compact, quiet LabelWriter Twin Turbo is especially
helpful for large-batching printing as it will automatically start the second roll, when the first roll is finished.
This label maker can also be used for pinting DYMO Stamps™ postage labels alongside address labels.
LabelWriter Twin Turbo prints high-resolution, professional looking labels for all of your office labeling
needs and prints about one label per second, 55 labels per minute - up to 1000 at a time, if needed.
LabelWriter Twin Turbo
Label Maker / Printer
DYMO® LABEL PRINTERS
DYMO® LabelWriter SE300
The LabelWriter SE300 enables developers to quickly integrate label printing into applications written in
UNIX, DOS, and other serial (RS-232) enabled systems. The SE300 will connect to any computer or device
that can provide output to a standard ASCII printer. With using a simple command language, the SE300
easily adapts to custom-written applications.
LabelWriter SE300
DYMO® LabelManager Label Printers
The LabelManager 450 is versatile enough to be used on it's own or with an advanced interface between
your PC and DYMO software. This allows you to lavel files, shelving, cabniets, or drawers and much more.
Functionality and ease of use are comvined to make this high-performance, innovatice thermal label
printer. Included is an automatic cutter for additional speed and a large key QWERTY style keyboard for
accuracy. A large display LCD is eye-saving with its large characters.
LabelManager Label Printers
For more information about these label printers or to view more printers
please visit our website or call toll free: 866-222-0030
169
K-SUN LABELSHOP® PRINTERS
LABELShop® 2010-PC Label Printer
The LABELShop® 2010-PC printer allows you to easily design and print adhesive-backed labels that can be
applied wherever a professional label is needed. The printer's lightweight and compact design makes it easy to
make labels on the job and anywhere else needed.
You can design and preview your labels before printing with the exclusive MaxiLabel® V2 Windows based
software. Excel files(in .xls or .cvs formats) can be used to create labels that include pictographs and barcodes
and meet all of your identification needs.
LABELShop® 2011XLB and 2011XLB-PC Label Makers
The LABELShop® 2011XLB is a portable, affordable industrial label printer with revolutionary new features. The
new PeelGuard™ Label Trimmer is a built-in device that rounds label corners to provide greater peeling
protection and a more professional look to your labels. Other new features include a larger QWERTY style
keyboard and bigger LCD display panel for easier text entry and editing functions. The 2011XLB label printer
uses thermal print technology to offer more durable industrial labels that resist fading, scratching, moisture, heat,
chemicals, UV exposure, and cleaning fluids. This printer is able to store up to 5,000 characters/99 files and
contains 14 different fonts for multiple industrial and office applications. Prints 6-Bar Code formats including
Code 39, 128, ITF, UPC-A, UPC-E, and CODABAR. Labels can also be printed horizontally or vertically and with
up to 8-lines of text.
The 2011XLB-PC label marker offers the flexibility of hand held portability or desktop PC connectivity all in one.
The printer has its own battery operated memory, keyboard and LCD display so permanent labels can be
designed and printed on the job or, connect the printer to your PC and drive this powerful machine with new
MaxiLabel® Pro software and AC power. This allows you to use your full sized computer keyboard and monitor to
customize and print labels like never before.
LABELShop® 2012XLST and 2012XLST-PC Label Printers
The LABELShop® 2012XLST prints on polyolefin heat shrink tube, polyester wire and cable wrap materials, and
industrial polyester adhesive-backed tapes. Power is provided using 6-AA batteries (included) or AC power
adaptor (meets new California Electrical Energy Reduction requirements). The printer's molded handle make
portability and field operation easier. The 2012XLST label maker features a QWERTY style keyboard and large
LCD display for easier text and number entry and editing.
The 2012XLST-PC label printer is the ultimate industrial labeling system due to it's ability to work as a hand held
labeler or connect to a desktop PC for your labeling needs. The printer allows you to print on polyolefin heat
shrink tube, polyester wire and cable wrap materials, and industrial polyester adhesive-backed tapes. Contains a
vast industrial symbols library, along with 14 fonts, 6-Bar Code formats, automatic power off, 8-lines of text or
numbers, and memory back up. MaxiLabel® Pro software adds increased capability to this system as you can
import custom graphics and symbols, split image printing for big labels, use alphanumeric sequencing and Excel
files to increase labeling applications.
For more information about these label printers or to view more printers
please visit our website or call toll free: 866-222-0030
170
Heat Guns and Hot Knives
The SOLDERPRO 180 is a Butane Powered Portable Multi-Function Heat Tool:
Features:
Equivalent to a 185-watt soldering iron & 2500F Torch
Powered by refillable Patented Liquid Energy Cell (LEC)
No cords, can be used anywhere
2 hours run time on each refillable LEC
Ready to use 30 seconds after ignition
Comes with 3.4mm Chisel Soldering Tip and Blow Torch Head, 2 LECs
SOLDER.IT™ TORCH & HEAT GUNS
Solder.It™ PRO-TORCH 200
The PT-200 is a Butane Powered Child Resistant Automatic
Ignition Torch:
Features:
State of the art waterproof Piezo
Electronic Ignition System.
Up to 90 minutes use on each filling.
Powerful wind-resistant flame.
Compact size with ergonomic grip.
Child-resistant ignition for safety.
Easily refilled with any brand of butane gas.
Flame adjustment for any size job.
1300°C / 2500°F blue flame
Solder.It™ PRO-TORCH 500
Heavy-Duty automatic piezo ignition torch. Propane torch
volume flame with butane convenience.
Features:
State of the art Waterproof
Piezo Electronic Ignition System
2 hour burn time per fill
Powerful High Output WindResistant flame.
Ergonomic designed comfortable grip.
Angled nozzle to properly direct flame.
1350°C blue flame
HOT KNIVES
Bench Mount Hot Knife
110 volt A.C., 165 watts, fast heating (up to 1200° F), lighted switch. Allows for fast cutting and sealing of braided sleevings all at the
same time. Warms up in only 8 seconds. The Bench Mount Hot Knife is the essential tool for jobs that require a lot of precise cutting. Will
cut through a 1" Nylon line in less than 10 seconds.
110 volts
165 watts
1.5 amps
Heats up to 1200° F
Will cut through a 1" Nylon line in less than 10 seconds
Cuts & heat seals at the same time
Comes with a 2 5/16" blade. Replacements are available
Lighted ON/OFF rocker switch
6 1/2 ft. cord with ground
Base has 4 pre-drilled holes for permanent
mounting
Dimensions of cutter with blade attached:
6 1/4" long x 4" wide x 5 3/4" tall
Weight: 2.3 pounds
Heat Guns and Hot Knives
SOLDER-PRO™ 180
Electric Rope Cutter III
110 volts
1000 watts
9.1 amps
Heats up to 1500° F
Will cut through a 2" Nylon line in less than 60 seconds
Cuts & heat seals at the same time
6 1/2 ft. cord with ground
Base has 4 pre-drilled holes for permanent
mounting
Dimensions of cutter with blade attached:
10" long x 7 1/2" wide x 14" tall
Weight: 21 pounds
Electric Rope Cutter
171
Hot Air Tools
HOT AIR TOOLS, HEAT SHRINKING, WELDING TOOLS
Hot-air welding and heat shrinking is increasingly a major factor in modern industrial processes. A professional Hot-Air welding or heat shrinking process
requires reliable, versatile, and easy-to-operate tools and equipment to simplify the job. Our Swiss-made line of hot-air application tools are the
professionals preferred choice for heating, curing, melting, shrinking, welding, sterilization, drying, or warming.
The TRIAC PID is a high-quality hand held hot air welding tool that includes a stepless temperature control and
electronic monitoring
Features:
Digital Readout Display of Set and Actual temperature for easy repeat processes
Push Fit Nozzle holder
Constant welding results regardless of voltage or ambient temperature changes
Cooled Protective Tube
Electronic heating element protection
Motor shut-off at minimum carbon level
Suitable for continuous operation
Replacable carbon Brushes
The HOT JET S is an extremely lightweight, compact and high-powered hand held hot air welding tool.
Features:
Electronic stepless adjustable heating power and air flow
Cooled Protective Tube
Constant welding results regardless of voltage or ambient temperature changes
Motor shut-off at minimal carbon level
The diverse GHIBLI hot air gun features two-step airflow switching and stepless temperature.
Features:
Universal hot air tool for welding and shrinking
Two-step selectable airflow
Extensive range of accessories
Stepless temperature selection
Push Fit Nozzle holder
The MISTRAL hot air tool has a brushless motor, so maintenance is reduced to an absolute minimum. With 2700
watts of power, the MISTRAL delivers large quantities of heat to a limited space. A compact and powerful tool
designed to reach the most inaccessible places.
Features:
Brushless blower motor for continuous operation
Light and handy
Deployable as a built-in device and a hand tool
Temperature manually adjustable
Large air flow and high temperature
Integrated device and heating element protection
Works in every fitting position
172
CableOrganizer.com
You can order Online, by Phone or Fax
Select your preferred payment method (please note that if you select
the Business or Personal Check options, we will patiently wait for a
check before we ship your merchandise).
We require a minimum purchase of $200.00 for Purchase Orders
Requirements because of the extra time and money involved in
checking your credit history and references. Purchase Orders must be
faxed along with credit and bank references for approval to: (954)
861-2001. No Purchase Orders will be processed without prior
approval of our accounting department. There will be no exceptions.
It is important for Credit Card purchases that the name on the
card and billing address match. Middle initials must also be included
or your purchase will be declined by the credit card company.
If you need to make any changes to your order, please do not
hesitate to call us. We're here to help.
** Note: This guarantee excludes all cable protectors (HD-5, GP-5,
GP-1, Bumble Bees, Yellows Jackets, Rubber Ducts, Wiremolds,
Flexiducts, etc...and all their respective accessories) that have been
used and that are in unresalable condition, because the manufacturer
and distributors are unable to control and ensure proper use of the
materials. Manufacturer and distributors expressly disclaim any and all
warranties not set forth herein, including any warranty of fitness for a
particular purpose and/or warranty of merchantability which might
otherwise be applicable. In the event of a manufacturing defect,
buyer's remedy shall be strictly limited to refund of the purchase price
or replacement. Buyer specifically acknowledges waiver of any claim
against either manufacturer or distributor regarding consequential
damages to person or property, damages for loss of use, lost time,
lost wages, lost income, loss or profit, or other incidental or
consequential damages. Manufacturer and/or distributor reserve the
right to make specification and price changes without prior notice or
subsequent obligation.
We accept Visa / Mastercard / Discover and American Express.
Ordering Online is completely secure.
CableOrganizer.com uses the latest security technology - a Digital ID
and the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol. We have our own SSL
certificate for security. Our digital ID features today's strongest
cryptographic techniques to ensure your information isn't tampered
with. With our use of SSL, shoppers are assured that no unauthorized
entity has access to their information. The powerful combination of
these two technologies protects sensitive information such as an
account information and credit card numbers against eavesdroppers.
If your shipment contains a defective product or we sent you the
wrong product:
Return the defective item and we will replace it at no cost to you.
Items must be in the original packaging, in as-new condition
with the packaging slip, all warranty cards, and accessories (if
applicable).
Please allow approximately 5 business days for your return to
be processed once it has arrived at the warehouse.
* Generators and Accessories are Non-Cancelable, Non-Returnable *
NOTE: We never rent or sell our customers' data to anyone. All
information held is strictly confidential.
We will ship your order as soon as the check is cleared.
We reserve the right to change this policy at any time without notice.
Due to our shipping from different warehouses throughout the country,
you may receive separate packages.
US Postal Service may not be available when shipping outside the
continental U.S.
100% Satisfaction Guaranteed
Return Policy
If after you purchase any product** from CableOrganizer.com, at
any time within 90 days, you feel that, for any reason, it fails to live
up to your expectations, return it to us and we will immediately and
cheerfully refund you 100% of the purchase price*.
You will be responsible for shipping costs
For drop ship orders, a 25% restocking fee or more (depending
on the condition of the product) per unused item applies on all bulk
items, all cord, cable and hose protectors, whether heavy or light duty
materials.
Exchanges:
Ordered the wrong size or color? If you request a replacement, we will
ship it after we receive and process your returned product. If you need
a replacement right away, we suggest you request a credit (rather
than a replacement), when you obtain your RMA number. Then, place
a new order. The new order will be shipped as soon as we have the
product available and a credit will be applied approximately 7 days
after we receive the product(s) you are returning in their original
condition within 90 days. Damaged items will not be refunded if they
are in unresalable conditions. We recommend you insure your
package.
CableOrganizer.com
Ordering Information
**Note: Due to the nature of the materials, all braided sleeving
products as well as all wire loom products sold by the foot will not be
refunded if they are cut up in sections of 10 FT or shorter. We will
solely exchange those items that are minimum 10 FT long.
***Unfortunately we can not guarantee any package sent without a
tracking number. This includes packages sent USPS to an
international or overseas destination. To insure replacement if a
product does not reach its destination, you must use UPS.
All returns must include a Return Merchandise Authorization Number
(RMA#)
173
Ordering Information
ORDER ONLINE 24/7
cableorganizer.com
CALL US AT
(866) 222-0030 (Toll Free)
(954) 861-2000 (Local)
(954) 861-2001 (Fax)
EMAIL US AT
Please send e-mail to sales@cableorganizer.com
HOURS
CableOrganizer.com is open from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. EST
Monday through Friday
CableOrganizer.com, Inc. - USA
5610 NW 12th Ave, Suite 214
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309
email: sales@cableorganizer.com
CableOrganizer.fr - FRANCE
11 Rue du clos Courtel
CS 30817
35708 Rennes Cedex
Tél: (33) 02 99 23 63 82
Fax: (33) 02 23 25 02 72
email: jeanclaudeg@cableorganizer.com
Cage Code: 3CN02
GSA Contract: GS-07F-0723N
Woman Owned Business
CableOrganizer ® is a Registered Trademark of the CableOrganizer.com, Inc. Company. All rights reserved.

A Cable Management System To Untangle Your Life

Transcription

Similar documents

Cable Management System - Custom Products and Services

Hot-Rodder Operating Instructions - Drain

Installation Instructions - Conductix

USER MANUAL for USB2.0 Data-Link/ Bridge-Network

Unique design accomplishes superb performance.

Electroencephalography (EEG) Sensor Data Sheet

Crystal-Aire - Concealed Commercial Air Cleaners by

Drain Cleaning

January 2015 - Fort Worth HOG TEST WEBSITE

WBT - The Catalogue 2009

Promag 50, Operating Instructions (BA)

stream your

computer - Vivanco

Les Nouvelles de l`Alliance - Alliance Française de Buffalo

Basic Feeding Protocol for TPR Horses

MCP 650 - Wavebid

Computer Connections

Consumer Action Handbook - Florida Literacy Coalition

corporate consumer contacts

Packaging Guidelines for Shipping Freight

Solve shipping challenges. Connect with customers. Reach